UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

______________________________________________________
Form 20-F

(Mark One)
¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 5(d)15(d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 20182023
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
Commission file number 001-38607

ENDAVA PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter
and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
125 Old Broad Street,
London EC2N 1AR
(Address of principal executive offices)
John Cotterell
Chief Executive Officer
Endava PLC
125 Old Broad Street,
London EC2N 1AR
Tel: +44 20 7367 1000
Email: investors@endava.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one Class A ordinary share, nominal value £0.02 per share
DAVANew York Stock Exchange
Class A ordinary shares, nominal value £0.02 per share*
New York Stock Exchange
*Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
Ordinary shares, nominal value £0.02 per ordinary share: 49,804,145,57,750,989, as of June 30, 2018.2023. As of October 10, 2018, 11,994,980June 30, 2023, 41,810,877 Class A 27,257,215ordinary shares and 15,940,112 Class B and 13,780,945 Class C ordinary shares were outstanding.





Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
¨ xYes
x¨No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
¨ Yes
xNo
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
xYes
¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
xYes
¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,"accelerated” “accelerated filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ¨x
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x¨
Emerging growth company x¨
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ¨
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Financial Reporting Standards Board x
Other ¨
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 ¨
Item 18 ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
¨ Yes
xNo



INTRODUCTION



TABLE OF CONTENTS
i


F-1
ii



CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS AND PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to the terms “Endava,” “Endava Limited,” “Endava plc,” the “Group,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to (i) Endava Limited and our wholly-owned subsidiaries for all periods prior to the completionre-registration of our corporate reorganizationEndava Limited as a public limited company and (ii) Endava plc and our wholly-owned subsidiaries for all periods after the re-registration of Endava Limited as a public limited company.
On July 6, 2018, we re-registered Endava Limited as a public limited company and our name was changed from Endava Limited to Endava plc.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Our fiscal year ends on June 30. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. None of our financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.
Our financial information is presented in British Pounds. For the convenience of the reader, in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless otherwise indicated, translations from British Pounds into U.S. dollars were made at the rate ofof £1.00 to $1.3198,$1.2619, which was the rate in effect on June 30, 2018.2023. Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of British Pounds at the dates indicated. All references in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to “$” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “£” and “GBP” mean British Pounds.
We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

iii
i



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential” and “should,” among others.
Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief, or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various important factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under “Risk Factors.” In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a guarantee by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
our ability to sustain our revenue growth rate in the future;
our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients, including our ability to increase revenue from existing clients and diversify our revenue concentration;
our ability to attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals at cost-effective rates;
our ability to successfully identify acquisition targets, consummate acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired businesses and personnel;
our ability to penetrate new industry verticals and geographies and grow our revenue in current industry verticals and geographies;
our ability to maintain favorable pricing and utilization rates;
our ability to successfully identify acquisition targets, consummate acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired businesses and personnel;
the effects of increased competition as well as innovations by new and existing competitors in our market;
the size of our addressable market and market trends;
our ability to adapt to technological change and innovate solutions for our clients;
our plans for growth and future operations, including our ability to manage our growth;
our expectations of future operating results or financial performance;
our ability to effectively manage our international operations, including our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and
our future financial performance, including trends in revenue, cost of sales, gross profit, selling, general and administrative expenses, finance income and expense and taxes.taxes;
the impact of unstable market and economic conditions, including as a result of recent and potential future bank failures, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates, economic inflation and the responses by central banking authorities to control such inflation;
the impact of political instability, natural disaster, events of terrorism and wars, including the military conflict between Ukraine and Russia and related sanctions; and
other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in the section of this Annual Report titled “Item 3.D—Risk Factors.”
iv


Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or

ii


review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
You should read this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the documents that we reference herein and have filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

v
iii



MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Certain industry data and market data included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F were obtained from independent third-party surveys, market research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies, and industry publications and surveys. All of the market data used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We believe that the information from these industry publications and surveys included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

vi

iv



PART 1
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not Applicable.
Item2.Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
A. [Reserved]
A. Selected Financial Data
The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. We have derived the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2018 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We have derived the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.  In order to provide additional historical financial information, we have included supplemental unaudited consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015, which is derived from the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from our unaudited financial statements, which are not included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any future period. This data should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” as well as our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


1


We maintain our books and records in British Pounds, and we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. We report our financial results in British Pounds.
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income:       
Revenue£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
 £84,107
Cost of sales:       
     Direct cost of sales(1)
(132,775) (98,853) (68,517) (49,717)
     Allocated cost of sales(12,668) (9,907) (6,529) (3,674)
          Total cost of sales(145,443) (108,760) (75,046) (53,391)
Gross profit72,170
 50,608
 40,386
 30.716
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
(46,737) (27,551) (20,453) (13,729)
Operating profit25,433
 23,057
 19,933
 16,987
Net finance (costs)/income(783) (1,357) 898
 (1,781)
Profit before tax24,650
 21,700
 20,831
 15,206
Tax on profit on ordinary activities(5,675) (4,868) (4,125) (1,659)
Net profit£18,975
 £16,832
 £16,706
 £13,547
Earnings per share, basic£0.42
 £0.37
 £0.37
 £0.35
Earnings per share, diluted£0.38
 £0.34
 £0.34
 £0.29
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic45,100.165
 45,258,750
 45,389,210
 38,482,460
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, diluted50,426.216
 49,292,520
 49,318,045
 46,150,255
Other Financial Data:       
Revenue period-over-period growth rate36.5% 38.1% 37.2% 31.6%
Profit before tax margin11.3% 13.6% 18.0% 18.1%
Net cash provided by operating activities£33,984
 £14,740
 £10,897
 £11,107
________________
(1)Includes share-based compensation expenses as follows:
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
Direct cost of sales£1,006
 £560
 £587
 £115
Selling, general and administrative expenses499
 294
 181
 65
Total£1,505
 £854
 £768
 £180


2


 As of June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:       
Cash and cash equivalents£15,048
 £23,571
 £12,947
 £13,362
Working capital (1)
(3,042) 11,028
 3,180
 12,038
Total assets151,014
 106,382
 72,897
 57,000
Total liabilities81,515
 57,662
 43,104
 31,014
Total equity69,499
 48,720
 29,793
 25,986
________________
(1)Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.



3


Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics
We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our management metrics may be calculated in a different manner than similarly titled metrics used by other companies.
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (pounds in thousands)
Revenue growth rate at constant currency(1)
37.2% 28.5% 36.6% 32.6%
Average number of employees involved in delivery of our services(2)
3,957
 3,181
 2,336
 1,645
Revenue concentration(3)
41.5% 49.1% 53.7% 65.5%
Number of large clients(4)
46
 34
 26
 18
Adjusted profit before taxes margin(5)
15.4% 15.8% 19.7% 19.2%
Free cash flow(6)
£28,727
 £11,186
 £10,115
 £9,492
________________
(1)We monitor our revenue growth rate at constant currency. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates is highly variable and difficult to predict, we believe revenue growth rate at constant currency allows us to better understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations on a period-over-period basis. We calculate revenue growth rate at constant currency by translating revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies into British Pounds using the comparable foreign currency exchange rates from the prior period. For example, the average rates in effect for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 were used to convert revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended June 30, 2017, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue growth rate at constant currency is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. While we believe that revenue growth rate at constant currency provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management, our use of revenue growth rate at constant currency has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may report the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates differently, which may reduce the value of our revenue growth rate at constant currency as a comparative measure. The following table presents a reconciliation of revenue growth rate at constant currency to revenue growth rate, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, for each of the periods indicated:
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (pounds in thousands)
Revenue£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
 £84,107
Revenue period-over-period growth rate36.5% 38.1 % 37.2 % 31.6%
Estimated impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations0.7% (9.6)% (0.6)% 1.0%
Revenue growth rate at constant currency37.2% 28.5 % 36.6 % 32.6%
(2)We monitor our average number of employees involved in delivery of our services because we believe it gives us visibility to the size of both our revenue-producing base and our most significant cost base, which in turn allows us better understand changes in our utilization rates and gross margins on a period-over-period basis. We calculate average number of employees involved in delivery of our services as the average of our number of full-time employees involved in delivery of our services on the last day of each month in the relevant period.
(3)We monitor our revenue concentration to better understand our dependence on large clients on a period-over-period basis and to monitor our success in diversifying our revenue basis. We define revenue concentration as the percent of our total revenue derived from our 10 largest clients by revenue in each period presented.
(4)We monitor our number of large clients to better understand our progress in winning large contracts on a period-over-period basis. We define number of large clients as the number of clients from whom we generated more than £1.0 million of revenue in the prior 12-month period.
(5)We monitor our adjusted profit before taxes margin, or Adjusted PBT Margin, to better understand our ability to manage operational costs, to evaluate our core operating performance and trends and to develop future operating plans. In particular,


4


we believe that the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted PBT Margin facilitates comparisons of our operating performance on a period-over-period basis. Our Adjusted PBT Margin is our Adjusted PBT, which is our profit before taxes adjusted to exclude the impact of share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangible assets, realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses and initial public offering expenses incurred (all of which are non-cash other than realized foreign currency exchange gains and losses and initial public offering expenses), as a percentage of our total revenue. We do not consider these excluded items to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted PBT Margin is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. While we believe that Adjusted PBT Margin provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management, our use of Adjusted PBT Margin has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. For example, Adjusted PBT Margin does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation nor does it reflect the potentially significant impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our working capital. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may adjust their profit differently to capture their operating performance, which may reduce the value of Adjusted PBT Margin as a comparative measure. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted PBT to profit before taxes, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, for each of the periods indicated:
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
Profit before taxes£24,650
 £21,700
 £20,831
 £15,206
Share-based compensation expense1,505
 854
 768
 180
Amortization of acquired intangible assets2,653
 1,715
 1,165
 
Foreign currency exchange (gains) losses, net17
 967
 (4) 754
Initial public offering expenses incurred4,643
 
 
 
Adjusted PBT£33,468
 £25,236
 £22,760
 £16,140
(6)We monitor our free cash flow to better understand and evaluate our liquidity position and to develop future operating plans. Our free cash flow is our net cash provided by operating activities, plus grant received, less purchases of non-current tangible and intangible assets. For a discussion of grant received, see “Operating Results—Basis of Presentation—Cost of Sales.” Free cash flow is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. While we believe that free cash flow provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our liquidity position in the same manner as our management, our use of free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may adjust their cash flows differently to capture their liquidity, which may reduce the value of free cash flow as a comparative measure. The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, for each of the periods indicated:
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities£33,984
 £14,740
 £10,897
 £11,107
Grant received147
 2,924
 1,948
 468
Purchases of non-current assets (tangible and intangible)(5,404) (6,478) (2,730) (2,083)
Free cash flow£28,727
 £11,186
 £10,115
 £9,492
Exchange Rate Information


5


The following table presents information on the exchange rates between the British Pound and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. Average rates are computed by using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the U.S. dollar on the last business day of each month during the relevant period indicated.  Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of British Pounds at the dates indicated.
 Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
High1.4332 1.3429 1.5731 1.7165 1.7105 1.6275
Low1.2787 1.2118 1.3217 1.4648 1.4837 1.4877
Rate at end of period1.3197 1.2995 1.3242 1.5727 1.7105 1.5210
Average rate per period1.3504 1.2736 1.4686 1.5714 1.6372 1.5688
The following table sets forth, for each of the last six months, the low and high exchange rates for British Pounds expressed in U.S. dollars and the exchange rate at the end of the month based on the noon buying rate as described above.  
 
September
2018
 
August
2018
 
July
2018
 
June
2018
 
May
2018
 
April
2018
High1.3237 1.3120 1.3266 1.3429 1.3611 1.4332
Low1.2833 1.2685 1.2987 1.3095 1.3258 1.3751
Rate at end of period1.3053 1.2964 1.3125 1.3197 1.3289 1.3751
On June 29, 2018, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the British Pound was £1.00 = $1.3197.
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
D. Risk Factors
Our business faces significant risks. youYou should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this annual report and in our other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, (“SEC”),or SEC, including the following risk factors which we face and which are faced by our industry. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain factors including the risks described below and elsewhere in this report and our other SEC filings. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above.
Summary of Selected Risks Associated with Our Business
Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.
We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate in the future.
Increased inflation rates in the regions in which we operate may reduce our margins, profitability and financial performance.
Our revenue, margins, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if general economic conditions in Europe, the United States or the global economy worsen.
If we fail to meet publicly announced guidance, or if we fail to forecast our market opportunity accurately, our operating results could be adversely affected, and the price of our ADSs could decline.
If our information technology systems or data, or those of third parties upon which we rely, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to disruption of our operations or ability to provide our services; regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse consequences.
If we provide inadequate service or cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses, it could result in significant costs to us, the loss of our clients and damage to our corporate reputation.
Our contracts could be unprofitable.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
1


Our revenue is dependent on a limited number of industry verticals, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these verticals or our failure to effectively penetrate new verticals could adversely affect our results of operations.
We use generative AI tools in our operations, which may result in significant operational challenges, legal liability, reputational harm and competitive risks
We may be subject to liability claims for actual or perceived breaches of our contracts, which may not contain limitations of liability, and our insurance may be inadequate to cover our losses.
We are subject to stringent and evolving laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards, policies, contractual obligations, and other obligations regarding privacy and data security matters, including in the European Union and the United Kingdom, where we have material operations. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could expose us to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties or other financial liabilities, disruption of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profit, loss of customers or sales and/or adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
We are dependent on our existing client base and our ability to retain such clients.
Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and related economic sanctions.
We must attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals.
We are focused on growing our client base in North America and Europe and may not be successful.
We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth or achieve anticipated growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive.
We are dependent on members of our senior management team and other key employees.
We must maintain adequate employee utilization rates and productivity levels.
Our sales of services, operating results or profitability may experience significant variability and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.
Recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and strain our resources.
We operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful.
We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, a long selling and implementation cycle with respect to certain projects that require us to make significant resource commitments prior to realizing revenue for our services.
We may not receive sufficient intellectual property rights from our employees and contractors to comply with our obligations to our clients and we may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property.
We use third-party software, hardware and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, technologies from third parties that may be difficult to replace or that may cause errors or defects in, or failures of, the services or solutions we provide, which could result in material adverse consequences.
We incorporate third-party open source software into our client deliverables and our failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could adversely impact our clients and create potential liability.
Our performance and reputation could be adversely affected by increased focus on and demands from customers, investors and regulators with respect to ESG issues and we may be criticized or penalized for the timing, nature or scope of our ESG disclosures as regulatory standards evolve.
2


Changes in laws, regulations, rules or other obligations related to the internet or changes in the internet infrastructure itself may provide various risks, including privacy risks, and thus diminish the demand for our services, and could have a negative impact on our business.
Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing non-competition clauses.
We generally do not have long-term commitments from our clients, and our clients may terminate engagements before completion or choose not to enter into new engagements with us.
Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and the price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs.
Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our management.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes and uncertainties in the tax system in the countries in which we have operations could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Emerging markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, and financial turmoil in any emerging market could disrupt our business.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired, and the trading price of our ADSs may be negatively impacted.
The price of our ADSs may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.
Shareholder protections found in provisions under the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Code, will not apply if our place of management and control is considered to change to outside the United Kingdom.
The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control for the foreseeable future, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
Holders of our ADSs have fewer rights than our shareholders and must act through the depositary to exercise their rights.
Claims of U.S. civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.
We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ADSs.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.

Our profitability and operating results are dependent on the rates we are able to charge for our services. Our rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;
our competitors’ pricing policies;
bid practices of clients and their use of third-party advisors;
the ability of large clients to exert pricing pressure;
3


employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs;
employee utilization levels;
our ability to charge premium prices when justified by market demand or the type of service; and
general economic conditions, including the impact of increased rates of inflation.
If we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our ability to win contracts could suffer. Alternatively, if we continue to offer pricing that is favorable to our clients but is unfavorable to us, we may face reduced margins and profitability if the rate of inflation increases and we absorb additional costs into our business. Ultimately, if we are unable to strategically set the rates that we charge for our services, to ensure that they continue to be both attractive to clients but also commensurate with the inflationary pressures on our business, our profitability and operating results may suffer.
We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate in the future.
We have experienced rapid revenue growth in recent periods.years. Our revenue increased by 38.1% from £115.421.4% to £794.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 20162023, compared to £159.4 millionthe fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, and had increased by 46.7% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and further increased by 36.5%2022 compared to £217.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.2021. We may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with our recent history or at all. You should not consider our revenue growth in recent periods as indicative of our future performance. As we grow our business, we expect our revenue growth rates to slowdecrease in future periods due to a number of factors, which may include slowing demand for our services, increasing competition, decreasing growth


6


of our overall market, adverse global economic or geopolitical conditions including changes in inflation and weakening global economic growth, our inability to engage and retain a sufficient number of IT professionals or otherwise scale our business, increasing prevailing wages in the markets in which we operate or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities.
WeIf our information technology systems or data, or those of third parties upon which we rely, are dependent on our largest clients.
Historically, a significant percentageor were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to disruption of our operations or ability to provide our services; regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue hasor profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse consequences.
In the ordinary course of business, we often have to collect, store and process (defined above) personal data and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, source code, intellectual property, sensitive third-party data, and customer data (including proprietary and confidential information of our customers and our customers’ customers, including their confidential business data and intellectual property). We and the third parties upon which we rely face a variety of evolving threats, including but not limited to ransomware attacks, which could cause security incidents, disrupt our operations, result in the loss or exposure of sensitive information, regulatory actions, fines, penalties, reputational loss, a loss of customers and loss of revenue or profits.
Cyberattacks, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud, and other similar activities threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our sensitive information and information technology systems, and those of the third parties upon which we rely. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise, are increasingly difficult to detect, and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation states, and nation-state-supported actors. Some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyberattacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. During times of war and other major conflicts, we and the third parties upon which we rely may be vulnerable to a heightened risk of these attacks, including retaliatory cyberattacks, that could materially disrupt our existing client base.systems and operations, supply chain, and ability to produce, sell and distribute our goods and services. For example, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, 85.9%we have employees and clients located in potentially unstable regions and regions experiencing (or expected to experience) geopolitical or other conflicts, including Moldova, a neighboring country of our revenue came from clients from whom we generated revenue during the prior fiscal year. However, the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we generally do not have long-term commitments from our clients’ and are often not our clients’ exclusive technology services provider. A major clientUkraine (which was attacked by Russia in one year may not provide the same level of revenue for us in any subsequent year. Further, one or more of our significant clients could get acquired and there can be no assurance that the acquirer would choose to use our services in respect of such client to the same degree as previously, if at all. In particular, some of our clients are owned by private equity firms and are therefore inherently more likely to be sold at some point in the future.February 2022 through various means, including cyberattacks).
In addition, the services we provide to our clients,
4


We and the revenue and income from those services,third parties upon which we rely may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide changes over time. In addition, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenue may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service. In order to successfully perform and market our services, we must establish and maintain multi-year close relationships with our clients and develop a thorough understanding of their businesses. Our ability to maintain these close relationships is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. If we fail to maintain these relationships and successfully obtain new engagements from our existing clients, we may not achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals.
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017 and 2018, our ten largest clients accounted for 53.7%, 49.1% and 41.5% of our revenue, respectively. Our largest client for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017 and 2018, Worldpay (UK) Limited, or Worldpay, accounted for 15.6%, 13.0% and 10.8% of our revenue, respectively. We are party to two principal agreements with Worldpay: a master services agreement and a build and operate agreement. Under the master services agreement, Worldpay committed to spend an aggregate of £55.7 million, after giving effect to certain discounts, with us during the period from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2021, with annual discounted commitments ranging from £9.7 million to £12.2 million. Either we or Worldpay may terminate the master services agreement for cause (including material breach by the other party) and Worldpay may terminate the master services agreement if we undergo a change of control or due to regulatory requirements. In addition, following July 1, 2018, Worldpay may terminate the master services agreement for conveniencebe subject to six months prior notice and paymenta variety of 30% of the minimum undiscounted commitment amount for the 12-month period following termination.
Under the build and operate agreement, we created and staffed a captive Romanian subsidiary for Worldpay. Worldpay issues us ordersevolving threats, including but not limited to hire personnel to the captive Romanian subsidiary and we bill Worldpay for the cost of such personnel throughout the term of the build and operate agreement. Pursuant to an option and transfer agreement, Worldpay has an option to acquire the captive Romanian subsidiary from us,social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be exercised in either September 2019 or January 2020 by Worldpay giving us three months’ noticeincreasingly more difficult to identify as fake, and paying us fair market value for the shares of the captive Romanian subsidiary; provided, that the aggregate purchase price will not be less than £2.5 million nor more than £6.0 million. To the extent both parties deem commercially beneficial, Worldpay may also exercise the option prior to September 2019. If Worldpay exercises its option under the optionphishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and transfer agreement, the build and operate agreement would terminate upon consummation of the option exercise. If Worldpay does not exercise its option under the option and transfer agreement, the build and operate agreement would terminate on July 31, 2020, subject to earlier termination as set forth below, following which we would be solely responsible for all costs associated with the captive Romanian subsidiary. Either we or Worldpay may terminate the build and operate agreement for causeworms), malware (including material breach) and Worldpay may terminate the build and operate agreement if we undergo a change of control to a Worldpay competitor. If we terminate the build and operate agreement as a result of Worldpay’s material breach, Worldpay is required to pay us €2.0 million. In addition, Worldpay may terminate the buildadvanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks (such as credential stuffing), personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, telecommunications and operate agreement for convenience subject to six months prior noticeinternet infrastructure failures, and if such termination occurs in 2018 or 2019, payment of between €2.0 million and €650,000. As of June 30, 2018, the captive Romanian subsidiary employed approximately 110 people, representing approximately one-quarterother similar threats. Like many companies, any significant failure of our total number of employees working on various projects for Worldpay


7


as of June 30, 2018. The captive Romanian subsidiary contributed 2.9% of our total revenueequipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. If Worldpay werelocations in which we operate, could impede our ability to exercise its optionprovide our solutions and services to acquire the captive Romanian subsidiary, we would immediately lose future revenueour customers.We may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and associated cost from this captive subsidiary. In addition, the exercise of this option may increase the likelihood that Worldpay would cease engaging us for new projects,data communications between our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication networks and power supply, or system failures. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could affecthinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform on client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition and the market price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Additionally, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm, and diversion of funds. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments.
Additionally, our workforce has transitioned from being based primarily in our offices or at client sites to a hybrid working model. We anticipate that a significant number of our employees will continue to work from home at least part time, as part of this hybrid working model. This model has increased risks to our information technology systems and data, as more of our employees utilize network connections, computers, and devices outside our premises or network, including working at home, while in transit and in public locations. Our operations could also be materially adversely affected by interruptions in internet service or power at employee residences. Additionally, the services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses and the level of criticality has increased in some cases as a result of our customer’s increased reliance on digital systems due to new hybrid ways of working.Future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies.

Additionally, we rely on third-party service providers and technologies, such as third-party hardware and software (including SaaS applications) to operate critical business systems, including but not limited to processing sensitive information. For example, we may use the following third-party service providers and technologies to process sensitive information: cloud-based infrastructure, data center facilities, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, technology to facilitate content delivery to customers, and others.We may also rely on third-party service providers and technologies to provide other products, services, or otherwise, apart from processing sensitive information, that are critical to the general operation of our business.Our ability to monitor these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place.If our third-party service providers experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences.In January 2018,  Worldpay was acquiredaddition, supply-chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and we cannot guarantee that third parties’ infrastructure in our supply chain or our third-party partners’ supply chains have not been or will not be compromised.
Any of the previously identified or similar threats could cause a security incident or other interruption that could result in unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to our or our customers’ or our customers’ customers sensitive information or information technology systems, or those of the third parties upon whom we rely. A security incident or other interruption could disrupt our ability (and that of third parties upon whom we rely) to provide our services. We may spend significant resources to endeavor to protect against, detect, and/or mitigate vulnerabilities or security incidents, and applicable laws or other obligations may require us to implement specific measures. We may also expend significant resources to modify our business activities to try to protect against security incidents. Certain data privacy and security
5


obligations may require us to implement and maintain specific security measures to protect our information technology systems and sensitive information. Additionally, certain of our client contracts require us to comply with certain security obligations, such as maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by Vantiv. Thereconducting background checks.
We have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents, but there can be no assurance that these measures are or will be effective. We take steps to detect and remediate vulnerabilities but have not always been able in the past and may be unable in the future to detect vulnerabilities in our relationship willinformation technology systems because such threats and techniques change frequently, are often sophisticated in nature, and may not be adversely affected asdetected until after a resultsecurity incident has occurred. For example, we have from time to time experienced minor security incidents, including for example an employee who inadvertently extracted data from a customer’s system (no personal data was extracted). None of this acquisition.
We generally do not have long-term commitments from our clients, and our clients may terminate engagements before completion or choose not to enter into new engagements with us.
Our clients are generally not obligated for any long-term commitments to us. Our clients can terminate many of our master services agreements and work orders with or without cause, in some cases subject only to 15 days’ prior notice in the case of termination without cause. Although a substantial majority of our revenue is typically generated from clients who also contributedthese incidents, to our revenue duringknowledge, have required regulatory disclosures or notifications. Promptly after each incident's discovery, we took remedial actions to assess and contain the prior year,security incident and to evaluate the likelihood and severity of risks to personal data. In each such instance, we determined that there was no material impact to our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. In addition, large and complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. Therefore, we must seek to obtain new engagements when our current engagements are successfully completed or are terminated as well as maintain relationships with existing clients and secure new clients to maintain and expand our business.
Even if we successfully deliver on contracted services and maintain close relationships with our clients, a number of factors outside of our control could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenue from our existing clients. These factors include, among other things:
the business or financial condition nor to individual’s personal data. While we believe we responded appropriately, there can be no assurance that we were successful in implementing these remedial and preventative measures or successfully mitigating the effects of that clientany future security incident.Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures designed to address any such identified vulnerabilities.

Applicable data privacy and security obligations may require us to notify relevant stakeholders, individuals, customers or our customers’ customers of security incidents. Such disclosures are costly, and the disclosure or the economy generally;
failure to comply with such requirements could lead to adverse consequences. Additionally, if we, a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services;
changes in the personnel at our clients who are responsible for procurement of information technology, or IT, services or withthird party upon whom we primarily interact;
rely, our customers or our customers’ customers experience a demandsecurity incident or are perceived to have experienced a security incident, we may experience adverse consequences. These consequences may include: litigation exposure (including class action claims) and other claims for price reductions by that client;
mergers, acquisitionssubstantial damages against us; government enforcement actions (for example, investigations, regulatory fines, penalties, audits, inspections or significant corporate restructurings involving that client;intervention); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing sensitive information (including personal data); indemnification obligations; monetary fund diversions; interruptions in our operations (including availability of data); financial loss; loss of confidence in our security measures; reputational damage; negative publicity; reimbursement or other compensatory costs; additional compliance costs; and
a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or several of our competitors.
The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our revenue additional similar harms, and results of operations. The ability of our clients to terminate agreements makes our future revenue uncertain. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, whichtherefore could materially adversely affect our revenue, and thus our results of operations. Further, terminationsoperations, business and prospects, such as causing customers to stop using our services, deter new customers from using our services, and negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business. If any person, including any of our personnel or former personnel or aforementioned threat actors, compromises our security or accidentally exposes our sensitive information, including our source code, or compromises the security, or accidentally exposes the sensitive information, including source code, of our customers’, our customers’ customers or other third party, or misappropriates such information, then we could be subject to significant liability from our customers, our customers’ customers or other third parties for breaching contractual provisions, including confidentiality, or applicable privacy and data security laws.
Additionally, the reliability of the systems that we develop and host for our customers is critical to our success. However, these systems could contain errors, defects, security vulnerabilities or software bugs that are difficult to detect and correct, particularly when such vulnerabilities are first introduced or when new versions of the systems are deployed. It may be costly and difficult to develop and deploy patches for vulnerabilities and delays in engagementsreleasing patches or difficulties installing them may make it difficultimpact our customers’ or our customers’ customers ability to planuse systems and services, and result in security incidents. Additionally, some of our project resource requirements.
We must attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals.
In order to sustain our growth, we must attract and retain a large number of highly-skilled and talented IT professionals. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, we increased our headcount by 1,075 employees, or 28.7%. Our business is people driven and, accordingly, our success depends upon our abilitycustomer's appropriate and successful implementation of the systems that we develop and host for them. If our customers fail to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals inimplement or use these systems correctly, our delivery locations, which are principally located in Bulgaria, Macedonia, Moldova, Romania and Serbia, which we collectively refer to as Central Europe, and Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay and Venezuela in Latin America. We believe that there is significant competition for technology professionals in the geographic regions in which our delivery centers are located and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. Increased hiring by technology companies and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionalscustomers may lead tosuffer a shortage in the availability of suitable personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Our ability to properly staff projects, maintain and renew existing engagements and win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to recruit, train and retain IT professionals. Failure to hire, train and


8


retain IT professionals in sufficient numbers could have a materialsecurity incident or experience other adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Increases in our current levels of attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our future business prospects.
The technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. There is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. We compete for such talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services, financial services and technology generally, among others. High attrition rates of IT personnel would increase our hiring and training costs and could have an adverse effect on our ability to complete existing contractsconsequences. Additionally, any failure in a timely manner, meet client objectives and expandcustomer’s system, whether related to our business.
Our revenue is dependent on a limited number of industry verticals, and any decrease in demand for technologysolutions or services, in these verticals or our failure to effectively penetrate new verticals could adversely affect our results of operations.
Historically, we have focused on developing industry expertise and deep client relationships in a limited number of industry verticals. As a result, a substantial portion of our revenue has been generated by clients operating in the Payments and Financial Services vertical and the technology, media and telecommunications, or TMT, vertical. Payments and Financial Services and TMT constituted 55.1% and 36.8% of our revenue, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, 57.1% and 30.5% of our revenue, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 56.8% and 28.1% of our revenue, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in Payments and Financial Services and TMT, and any slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on technology services in these verticals could result in adverse consequences, including damage to our reputation or substantial damages against us. Even if such incidents are unrelated to our security practices, it could result in our incurring significant economic and operational costs in investigating, remediating, and implementing additional measures to further protect our customers, and could result in reputational harm, as well as other adverse consequences.
6


In addition to experiencing a decreasesecurity incident, third parties may gather, collect, or infer sensitive information about us from public sources, data brokers, or other means that reveals competitively sensitive details about our organization and could be used to undermine our competitive advantage or market position.
Additionally, our sensitive information or that of our customers could be leaked, disclosed, or revealed as a result of or in connection with our employee’s, personnel’s, or vendor’s use of generative AI technologies. Any sensitive information (including confidential, competitive, proprietary, or personal data) that we input into a third-party generative AI/ML platform could be leaked or disclosed to others, including if sensitive information is used to train the third parties’ AI/ML model. Additionally, where an AI/ML model ingests personal data and makes connections using such data, those technologies may reveal other personal or sensitive information generated by the model.
Moreover, AI/ML models may create flawed, incomplete, or inaccurate outputs, some of which may appear correct. This may happen if the inputs that the model relied on were inaccurate, incomplete or flawed (including if a bad actor “poisons” the AI/ML with bad inputs or logic), or if the logic of the AI/ML is flawed (a so-called “hallucination”). We may use AI/ML outputs to make certain decisions. Due to these potential inaccuracies or flaws, the model could be biased and could lead us to make decisions that could bias certain individuals (or classes of individuals), and adversely impact their rights, employment, and ability to obtain certain pricing, products, services, or benefits. If such AI/ML-based outputs are deemed to be biased, we could face adverse consequences, including exposure to reputational and competitive harm, customer loss, and legal liability.
If we provide inadequate service or cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses, it could result in significant costs to us, the loss of our clients and damage to our corporate reputation.
Any defects or errors or failure to meet clients’ expectations in the demandperformance of our contracts could result in claims for substantial damages against us. Our contracts generally limit our liability for damages that arise from negligent acts, error, mistakes or omissions in rendering services to our clients. However, we cannot be sure that these contractual provisions will protect us from liability for damages in the event we are sued. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for intellectual property infringement and breaches of data protection and security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, could be substantial. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our revenue,business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.
We have also recently begun expanding our business into other verticals, such as consumer products, healthcare, logistics and retail. However,In certain instances, we have less experience in these verticals and there can be no assuranceguarantee clients that we will be successful in penetrating these verticals. Therecomplete a project by a scheduled date or that we will maintain certain service levels. We are generally not subject to monetary penalties for failing to complete projects by the scheduled date, but may be competitors in these verticals that may be entrenchedsuffer reputational harm and difficult to dislodge. Asloss of future business if we do not meet our contractual commitments. In addition, if the project experiences a result of these and other factors, our efforts to expand our client base may be expensive and may not succeed, and we therefore may be unable to grow our revenue. If we fail to further penetrate our existing industry verticals or expand our client base in new verticals, we may be unable to grow our revenue and our operating results may be harmed.
Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services, andperformance problem, we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our clients and potential clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients and potential clients to lower our prices,recover the additional costs we will incur, which could adversely affect ourexceed revenue results of operations and financial condition.realized from a project.
Our contracts could be unprofitable.
We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses). We charge out the services performed by our employees under these contracts at daily or hourly rates that are agreed at the time at which the contract is entered. The rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on our internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors, as well as the volume of work providedrequired by the client. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate, resulting in contracts that may not be profitable. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the rates established at the outset of a client project, other than on an annual basis and often subject to caps. Independent of our right to increase our rates on an annual basis, client expectations regarding the anticipated cost of a project may limit our practical ability to increase our rates for ongoing work.



7
9



In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake some engagements on a fixed-price basis and also provide managed services in certain cases. Revenue from our fixed-price contracts represented [•]% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. Revenue from our managed service contracts represented [•]% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.basis. Our pricing in fixed-price and managed service contracts is highly dependent on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we expect to incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Any failure by us to accurately estimate the resources, including the skills and seniority of our employees, required to complete a fixed-price or managed service contractscontract on time and on budget, or meet a service level on a managed service contract, or any unexpected increase in the cost of our employees assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable.
Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.
Our profitability and operating results arerevenue is dependent on the rates we are able to charge for our services. Our rates are affected by a limited number of factors, including:industry verticals, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these verticals or our failure to effectively penetrate new verticals could adversely affect our results of operations.
our clients’ perceptionHistorically, we have focused on developing industry expertise and deep client relationships in a limited number of industry verticals. As a result, a substantial portion of our ability to add value through our services;
our competitors’ pricing policies;
bid practices ofrevenue has been generated by clients operating in the banking, capital markets, insurance and their use of third-party advisors;
the ability of large clients to exert pricing pressure;
employee wage levelspayments, or Payments and increases in compensation costs;
employee utilization levels;
our ability to charge premium prices when justified by market demand or the type of service; and
general economic conditions.
If we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our profitability could suffer.
We must maintain adequate resource utilization rates and productivity levels.
Our profitabilityFinancial Services, vertical and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization ratestechnology, media and telecommunications, or TMT, vertical. The Payments and Financial Services and TMT verticals constituted 52.3% and 21.9%, 50.7% and 25.0%, and 50.7% and 27.1% of our employees in our delivery locations. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization ratesrevenue, respectively, for our employees involved in delivery of our services, our profit marginthe fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and our profitability may suffer.2021, respectively. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
our ability to promptly transition our employees from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;
our ability to forecastbusiness growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in Payments and thereby maintain an appropriate numberFinancial Services and TMT, and any slowdown or reversal of employeesthe trend to spend on technology services in eachthese verticals could result in a decrease in the demand for our services.
We have also begun expanding our business into other verticals, such as consumer products, healthcare, mobility, insurance and retail. However, we have less experience in these verticals and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in penetrating these verticals. There may be competitors in these verticals that may be entrenched and difficult to dislodge. As a result of our delivery locations;
our ability to deploy employees with appropriate skills and seniority to projects;
our ability to manage the attrition of our employees; and
our need to devote time and resources to training, professional developmentthese and other activities that cannot be billedfactors, including increased spending controls by companies due to global economic conditions, our clients.
Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employeesefforts to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completingexpand our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to lose contracts or clients. Further, to the extent that we lack sufficient employees with lower levels of seniority


10


and daily or hourly rates, weclient base may be requiredexpensive and may not succeed, and we therefore may be unable to deploy more senior employees with higher rates on projects without the abilitygrow our revenue. Failure to pass such higher rates along tofurther penetrate our clients, which could adversely affect our profit margin and profitability.
Recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and strain our resources.
In December 2017, we completed our acquisition of Velocity Partners, expandingexisting industry verticals or expand our client base in North America andnew verticals may materially adversely affect our business operations in North and Latin America. We have completed five acquisitions (including the Velocity Partners acquisition in December 2017) during the previous five fiscal years. In the future, we may acquire additional businesses that we believe could complement or expand our business. Integrating the operations of acquired businesses successfully or otherwise realizing any of the anticipated benefits of acquisitions, including anticipated cost savings and additional revenue, opportunities, involves a number of potential challenges. The failure to meet these integration challenges could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. RealizingOther developments, including impacts from the benefitscurrent period of economic uncertainty, the escalation of geopolitical tensions,the Russia-Ukraine conflict and other unfavorable global economic conditions including disruptions to trade and commerce, in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation or acquisitions depends in partthe industry, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our existing and potential clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on the integrationtheir profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, results of operations and personnel. These integration activitiesfinancial condition.
We use generative AI tools in our operations, which may result in significant operational challenges, liability and reputational harm.
We use generative AI tools in our operations, including to generate software code that is incorporated into our client deliverables and to gain data-driven insights, build predictive models and develop intelligent systems, and expect to use generative AI tools in the future.
Generative AI refers to AI technology that creates new content (such as text, audio, data, images, video, software code) or Output, by leveraging content that the technology was trained on (e.g., through machine learning) in response to prompts submitted by a user, Prompts. Generative AI provides significant opportunities for new and efficient forms of content development, across a wide range of applications. However, generative AI is relatively new and the business, legal and ethical landscape regarding its use, commercialization and regulation is unsettled and constantly evolving. Uncertainty in the legal regulatory regime relating to AI may require significant resources to modify and maintain business practices to comply with relevant U.S. and non-U.S. laws. For further information on the AI regulatory framework see also the risk factor titled “We are complexsubject to stringent and time-consuming,evolving laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards, policies, contractual obligations, and other obligations regarding
8


privacy and data security matters, including in the European Union and the United Kingdom, where we have material operations. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could expose us to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties or other financial liabilities, disruption of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profit, loss of customers or sales and/or adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.” While we have implemented policies to govern the use of generative AI tools by our personnel and any other person in the performance of services for our Company, the use of generative AI in aspects of our business may present material risks and challenges that could increase as generative AI tools become more prevalent.
Recent decisions of the U.S. Copyright Office suggest that we would not be able to claim copyright ownership in any Output, and the availability of such protection in other countries is unclear. In the United Kingdom, copyright law may protect works generated by a computer where there is no human creator, however to date there has been no judicial treatment of these computer-generated work considerations in the context of generative AI. Therefore, even in jurisdictions where copyright protection may be extended to AI-generated works, the ownership of any Outputs generated using generative AI tools may be subject to legal challenge. As a result, we may not be the legal owner of the Output, which in turn is likely to prevent or limit our ability and the ability of our clients to enforce our respective rights in the Output or mean that both our clients and us are unable to prevent others from copying it or reusing it, or unable to stop the provider of the generative AI tool from providing identical Outputs to third parties. The generative AI tool’s terms of service may also declare that the provider of the generative AI tool owns the Outputs, or that it retains a broad right to re-use the Outputs beyond the right to use the Outputs (and the Prompts) to train the generative AI tool.
In addition, we have little or no insight into the third-party content and materials used to train the generative AI tools, or the extent of the original works which remain in the Output. As a result, we and our clients may face claims from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights, or infringement of open-source licenses or other license terms. Open-source licenses have various conditions on the use of the source code, ranging from notice and attribution requirements to other more onerous provisions, such as an obligation to make any proprietary code linking to or derived from such open-source code available under the same license terms, which could have significant implications for our and our clients’ proprietary code. See also the risk factor titled “We incorporate third-party open source software into our client deliverables and our failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could adversely impact our clients and create potential liability.” We and our clients could also be subject to claims from the providers of the generative AI tools if the use of the Output or the tool is inconsistent with, or in breach of, the terms of use. Any of these claims could result in legal proceedings and liability for us or our clients, and could require us or our clients to purchase a costly license, comply with the requirements of open-source software license terms, limit or cease using the Output unless and until such Output is re-engineered to avoid infringement, or change the use of, or remove, the implicated Output. Our use of generative AI tools for software development may also present additional security risks because the generated source code may have been modelled from publicly available code, or otherwise not be subject to our internal controls. There is also a risk that “bad actors” may intend to influence training models to incorporate latent security issues, trojans, malware, or “inorganic” results in Outputs. Unlike open-source software which typically involves community oversight and review of contributions to open-source projects or other community-driven code, generative AI tools may not have the same oversight and review, increasing the risk of any widespread vulnerability or influence of algorithmic output by those with intentions that are against the interest of users or entire groups of users. In addition, AI algorithms may be flawed, and datasets may be insufficient or contain biased information, which could result in inaccurate Output, or Output that is discriminatory, unethical or biased.
Any of the foregoing events could adversely impact our business and the business of our clients, and, as a result, we may suffer significant reputational harm and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs, including:
face claims from our inability to achieveclients, including contractual claims if the operating synergies anticipatedagreement prohibits the use of AI-generated content in the acquisitions;deliverables and indemnification claims.
diversionWe also face risks in respect of management attention from ongoing business concerns to integration matters;
consolidating and rationalizingany personal data or confidential or proprietary information technology platforms and administrative infrastructures;
complexities associated with managing the geographic separation of the combined businesses and consolidating multiple physical locations;
retaining IT professionals and other key employees and achieving minimal unplanned attrition;
integrating personnel from different corporate cultures while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality service;
demonstrating to our clients and to clients of acquired businesses that the acquisition will not result in adverse changes in client service standards or business focus;
possible cash flow interruption or loss of revenue as a result of transitional matters; and
inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs.
Acquired businesses may have liabilities or adverse operating issues that we fail to discover through due diligence prior to the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of any acquired businesses or properties failed to comply with or otherwise violated applicable laws or regulations, or failed to fulfill their contractual obligations to clients, we, as the successor owner,Company which may be financially responsible for these violationsincluded in any Prompts. Whilst some generative AI tool operators offer an “enterprise” or “business” version with more customer-favourable confidentiality and failures and may suffer financial or reputational harm or otherwise be adversely affected. Similarly, our acquisition targets may not have as robust internal controls over financial reporting as would be expected of a public company. Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairment in the future that could harm our financial results. We may also become subject to new regulations as a result of an acquisition, including if we acquire a business serving clients in a regulated industry or acquire a business with clients or operations in a country in which wesecurity provisions, free-to-use generative AI tools do not already operate. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debttypically have confidentiality or equity securities, our existing shareholders may be diluted, which could affect the market price of our ADSs.security obligations with respect to Prompts or Outputs. As a result, if our confidential information, or information of a third party to which we failhave an obligation to properly evaluate acquisitionskeep confidential, is
9


included in the Prompt provided to the generative AI tool, the generative AI tool might disclose or investments,reuse such confidential information, including re-creating the Output to others, or using the confidential information as training data for other Outputs, and we may not achievehave the anticipated benefitsability to prevent the generative AI tool from doing so. Additionally, there is the risk of anypersonal data being included in a Prompt, which could result in such acquisitions,personal data being inappropriately transferred or processed. This could result in a breach of our obligations under applicable data protection laws, or contracts with our clients or other third parties, which could put us at risk of a fine from the relevant regulator and/or a claim for damages. For further information of data protection breaches and fines, see the risk factor titled “We are subject to stringent and evolving laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards, policies, contractual obligations, and other obligations regarding privacy and data security matters, including in the European Union and the United Kingdom, where we have material operations. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could expose us to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties or other financial liabilities, disruption of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profit, loss of customers or sales and/or adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.”
The risks resulting from use of generative AI tools could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

In late February 2022, Russian military forces launched a significant military action against Ukraine, which we refer to as the Russia-Ukraine conflict. This military conflict remains ongoing and has drawn significant backlash from other countries, including the imposition of financial and economic sanctions by Canada, the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and other countries and organizations against officials, individuals, regions and industries in Russia, Ukraine and Belarus. The conflict and related sanctions have resulted and could continue to result in disruptions to trade, commerce, pricing stability, credit availability and supply chain continuity in both Europe and globally, and has introduced significant uncertainty into global markets.

While our business and operations have not thus far been significantly impacted, it is not possible to predict the broader or longer-term consequences of the Russia-Ukraine conflict on our business. For example, we have employees and clients based in Moldova, a neighboring country of Ukraine. If the armed conflict involving Russia and Ukraine were to spread to other countries such as Moldova, we may incur significant costs associated with assisting our employees with relocating to neighboring countries or providing other forms of aid. We may also lose clients or experience other disruptions of our business activities in excessthe region including through interruptions to power, curfew measures imposed on our employees or due to staff displacement caused by attacks in the region. It is possible that clients will request that we provide services from countries other than Moldova.

Other consequences of whatthe Russia-Ukraine conflict could include further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on macroeconomic conditions, security conditions, currency exchange rates and financial markets. Such geopolitical instability and uncertainty could have a negative impact on our ability to sell to, deliver to, collect payments from, and support clients in certain regions. This could be due to trade restrictions, embargoes and export control law restrictions, and logistics restrictions including closures of air space, which could increase the costs, risks and adverse impacts from supply chain and logistics challenges. There can be no assurance that the Russia-Ukraine conflict, including any resulting sanctions, export controls or other restrictive actions, will not have a material adverse impact on our future operations and results.
We must attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals.

In order to sustain our growth, we anticipate. Acquisitions frequently involve benefitsmust attract and retain a large number of highly-skilled and talented IT professionals. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, we increased our headcount by 210 employees, or 1.8%. Our business is people driven and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals in our delivery locations, which are principally located in European Union countries (Bulgaria, Croatia, Poland, Romania and Slovenia), Central European countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia and Serbia), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and
10


Uruguay) and South East Asia (Malaysia and Vietnam). We believe that there is significant competition for attracting technology professionals in the geographic regions in which our delivery centers are located and that such competition will continue for the foreseeable future. Increased hiring by technology companies and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals has led to a shortage in the availability of suitable personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. In addition, we are in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption following the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the Russia-Ukraine conflict and related sanctions, which could conceivably expand into the surrounding region. All of these factors may negatively impact our ability to recruit, hire and train the integrationIT professionals we require to operate our business. As remote or flexible work options become more commonplace, potential candidates may choose to move to lower cost of living areas, which could negatively impact our ability to recruit appropriately skilled personnel for onsite positions. Moreover, we have observed increased wage expectations due to inflation and adverse global economic conditions. Such wage expectations could create challenges for our recruiting efforts in light of profitability considerations and margin requirements. Our ability to properly staff projects, maintain and renew existing engagements and win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to recruit, train and retain IT professionals in the areas where our delivery centers are located. Failure to hire, train and retain IT professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may pursue acquisition opportunities which may cause our business to suffer.

We may pursue acquisition opportunities to grow our business. We can offer no assurance that any such acquired businesses will prove to be successful and accretive to shareholder value. Among other negative effects, our pursuit of the acquired business. The failuresuch business opportunities could reduce operating margins and require more working capital, subject us to successfully integrate the operationsadditional laws and regulations and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or otherwise to realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition could seriously harm our results of operations.

We are focused on growing our client base in North America and Europe and may not be successful.

We are focused on geographic expansion, particularly in North America.America and Europe. In fiscal year 2017, 16.3%years 2023, 2022 and 2021, 32.5%, 34.8% and 31.4% of our revenue, respectively, came from clients in North America and fiscal year 2018, 21.0%23.0%, 21.1% and 24.2% of our revenue, respectively, came from clients in North America.


11


Europe. From fiscal year 20172022 to fiscal year 2018,2023, our revenue from clients in North America and Europe increased by 75.8%.13.2% and 32.3%, respectively, and from fiscal year 2021 to fiscal year 2022, our revenue from clients in North America and Europe increased by 62.8% and 27.8%, respectively. We have made significant investments to expand in North America, including our recent acquisitionacquisitions of Velocity Partners LLC, or Velocity Partners, in December 2017, Five and Levvel in March 2021 and TLM Partners, Inc. in August 2023, which increased our sales presence in North America and added nearshore delivery capacity in Latin America. We have also made meaningful investments to expand in Europe, including our acquisitions of Intuitus Limited, or Intuitus, in November 2019, Exozet Berlin, or Exozet, in December 2019, Comtrade Digital Services, or CDS, in August 2020, Five in March 2021 and DEK in June 2023, which expanded our sales presence in Europe and expanded the services we can provide to clients. However, our ability to add new clients will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to successfully integrate our acquisition of Velocity Partners,the market perception of our services, our ability to successfully add nearshore delivery center capacity, and pricing, competition, and overall economic conditions.conditions, including factors such as market correction, economic downturn, recession or fears of recession, inflation, increased unemployment and negative impacts to the global supply chain. For example, global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption, high levels of inflation and interest rate fluctuations, as well as the market correction or other negative global economic conditions resulting from the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the Russia-Ukraine conflict and related sanctions which may slow down our revenue growth in North America and Europe and could materially negatively affect our expansion of business in these regions. In addition, due to recent large-scale layoffs in North America, particularly in the technology industry, there is the possibility that the increased availability of engineers in the employment market will reduce our demand, as clients may choose to have projects delivered in-house. If we are unable to retain existing clients and attract new clients in North America and Europe, we may be unable to grow our revenue and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
11


We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth or achieve anticipated growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources.
We have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our business over the past several years, both organically and through acquisitions. We intend to continue to grow our business in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. We have also increased the size and complexity of the projects that we undertake for our clients and hope to continue being engaged for larger and more complex projects in the future. As we add new delivery sites, acquire new companies, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges in an efficient manner. Further, following acquisitions, or as we expand into new markets or verticals, we may be unable to successfully grow thoseachieve the growth we anticipate in such markets or services, due to such technological and operational risks as well as the challenges of operational integration. In addition, the uncertainty and disruption resulting from the recent global economic growth slowdown and changes in inflation may negatively impact our growth opportunities as clients may reduce or markets.postpone their technology spend and suitable acquisition opportunities may become more challenging. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth or successfully execute large and complex projects, which could materially adversely affect our revenue, results of operations, business and prospects.

Our future growth depends on us successfully recruiting, hiring and training IT professionals, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. EffectiveWe have observed increased wage expectations on a global scale due to inflation and adverse global economic conditions. Such wage expectations could create challenges for our recruiting efforts in light of profitability considerations and margin expectations. We may also need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive, and we may not be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients. Further, effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. As our companyCompany grows, and we are required to add more employees and infrastructure to support our growth, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain our corporate culture. If we fail to maintain a culture that fosters career development, innovation, creativity and teamwork, we could experience difficulty in hiring and retaining IT professionals. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain IT professionals and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face intense competition.
The market for technology and IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; the ability to effectively incorporate rapidly emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence, or AI, technology (including generative AI tools), in our operations and service offering; delivery location; price; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’ business needs; scale; and financial stability. With regard to our use of generative AI tools, see also “We use generative AI tools in our operations, which may result in significant operational challenges, liability and reputational harm”.

Our primary competitors include next-generation IT service providers, such as Globant S.A. and EPAM Systems;Systems, digital agencies and consulting companies, such as Ideo, McKinsey & Company The Omnicom Group,and Publicis Sapient, Corporation and WPP plc; global consulting and traditional IT services companies, such as Accenture PLC, Capgemini SE, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited;Limited, and in-house development departmentsby our clients of our clients.their technology and IT capabilities. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greaterbetter name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to the development and promotion of technology and IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.

12


In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to face, competition from new market entrants. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their servicesservice needs as opposed to relying on a third-party service providers,provider, such as us. The technology services industry may also undergo consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, and may be able to devote


12


greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We cannot assure yoube certain that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive.
Our success depends on delivering innovative solutions that leverage emerging technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenue. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver solutions that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenue and results of operations could suffer. Our results of operations would also suffer if our employees are not responsive to the needs of our clients, not able to help clients in driving innovation and not able to help our clients in effectively bringing innovative ideas to market. The increasing reliance on automation, AI, machine learning, or ML, and other new technologies by our clients may reduce the demand for our services if we are unable to incorporate these technologies into our offering, which may adversely impact our results of operations. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to reduce our daily rates and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do profitably or at all. Because many of our clients and potential clients regularly contract with other IT service providers, these competitive pressures may be more acute than in other industries.
We are dependent on members of our senior management team and other key employees.
Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team, particularly John Cotterell, our Chief Executive Officer andJohn Cotterell, as well as other key senior-level employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the members of our senior management team or other key employees. We also do not have long-term employment contracts with all of our key employees. We are only entitled to six to 12 months’ prior notice if our executive officers intend to terminate their respective employment with us and three months’ prior notice if any of our other senior executives intend to terminate their respective employment with us. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted.
If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain close relationships with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenue may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, business practices or procedures by such personnel. Any non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreements we have with our senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.
13


Additionally, we have a number of current employees whose equity ownership in our company gives them a substantial amount of personal wealth. As a result, it may be difficult for us to continue to retain and motivate these employees. Further, many of our employees and this wealth could affect their decisions about whether or not they continue to work for us. Further, although thehold Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares that are held by our employees arewere subject to certain selling restrictions on disposition for periodsuntil July 2023. Following the expiration of upthese restrictions, holders of Class B ordinary shares are able to five yearsconvert their Class B ordinary shares to Class A ordinary shares and two years, respectively, followingsell the completion of our initial public offeringClass A ordinary shares in July 2018, salesthe market. Sales of our ADSs by our employees in the open market or the perception that such sales may occur may negatively impact the market price of our ADSs. The risk that our employees may sell ADSs in the open market may be made more acute as a result of the fact thatgiven we do not anticipate paying dividends (as we did in fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016) for the foreseeable future, meaning open market sales or sales in registered offerings may be our employees’ only means of generating liquidity from their ownership of our securities.
ForecastsWe must maintain adequate employee utilization rates and productivity levels.

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rates of our marketemployees in our delivery locations. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our employees involved in delivery of our services, our profit margin and our profitability may provesuffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
our ability to be inaccurate,promptly transition our employees from completed projects to new assignments and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, there can be no assurance that to hire and integrate new employees;
our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.
Growth forecasts included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F relatingability to our market opportunity and the expected growth in the marketforecast demand for our services are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates(and which may provebe impacted due to the effects of unfavorable global economic conditions) and thereby maintain an appropriate number of employees in each of our delivery locations;

our ability to deploy employees with appropriate skills and seniority to projects;
our ability to manage the attrition of our employees; and
our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be inaccurate. Evenbilled to our clients.
Our revenue could also suffer if these markets meetwe misjudge demand patterns, including as a result of uncertainties related to disruptions to trade, commerce, pricing stability, credit availability and supply chain continuity,global public health pandemics, the Russia-Ukraine conflict and any other global economic and geopolitical conditions and do not recruit or sustain sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our size estimatescontractual commitments in a timely manner and experiencecause us to lose contracts or clients. Further, to the forecasted growth,extent that we lack or fail to sustain sufficient employees with lower levels of seniority and daily or hourly rates, we may not growbe required to deploy more senior employees with higher rates on projects without the ability to pass such higher rates along to our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many risksclients, which could adversely affect our profit margin and uncertainties, including our success in implementing our business strategy. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.


13


profitability.
Our business will suffer if we are not successful in delivering contracted services.
Our operating results are dependent on our ability to successfully deliver contracted services in a timely manner. We must consistently build, deliver and support complex projects and managed services.projects. Failure to perform or observe any contractual obligations, including our inability to comply with local laws and regulations, could damage our relationships with our clients and could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a contract. Some of the challenges we face in delivering contracted services to our clients include:
maintaining high-quality control and process execution standards;
maintaining planned resource utilization rates on a consistent basis;
maintaining employee productivity and implementing necessary process improvements;
controlling costs;
maintaining close client contact and high levels of client satisfaction;
14


maintaining physical and data security standards required by our clients;
recruiting and retaining sufficient numbers of skilled IT professionals; and
maintaining effective client relationships.
If we are unable to deliver on contracted services, our relationships with our clients will suffer and we may be unable to obtain new projects. In addition, it could damage our reputation, cause us to lose business, impact our margins and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our sales of services, operating results or profitability may experience significant variability and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.
Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Fluctuations in our operating results may be particularly pronounced in the current economic environment due to the economic slowdown, inflation and other financial uncertainties. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
Factors that are likely to cause these variations include:
the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of projects in which we are engaged;
delays in project commencement or staffing delays due to difficulty in assigning appropriately skilled or experienced professionals;
the accuracy of estimates on the resources, time and fees required to complete projects and costs incurred in the performance of each project;
inability to retain employees or maintain employee utilization levels;
changes in pricing in response to client demand and competitive pressures;
the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services or spendingspend on technology;
the ability to further grow sales of services fromto existing clients;
seasonal trends and the budget and work cycles of our clients;
delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities or infrastructure;
our ability to estimate costs under fixed price or managed service contracts;
employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs;


14


unanticipated contract or project terminations;
the timing of collection of accounts receivable;
our ability to manage risk through our contracts;
the continuing financial stability of our clients;
changes in our effective tax rate;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
fluctuations in inflation rates;
15


general economic conditions.conditions; including the recent and ongoing global slowdown in economic growth as well as high levels of inflation and interest rate fluctuations;

the impact of public health pandemics; and
the impact of unforeseen global and geopolitical events, such as the Russia-Ukraine conflict.
As a result of these factors, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors.
Increases in our current levels of employee attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our future business prospects.
The technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. There is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our Company. We compete for such talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services, financial services and technology generally, among others. As the technology industry increasingly embraces remote working practices and as employees become more dispersed, there is a risk that we will fail to maintain our unique culture. This may result in a perceived loss of quality and differentiation between us and our peers which may in turn make us a less attractive employer to existing and potential candidates. High attrition rates of personnel would increase our hiring and training costs and could have an adverse effect on our ability to complete our contracts in a timely manner, meet client objectives and expand our business.
Recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value or strain our resources.

We have completed several acquisitions in the past year, including DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Technologies Vietnam Company Limited, or, together, DEK, in June 2023, Mudbath & Co Pty in May 2023 and Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd and Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd, or, together, Lexicon, in October 2022. In the future, we may acquire additional businesses that we believe could complement or expand our business. Realizing the benefits of acquisitions depends in part on the successful integration of operations and personnel. Integrating the operations of acquired businesses successfully or otherwise realizing any of the anticipated benefits of acquisitions, including anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, is complex and time-consuming and involves a number of potential challenges, including the effective and timely alignment of the acquired entity’s processes and systems with our processes and systems, including our internal controls over financial reporting. The failure to meet these integration challenges could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. Past acquisitions and any acquisitions we may complete in the future will give rise to certain risks and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs, including:

diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns to integration matters;
lack of available staff to perform the integration in a timely manner or inability of staff to perform ongoing business activities due to their integration work;
consolidating and rationalizing information technology platforms and administrative infrastructures;
complexities associated with managing the geographic separation of the combined businesses and consolidating multiple physical locations;
retaining IT professionals and other key employees and achieving minimal unplanned attrition;
integrating personnel from different corporate cultures while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality service;
demonstrating to our clients and to clients of acquired businesses that the acquisition will not result in adverse changes in client service standards or business focus;
possible cash flow interruption or loss of profit as a result of transitional matters;
16


inability to generate sufficient profit to offset acquisition and integration costs in a reasonable timeframe or at all; and
inability to achieve the operating synergies anticipated in the acquisitions.
Additionally, acquired businesses may have liabilities or adverse operating issues that we fail to discover through due diligence prior to the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of any acquired businesses or properties failed to comply with or otherwise violated applicable laws or regulations, or failed to fulfil their contractual obligations to clients, we, as the successor owner, may be financially responsible for these violations and failures and may suffer financial or reputational harm or otherwise be adversely affected. Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairment in the future that could harm our financial results. We may also become subject to new regulations as a result of an acquisition, including if we acquire a business serving clients in a regulated industry or acquire a business with clients or operations in a country in which we do not already operate. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing shareholders may be diluted, which could affect the market price of our ADSs. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. Acquisitions frequently involve benefits related to the integration of operations of the acquired business. The failure to successfully integrate the operations or otherwise to realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition could seriously harm our results of operations.
We operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful.prospects.
The technology services industry is competitive and continuously evolving and is subject to rapidly changing demands and constant technological developments. As a result, success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure in our industry. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company’s services, including ours, will be received in the market. This has been highlighted by the recent rapid increase in interest in AI and ML technologies. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the technology services industry is indicative of how our companyCompany will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies and those we have achieved in the past, making an investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’ demand for our services declines as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We may be subject to liability claims for actual or perceived breaches of our contracts, which may not contain limitations of liability, and our insurance may be inadequate to cover our losses.
We are subject to numerous obligations, including indemnity obligations, in our contracts with our clients and suppliers. Despite the procedures, systems and internal controls we have implemented to comply with our contracts, we may breach these commitments, whether through a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, a weakness in our procedures, systems and internal controls, inability to prevent acts by third parties, such as cyber threat actors or negligence or the willful act of an employee or contractor. Additionally, a client may make a claim against us because they believe such a breach of contract occurred. Our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our contractual obligations, including our privacy and security obligations. Additionally, our insurance policies, including, but not limited to, our professional indemnity (errors and omissions) and cyber and data security insurance policies, may be inadequate to insure us for the potentially significant losses that may result from claims arising from breaches of our contracts, security incidents, disruptions in our services, failures or disruptions to our infrastructure, catastrophic events and disasters or otherwise. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit or claim, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.
17


We are subject to stringent and evolving laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards, policies, contractual obligations, and other obligations regarding privacy and data security matters, including in the European Union and the United Kingdom, where we have material operations. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could expose us to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties or other financial liabilities, disruption of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profit, loss of customers or sales and/or adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
In the ordinary course of business, we collect, receive, store, process, generate, use, transfer, disclose, make accessible, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit, and share (collectively, process) personal data and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, source code, intellectual property, sensitive third-party data, and customer data (including proprietary and confidential information of our customers and our customers’ customers, such as their confidential business data and intellectual property). Our data processing activities may subject us to numerous laws, rules, regulations, guidance, external and internal privacy and security policies, contractual requirements, industry standards, and other obligations related to privacy and data security, including in the United Kingdom and European Union, where we have material operations, and other jurisdictions around the world.

European countries and the United Kingdom have imposed strict laws, regulations, directives and requirements for processing personal data, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, or EU GDPR, and the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation, or U.K. GDPR, and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive 2002/58/EC, or ePrivacy Directive. For example, both the EU GDPR and/or the U.K. GDPR, together referred to as GDPR, require covered companies to offer individuals certain rights over their personal data (such as the right to be forgotten), impose additional data breach notification requirements, requires companies to appoint data protection officers in certain circumstances, and impose additional recordkeeping obligations, in addition to other requirements.Penalties under these laws (and others) can be severe.In particular, under the GDPR we may face temporary or definitive bans on data processing and other corrective actions that could materially adversely impact our operations and ability to do business; fines of up to 20 million Euros or 17.5 million pounds (under the EU GDPR and the U.K. GDPR, respectively) or 4% of annual global revenue, whichever is greater; or private litigation related to processing of personal data brought by individual data subjects or groups of data subjects or consumer protection organizations authorized at law to represent their interests. Developments and changes in privacy and data security laws in the European Union and United Kingdom, including to the EU GDPR, U.K. GDPR, ePrivacy Directive, and EU or U.K. data breach laws, may more materially affect our operations than developments or changes to such laws in other jurisdictions because the majority of our operations (including employees) are based in the EU and U.K., we are headquartered in the United Kingdom, and we serve customers across Europe. Additionally, we may be subject to various privacy laws in the jurisdictions where we operate, including Australian privacy laws, such as the Privacy Act of 1988, as well as Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, and various related provincial laws, as well as Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation, or CASL. We also have operations in Asia, and may be subject to new and emerging data privacy regimes in the region, including Singapore’s Personal Data Protection Act or Vietnam Decree No. 13/2023/ND-CP on the Protection of Personal Data.

The European Union, United Kingdom and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring data to be localized, heavily conditioning or limiting the transfer of personal data to other countries. We may be unable to transfer personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to different countries due to data localization laws, regulations, requirements or limitations on cross-border data flows. Although there are various mechanisms that may be used in some cases to lawfully transfer personal data from the United Kingdom, Europe and other jurisdictions to the different countries, these mechanisms are subject to legal challenges and may not be available to us. A prohibition or material limitation on our ability to transfer personal data to other countries could materially adversely impact our business operations. In particular, on July 10, 2023, the European Commission adopted an adequacy decision for the new EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework, which facilitates international transfers of personal data between the European Union and the United States, for companies that choose to self-certify with the framework and comply with its principles. However, the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework is expected to be subject to legal challenges and could be withdrawn if, for example, it is deemed not to provide an adequate level of protection to EU individuals. It is unclear how data transfers to and from the United States and the European Union will be regulated in the long term, which measures must be put in place for onward transfers to and from the United States and the European Union, and whether or not the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework will provide a long-term solution to managing
18


flows of personal data between the European Union and the United States. Although the United States and the United Kingdom agreed in principle to implement a similar transfer mechanism for data transfers from the United Kingdom to the United States, this mechanism may also be subject to legal challenges, and there is no assurance that we will satisfy or rely on this measure to lawfully transfer personal data to the United States.

Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data from Europe to inadequate countries or to U.S.-based companies which did not self-certify to new EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework, such as the standard contractual clauses in the European Union and the United Kingdom, these mechanisms are complex to implement effectively and subject to legal challenges, and there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to such countries or recipients. The European Commission adopted an adequacy decision for the new EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework, which facilitates international transfers of personal data between the European Union and the United States, for companies that choose to self-certify with the framework and comply with its principle, but the Framework may be subject to legal challenges and certifications may be withdrawn. Although the United States and the United Kingdom agreed in principle to implement a similar transfer mechanism for data transfers from the United Kingdom to the United States, this mechanism may also be subject to legal challenges, and there is no assurance that we will satisfy or rely on this measure to lawfully transfer personal data to the U.S. Other jurisdictions may adopt similarly stringent data localization and cross-border data transfer laws, or such laws may be stringently interpreted by regulators. If there is no lawful manner for us to transfer personal data from the United Kingdom, Europe or other jurisdictions to different countries, or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face materially adverse consequences, including the interruption or degradation of our operations, the need to relocate part of or all of our business or data processing activities to other jurisdictions at significant expense, increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and penalties, the inability to transfer data and work with partners, vendors and other third parties, and injunctions against our processing or transferring of personal data necessary to operate our business. Notably, some European regulators have prevented companies from transferring personal data out of Europe for allegedly violating GDPR and the EU’s cross-border data transfer limitations. Additionally, some of our customer contracts may require us to host personal data locally, and this further complicates our ability to transfer and process personal data in order to provide our services, operate and earn revenue.

In the United States, federal, state, and local governments have enacted numerous privacy and data security laws, including consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), data breach notification laws, and personal data privacy laws. For example, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA imposes specific requirements relating to the privacy, security, and transmission of individually identifiable health information, including on entities such as ours which are business associates under HIPAA. Various states have also implemented laws regulating the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. Additionally, some of our U.S. healthcare industry customers may rely on our solutions to protect information as required by HIPAA and related regulations. As another example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or CPRA, collectively, the CCPA, applies to personal information of consumers, business representatives, and employees who are California residents, and requires businesses to provide specific disclosures in privacy notices and honor requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights. The CCPA provides for administrative fines of up to $7,500 per violation and allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory damages. The CPRA expands the CCPA’s requirements including by adding a new right for individuals to correct their personal information and establishing a new regulatory agency to implement and enforce the law. Other states, such as Virginia, Utah and Colorado, have also passed comprehensive privacy laws, and similar laws are being considered in several other states. These developments may further complicate compliance efforts, and may increase legal risk and compliance costs for us, the third parties upon whom we rely, and our customers. Additionally, privacy and data security laws have been proposed at the federal, state, and local levels in recent years, which could further complicate compliance efforts.
Our employees and personnel may use generative AI technologies to perform their work, and the disclosure and use of personal information in generative AI technologies is subject to various privacy laws and other privacy obligations. Governments have passed and are likely to pass additional laws regulating generative AI. Our use of this technology could result in additional compliance costs, regulatory investigations and actions, and consumer
19


lawsuits. If we are unable to use generative AI, it could make our business less efficient and result in competitive disadvantages. Furthermore, the use of AI and machine learning, or ML, in our operations and service offerings are subject to privacy and data security laws, as well as increasing regulation and scrutiny. Several jurisdictions around the globe, including Europe and certain U.S. states, have proposed or enacted laws governing AI and ML and we expect other jurisdictions will adopt similar laws. For example, European regulators have proposed a stringent AI regulation, that, if adopted, could impose onerous obligations related to the use of AI-related systems and may require us to change our business practices to comply with such obligations. Additionally, certain privacy laws extend rights to consumers (such as the right to delete certain personal data) and regulate automated decision making, which may be incompatible with our use of AI and ML in our service offering. These obligations may make it harder for us to conduct our business using AI and ML, lead to regulatory fines or penalties, require us to change our business practices, retrain our AI and ML, or prevent or limit our use of AI and ML. For example, the Federal Trade Commission has required other companies to turn over (or disgorge) valuable insights or trainings generated through the use of AI and ML where they allege the company has violated privacy and consumer protection laws. If we cannot use AI and ML or that use is restricted, our business may be less efficient, or we may be at a competitive disadvantage.
In addition to privacy and data security laws, we may be contractually subject to industry standards adopted by industry groups and may become subject to such obligations in the future. We may also be bound by contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and our efforts to comply with such obligations may not be successful. For example, certain privacy laws, such as the GDPR and the CCPA, require our customers to impose specific contractual restrictions on their processors or service providers. We may publish privacy policies, marketing materials and other statements, such as compliance with certain certifications or self-regulatory principles, including to our customers and others regarding data privacy and security. If these policies, materials or statements are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators or other adverse consequences.

Obligations related to privacy and data security are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating regulatory uncertainty. Additionally, these obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources. These obligations may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems, and practices and to those of any third parties that process personal data on our behalf. We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with our data privacy and security obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our personnel or third parties on whom we rely may fail to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact our business operations.
Any failure or perceived failure by us or the third parties on which we rely to comply with applicable privacy or data security obligations could result in significant consequences, including governmental investigations and enforcement actions (e.g., fines, penalties, audits, inspections, and similar), litigation (including class-action claims) or other claims, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight, bans on processing personal data, orders to destroy or not use personal data, and fines and penalties. In particular, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis, and, if viable, carry the potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of data and the number of violations. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business or financial condition, including but not limited to: adverse publicity, loss of trust in us by our clients and partners, reputational harm, inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions, expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry, and interruptions or stoppages in our business operations.

Further, any failure of us to correct business processed that is departing from privacy compliant legal obligations, or any failure of us to adopt or implement business processes that are ensuring compliance with applicable privacy laws, constitute a risk that should be mitigated by adequate efforts brought synergic by various internal teams (legal, compliance, audit, business processes and training).
20


We are dependent on our existing client base and our ability to retain such clients.
A significant percentage of our revenue comes from our existing client base. For example, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, 93.0% of our revenue came from clients from whom we generated revenue during the prior fiscal years. Additionally, during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, our 10 largest clients accounted for 32.8%, 33.8% and 34.9% of our revenue, respectively. However, the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we generally do not have long-term commitments from our clients and are often not our clients’ exclusive technology services provider. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenue for us in any subsequent years. Further, one or more of our significant clients could be acquired and there can be no assurance that the acquirer would choose to use our services to the same degree as previously, if at all. In particular, some of our clients are owned by private equity firms and are, therefore, inherently more likely to be sold at some point in the future.
In addition, the services we provide to our clients, and the revenue and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide changes over time. Our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenue may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service. In order to successfully perform and market our services, we must establish and maintain long-term relationships with our clients and develop a thorough understanding of their businesses.
We anticipate that a limited number of clients will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenue in any given fiscal year for the foreseeable future and, in some cases, a portion of our revenue attributable to an individual client may increase in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining our relationship with and successfully obtaining new engagements from our existing clients or achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals as a result.
Additionally, if our existing client base, notably our largest clients, are adversely impacted by current or future adverse global economic or geopolitical conditions and disruptions to trade, commerce, pricing stability, credit availability and supply chain continuity in both Europe and globally, then we may experience a decrease in demand, delays in payment or postponement of projects, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, a long selling and implementation cycle with respect to certain projects that require us to make significant resource commitments prior to realizing revenue for our services.
We have experienced, and may in the future experience, a long selling cycle with respect to certain projects that require significant investment of human resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients may require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them on the value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other technology and IT service providers or in-house resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes. If our sales cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our revenue and hinder our revenue growth. For certain clients, we may begin work and incur costs prior to executing the contract. A delay in our ability to obtain a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement, or to complete certain contract requirements in a particular quarter, could reduce our revenue in that quarter or render us entirely unable to collect payment for work already performed.
Implementing our services also involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology, thereby further delaying the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. In addition, it is possible that our current and future clients will try to reduce their investment and dependency on human resources, and, in turn, us, by adopting AI and ML initiatives. We may therefore incur additional costs in delivering these specific AI or ML environments, specific to each client or prospective client, which may also negatively affect future revenue. Any
21


significant failure to generate revenue or delays in recognizing revenue after incurring costs related to our sales or services process could materially adversely affect our business.


15


If we provide inadequate service or cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses, it could result in significant costs to us, the loss of our clients and damage to our corporate reputation.
Any defects or errors or failure to meet clients’ expectations in the performance of our contracts could result in claims for substantial damages against us. Our contracts generally limit our liability for damages that arise from negligent acts, error, mistakes or omissions in rendering services to our clients. However, we cannot be sure that these contractual provisions will protect us from liability for damages in the event we are sued. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for intellectual property infringement and breaches of data protection and security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, could be substantial. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.
In certain instances, we guarantee clients that we will complete a project by a scheduled date or that we will maintain certain service levels. We are generally not subject to monetary penalties for failing to complete projects by the scheduled date, but may suffer reputational harm and loss of future business if we do not meet our contractual commitments. In addition, if the project experiences a performance problem, we may not be able to recover the additional costs we will incur, which could exceed revenue realized from a project. Under our managed service contracts, we may be required to pay liquidated damages if we are unable to maintain agreed-upon service levels.
Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation.
Since many of our specific client engagements involve highly tailored solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients’existing and prospective clients’ determination of whether to engage us. We believe the Endava brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employeesclients or clients,employees, competitors, vendors and adversaries in legal proceedings, as well as members of the investment community and the media. Our reputation may also be damaged if the brand or corporate reputation of one of the companies that we have recently acquired suffers due to actions or statements of this nature being made against the relevant group entity.
In addition, we have made numerous acquisitions in recent periods, which require us to rebrand various parts of our business as we integrate newly acquired companies into our group. Such acquisitions and brand evolutions may result in us having less control over our brand and its reputation. Despite us conducting due diligence prior to making an acquisition, there remains a risk that an unfavorable reputational issue may emerge following the completion of an acquisition.

There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our employee recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our Endava brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and adversely affect our operating results.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive.
Our success depends on delivering innovative solutions that leverage emerging technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenue. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver solutions that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenue and results of operations could suffer. Our results of operation would also suffer if our employees are not responsive to the needs of our clients, not able to help clients in driving innovation and not able to help our clients in effectively bringing innovative ideas to market. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to reduce our daily rates and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do profitably or at all. Because many of our clients and potential clients regularly contract with other IT service providers, these competitive pressures may be more acute than in other industries.


16



Our cash flows and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients.
Our business depends on our ability to effectively bill and successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. We may not accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as the global economic slowdown, changing inflation rates, a potential credit crisis in the global financial system and the economic effects of the Russia-Ukraine conflict, have resulted and could alsocontinue to result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions have caused some clients and could cause other clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently effectively bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations or effectively prepare and provide invoices, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, which wouldcould materially adversely affect our results of operations and could adversely affect our cash flows. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services or if our clients are delayed in making payments or stop payments altogether, our cash flows could be adversely affected, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, our results of operations.
If we are unable to comply with our security obligations or our computer systems are or become vulnerable to security breaches, we may face reputational damage and lose clients and revenue.
The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations, which could include maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system, whether or not a result of or related to the services we provide, or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Our liability for breaches of data security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, may be extensive. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations.
In addition, we oftenWe generally do not have access to or are required to collect and store confidential client and customer data. If any person, including any of our employees or former employees, penetrates our network security, accidentally exposes our data or code, or misappropriates data or code that belongs to us, our clients, or our clients’ customers, we could be subject to significant liabilitylong-term commitments from our clients, or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients may terminate engagements before completion or our clients’ customers, or otherwise, could damage our reputation, cause uschoose not to lose clients and revenue, and result in financial and other potential losses byenter into new engagements with us.
We may be subjectOur clients generally do not have any long-term commitments to liability claims if we breach our contracts and our insurance may be inadequate to cover our losses.
We are subject to numerous obligations in our contracts with our clients. Despite the procedures, systems and internal controls we have implemented to comply with our contracts, we may breach these commitments, whether through a weakness in these procedures, systems and internal controls, negligence or the willful act of an employee or contractor. Our insurance policies, including our errors and omissions insurance, may be inadequate to compensate us for the potentially significant losses that may result from claims arising from breaches of our contracts, disruptions in our services, failures or disruptions to our infrastructure, catastrophic events and disasters or otherwise. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.


17


Regulatory, legislative or self-regulatory/standard developments regarding privacy and data security matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
We, along with a significant numberus. Many of our clients are subjectcan terminate our master services agreements and work orders with or without cause, in some cases with only to laws, rules, regulations and industry standards related to data privacy and cyber security, and restrictions15 days’ prior notice or technological requirements regarding the collection, use, storage, protection, retention or transferless. Although a substantial majority of data. For example, the newly established European Union General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, came into force in May 2018 and contains numerous requirements and changesour revenue is typically generated from existing EU law, including more robust obligations on data processorsclients, our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. In addition, large and data controllers and heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs. Specifically, the GDPR introduced numerous privacy-related changes for companies operating in the EU, including greater control over personal data by data subjects (e.g., the “right to be forgotten”), increased data portability for EU consumers, data breach notification requirements and increased fines. In particular, under the GDPR, fines of up to €20 millioncomplex projects may
22


involve multiple engagements or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR’s requirements. The GDPR requirements apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including employee information.
We are required to comply with the GDPR as a “Data Controller”stages, and a “Data Processor.” In 2017,client may choose not to retain us for all or additional stages or may cancel or delay planned engagements. Therefore, we appointed a Data Protection Officermust seek to oversee and superviseobtain new engagements when our compliance with European data protection regulations. In the United States, the rules and regulations to which we may be subject include those promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, the Gramm Leach Bliley Act and state cybersecurity and breach notification laws,current engagements are successfully completed or are terminated as well as regulator enforcement positionsmaintain relationships with existing clients and expectations. Globally, governmentssecure new clients to maintain and agencies have adoptedexpand our business.
Even if we successfully deliver on contracted services and maintain long-term relationships with our clients, a number of factors outside of our control could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenue from our existing clients. These factors include, among other things:
the future adopt, modify, applybusiness or enforce laws, policies, regulations, and standards covering user privacy, data security, technologies such as cookiesfinancial condition of that are usedclient or the economy generally;
a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services;
a demand for price reductions by that client or a demand for prices to collect, store and/remain at existing levels in a period of high inflation;
mergers, acquisitions or process data, marketing online, the use of datasignificant corporate restructurings involving that client;
a decision by that client to inform marketing, the taxation of products and services, unfair and deceptive practices, and the collection (including the collection of information), use, processing, transfer, storage and/move work in-house or disclosure of data associated with unique individual internet users. New regulation or legislative actions regarding data privacy and security (together with applicable industry standards) may increase the costs of doing business and could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flows.
While we have taken steps to mitigate the impact of the GDPR on us, the efficacy and longevity of these mechanisms remains uncertain. Potential or actual legal proceedings could lead to one or bothseveral of these mechanisms being declared invalid. Further, despite our ongoing effortscompetitors; and
uncertainty and disruption to bring practices into compliance, we may not be successful eitherthe global markets including due to various factors within our control, such as limited financialdisruptions to trade, commerce or human resources,supply chain continuity, public health pandemics or other factors outside our control. It is also possible that local data protection authorities may have different interpretationsgeopolitical instability.

The ability of the GDPR, leading to potential inconsistencies amongst various EU member states.
Any failure or perceived failure (including as a result of deficiencies in our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, or client communications) by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, and could cause our clients and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect onterminate agreements makes our reputation and business. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, consumer communications and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions,future revenue uncertain and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new services and maintain and grow our client base and increase revenue.
Our client relationships, revenue, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if we experience disruptions in our internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems.
Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, internet infrastructure or computer attacks could damage our reputation and harm our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a loss of business and related reduction of our revenue. We may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and data communications betweenreplace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us. Further, terminations or delays in engagements may make it difficult to plan our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication


18


networks and power supply, system failuresproject resource requirements. The loss or computer virus attacks. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruptiondiminution in business which could hinderfrom any of our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform on client contractsclients could have a material adverse effect on our revenue business,and results of operations and financial condition and the market price of our ADSs.operations.
Our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the countries in which our clients operate.
Concerns that offshore outsourcing has resulted in a loss of jobs and sensitive technologies and information to foreign countries have led to negative publicity concerning outsourcing in some countries. Many organizations and public figures in the United States and Europe have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing IT service providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform services that we offer themselves, or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers such as ourselves, to avoid any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider or for data privacy and security concerns. As a result, our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located in these countries could be harmed.
Legislation enacted in certain European jurisdictions and any future legislation in Europe or any other country in which we have clients that restricts the performance of services from an offshore location could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, legislation enacted in the United Kingdom, based on the 1977 EC Acquired Rights Directive, has been adopted in some form by many European Union countries, and provides that if a company outsources all or part of its business to an IT services provider or changes its current IT services provider, the affected employees of the company or of the previous IT services provider are entitled to become employees of the new IT services provider, generally on the same terms and conditions as their original employment. In addition, dismissals of employees who were employed by the company or the previous IT services provider immediately prior to that transfer are automatically considered unfair dismissals that entitle such employees to compensation. As a result, in order to avoid unfair dismissal claims, we may have to offer, and become liable for, voluntary redundancy payments to the employees of our clients who outsource business to us in the United Kingdom and other European Union countries who have adopted similar laws. This legislation could materially affect our ability to obtain new business from companies in the United Kingdom and European Union and to provide outsourced services to companies in the United Kingdom and European Union in a cost-effective manner.
Certain of our clients require solutions that ensure security given the nature of the content being distributed and associated applicable regulatory requirements. In particular, our U.S. healthcare industry clients may rely on our solutions to protect information in compliance with the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the 2009 Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, the Final Omnibus Rule of January 25, 2013, and related regulations, which are collectively referred to as HIPAA, and which impose privacy and data security standards that protect individually identifiable health information by limiting the uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information and requiring that certain data security standards be implemented to protect this information. As a “business associate” to “covered entities” that are subject to HIPAA, such as certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, we also have our own compliance obligations directly under HIPAA and pursuant to the business associate agreements that we are required to enter into with our clients that are HIPAA-covered entities and any vendors we engage that access, use, transmit or store individually identifiable health information in connection with our business operations.
23


Compliance efforts can be expensive and burdensome, and, if we fail to comply with our obligations under HIPAA, our required business associate agreements or applicable state data privacy laws and regulations, we could be subject to regulatory investigations and orders, significant fines and penalties, mitigation and breach notification expenses, private litigation and contractual damages, corrective action plans and related regulatory oversight and reputational harm.
Governments and industry organizations may also adopt new laws, regulations or requirements, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could impact the demand for, or value of, our services. If we are unable to adapt the solutions we deliver to our clients to changing legal and regulatory standards or other requirements in a timely manner, or if our solutions fail to allow our clients to comply with applicable laws and regulations, our clients may lose confidence in our services and could switch to services offered by our competitors, or threaten or bring legal actions against us.


19


We may not receive sufficient intellectual property rights from our employees and contractors to comply with our obligations to our clients and we may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property.
Our contracts generally require, and our clients typically expect, that we will assign to them all intellectual property rights associated with the deliverables that we create in connection with our engagements. In order to assign these rights to our clients, we must ensure that our employees and contractors validly assign to us all intellectual property rights that they have in such deliverables. Our policy is to require employees and independent contractors to sign assignment of inventionsintellectual property agreements with us upon commencement of employment or engagement, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce our rights under such agreements. Given that we operate in a variety of jurisdictions with different and evolving legal regimes, particularly in Central Europe and Latin America, we face increased uncertainty regarding whether such agreements will be found to be valid and enforceable by competent courts and whether we will be able to avail ourselves of the remedies provided for by applicable law.
Our success also depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise our company utilizes in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual property rights. In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, copyright and trademark laws. We consider proprietary trade secrets and confidential know-how to be important to our business. However, trade secrets and confidential know-how are difficult to maintain as confidential. To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements with us. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and know-how by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies are or will be effective. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets. Current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and used trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming, unpredictable and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Furthermore, if a competitor lawfully obtained or independently developed any of our trade secrets, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret.
We have registered the “Endava” name and logo in the United Kingdom, the United States and certain other countries. We have pending applications for the “Endava” name and logo in the United States and other countries; however, we cannot assure you that any future trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications or that any registered trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights. Our trademarks may also be subject to misappropriation in jurisdictions in which they are not registered.
24


We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that companies we have acquired, our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.
We could be subject to claims by third parties that companies we have acquired, our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property. Our employees may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. Many of our employees were previously employed at our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed confidential information or intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee's former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. In addition, we are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent acquisitions and any future acquisitions we may complete.acquisitions. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property


20


rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks.
If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party. Even if we successfully prosecute or defend against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and distract management.
If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.
Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among othersother things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop substitute non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party’s intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our services until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property related to such services or solutions allegedly infringe.solutions. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions.
Further, our current and former employees could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright work created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our independent contractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we may not be successful in defending against any claim by our
25


current or former employees or independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those employees or independent contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.
We use third-party software, hardware and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, technologies from third parties that may be difficult to replace or that may cause errors or defects in, or failures of, the services or solutions we provide.provide, which could result in material adverse consequences.
We rely on software and hardware from various third parties to deliver our services and solutions, as well as hosted SaaS applications from third parties. If any of these software, hardware or SaaS applications become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions, cyber-attacks or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, it could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could increase our expenses or otherwise harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in or failures of this third-party software, hardware or SaaS applications could result in errors or defects in or failures of our services and solutions, which could harm our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable,


21


we may have additional liability to our clients or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
We incorporate third-party open source software into our client deliverables and our failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could adversely impact our clients and create potential liability.
OurWe use open source software extensively in the solutions that we build for our clients and our client deliverables often contain software licensed by third parties under so-called “open source” licenses, including the GNU General Public License, or GPL, the GNU Lesser General Public License, or LGPL, the BSD License, the Apache License and others. FromAny piece of third-party software, whether proprietary or open source, can contain security flaws which in some cases can result in security vulnerabilities in the applications utilizing them. Though we employ strategies to actively manage our software supply chain for open source software and attempt to minimize these risks, there is no guarantee that these steps will be effective or successful. Any vulnerability in an application that we build for a client could be exploited to subvert the security controls in the system and allow a data breach or other security problem. Such an occurrence could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, client relationship, financial condition or prospects.
In addition, from time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that such open source software infringes the claimants’ intellectual property rights. Our clients could be subject to suits by third parties claiming that what we believe to be licensed open source software infringes such third parties’ intellectual property rights, and we are generally required to indemnify our clients against such claims. Use of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, certain open source licenses require that source code for software programs that are subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to such open source software continue to be licensed under the same terms.
Although we monitor our use of open source software in an effort both to comply with the terms of the applicable open source licenses and to avoid subjecting our client deliverables to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by courts in relevant jurisdictions, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our clients’ ability to use the software that we develop for them and operate their businesses as they intend. The terms of certain open source licenses may require us or our clients to release the source code of the software we develop for our clients and to make such software available under the applicable open source licenses. In the event that portionsall or part of client deliverables are determined to be subject to an open source license, we or our clients could be required to publicly release the affected portions of source code (potentially amounting to the entire source code) or re-engineer all, or a portion, of the applicable software. Disclosing our or our client’s proprietary source code could allow our clients’ competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales for our clients. Any of these events could create liability for us to our clients and
26


damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition and the market price of our ADSs.
Risks Related to Regulation and Legislation

Our performance and reputation could be adversely affected by increased focus on and demands from customers, investors and regulators with respect to ESG issues and we may be criticized or penalized for the timing, nature or scope of our ESG disclosures as regulatory standards evolve.

There is an increasing focus from regulators, certain investors, and other stakeholders concerning matters relating to environmental social and governance, or ESG, factors. ESG includes not only environmental issues but also human rights, diversity, responsible supply chain management, ethics, cybersecurity and privacy concerns. We communicate certain ESG-related initiatives and commitments regarding environmental matters, diversity and other matters on our website and elsewhere, including in our annual Sustainability Report.

Our ability to achieve our ESG commitments, including our commitment to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions by 90% by 2050, may be subject to numerous risks, many of which are beyond our control and which may result in us failing to achieve, or be perceived to fail to achieve, our ESG-related initiatives or commitments. We may struggle to secure required resources and related technologies or suppliers that can meet our standards. We may incur substantial costs for environmental regulatory compliance and other ESG initiatives. If we fail to achieve our targets or are perceived to fail to do so, our reputation, business and operations may be adversely affected.

Standards for tracking and reporting ESG metrics, including proposed disclosure requirements from the SEC and other regulators, continue to evolve and may change over time, which could result in significant revisions to our current goals, reported progress in achieving such goals or ability to achieve such goals in the future, as well as increased costs, internal controls, and oversight obligations. Furthermore, our processes and controls for reporting ESG metrics across our operations and supply chain are evolving along with multiple disparate standards for identifying, measuring and reporting ESG metrics.We could be criticized for revisions to the timing, scope or nature of our ESG disclosures, or to the extent that our disclosures about ESG matters increase, we could be criticized for the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such disclosures.

Certain market participants, including major institutional investors and capital providers, use third-party benchmarks and scores to assess companies’ ESG profiles in making investment or voting decisions. Our actual or perceived ESG-related initiatives, policies or commitments and any failure to achieve them could result in unfavorable ESG ratings and/or negatively impact our reputation, and result in ESG-focused investors not purchasing and holding our ADSs. This could negatively impact our share price and our access and cost of capital, or otherwise materially harm our business. We risk divestment and challenges to corporate practices and policies if our ESG practices do not meet the expectations of our existing investors.

Changes in laws, and regulations, rules or other obligations related to the internet or changes in the internet infrastructure itself may provide various risks, including privacy risks, and thus diminish the demand for our services, and could have a negative impact on our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could adversely affect the demand for our services or require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the internet or commerce conducted via the internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of internet-related commerce or communications generally, resulting in reductions in the demand for technology services such as ours.

27


In addition, the use of the internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the internet and its acceptance as a business tool have been adversely affected by “ransomware,” “viruses,” “worms,” “malware,” “phishing attacks,” “data breaches” and similar malicious programs, behavior, and events,other threats, and the internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the internet is adversely affected by these or any other issues, demand for our services and solutions could suffer.



22


From time to time, some of our employees spend significant amounts of time at our clients’ facilities, often in foreign jurisdictions, which expose us to certain risks.

Some of our projects require a portion or all of the work to be undertaken at our clients’ facilities, which are often located outside our employees’ country of residence. The ability of our employees to work in locations around the world may depend on their ability to obtain the required visas and work permits, and this process can be lengthy and difficult. Immigration laws are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. In addition, we may become subject to taxation in jurisdictions where we would not otherwise be so subject as a result of the amount of time that our employees spend in any such jurisdiction in any given year. While we seek to monitor the number of days that our employees spend in each country to avoid subjecting ourselves to anyminimize such taxation,tax liabilities, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these efforts.
We also
To the extent our employees and contractors are able to work at our clients’ facilities, we may incur risks relating to our employees and contractors workingcontractors’ presence at our clients’ facilities, including, but not limited to: claims of misconduct, negligence or intentional malfeasance on the part of our employees. Some or all of these claims may lead to litigation, liabilities, and these matters may cause us to incur negative publicity with respect to these alleged problems.publicity. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these lawsuits or any other proceeding, and our insurance may not cover any or all claims that may be asserted against us.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floodsgeopolitical actions, including natural disasters, war and other catastrophic events,terrorism and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.public health pandemics.

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, ora catastrophic event, such as a significant power outage, or a public health pandemic, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. In the event we are hindered by any of the events discussed above, our ability to provide our services to clients could be delayed.delayed or rendered impossible.Additionally, a natural disaster, catastrophic event or public health epidemic could cause us or our customers to suspend all or a portion of their operations for a significant period of time, result in a permanent loss of resources, or require the relocation of personnel and material to alternate facilities that may not be available or adequate. Such an event could also cause an indirect economic impact on our customers, which could impact our customers’ purchasing decisions and reduce demand for our products and services.

In addition, our facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, pandemics, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, international conflicts and war (including the Russia-Ukraine conflict), terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster, power failure or an act of terrorism, vandalism or other misconduct could result in lengthy interruptions in provision of our services and failure to comply with our obligations to our clients. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could damage our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail completely, andresulting in lengthy interruptions in provision of our services. Our insurance may not cover such events or may be insufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business, that may result from interruptions in the provision of our services to clients as a result of system failures.

All of the aforementioned risks may be exacerbated if our disaster recovery plan proves to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delayed, reduced or reducedcessation of our sales or increaseincreases our cost of sales, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Any debt we incur may affect our ability to operate our business andor secure additional financing in the future.
28



In December 2017,February 2023, we entered into a securednew Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement, or the Facility Agreement, with National Westminster Bank plc as agent, or the Agent, HSBC UK Bank PLC,plc, DNB (UK) Limited, Keybank National Association, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., London Branch and Fifth Third Bank, National Association as arranger, HSBC Bank PLC, as security agent, certain subsidiaries party theretomandated lead arrangers, bookrunners and the financial institutions listed therein. The Facility Agreement providesoriginal lenders, providing for a £50.0 million primaryan unsecured revolving credit facility $12.1in the amount of £350.0 million, or the Facility, with an initial period of line of credit capacity and €9.5 million of guarantee capacity, which we collectively refer to as the Facility. three years.The Facility Agreement also provides for an incremental facility, which may not exceed £40.0 million. We repaid all amounts outstanding under theuncommitted accordion option for up to an aggregate of £150.0 million in additional borrowing. The Facility Agreement in connection with our initial public offering in July 2018;remains undrawn; however, we may draw down from the Facility in the future.

The Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets andAgreement requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

dispose of assets;

complete mergers or acquisitions;

incur or guarantee indebtedness;



23


sell or encumber certain assets;

pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our shares;

make specified investments;

engage in different lines of business; and

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Under the terms of the Facility Agreement, we are required to comply with net leverage ratio and interest coverage covenants. Our ability to meet these ratios and covenants can be affected by events beyond our control and we may not meet these ratios and covenants. To the extent we draw down on the Facility, a failure by us to comply with the ratios or covenants contained in the Facility Agreement could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the lenders could elect to declare any amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the Facility Agreement. If any indebtedness under our Facility were to be accelerated, our future financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We may also incur additional indebtedness under different agreements in the future. The instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against any collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.
We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
We believe that our current cash balances, cash flow from operations and credit facilities should be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, draw down on our revolving credit facility or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including investors' perception of, and demand for, securities of IT services companies, conditions in the capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds, our future results of operations and financial condition, and general economic and political conditions. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
We have significant fixed costs related to lease facilities.facilities and may incur additional expense as we adapt our facilities in response to our transition to a hybrid working model.
We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to our leased facilities. Our operatingThe total lease related expense (net of any related to landgains and buildingsincome) included in our financial statements for the 20182023 fiscal year was £8.4£15.3 million, and we are contractually committed to £10.4£16.1 million in such lease expenses for the 20192024 fiscal year. These expenses will have a significant impact on our fixed costs, and if we are unable to grow our business and revenue proportionately, our operating results may be negatively affected.
29


Additionally, as we continue to move to a hybrid working model allowing for remote work, we may require less office space than we currently have under our leases. This could require us to renegotiate some of our leases to match a reduced need for office space, which may in turn lead to disputes with existing landlords. This process could be costly and time consuming, and we cannot guarantee that any new leases would be on the same or better terms as our current lease arrangements. Additionally, we plan to make significant changes to our offices to adapt them to new ways of working as we embrace a hybrid working model. This investment could be costly and time consuming as we evolve our plan to meet the requirements and opportunities this new working model presents and to increase our employees’ capabilities, wellness, job satisfaction and productivity under this model. Furthermore, these investments as well as our operating costs, such as utilities, could be negatively impacted by inflation rates and global economic and geopolitical conditions.
Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing non-competition clauses.
We are a party to a small number of agreements with clients that restrict our ability to perform similar services for such clients’ competitors. We may in the future enter into agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’ customers, require us to obtain our clients’ prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept


24


any assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If our current insurance coverage is or becomes insufficient to protect against losses incurred, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
We provide technology services that are integral to our clients’ businesses. If we were to default in the provision of any contractually agreed-upon services, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims against us for those damages. We currently carry £20.0 millionprofessional indemnity (errors and omissions) and cyber and data insurance coverage in errorsan amount we consider reasonable and omissions liability coverageappropriate for all of the services we provide, subject to lower sub-limits in certain cases.provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our insurance carriers for any reason, including reasons beyond our control, there could be a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our InternationalGlobal Operations
The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.
Our principal executive offices are locatedIncreased inflation rates in the United Kingdom. Following the vote of a majority of the eligible members of the electorateregions in the United Kingdom to withdraw from the European Unionwhich we operate may reduce our margins, profitability and financial performance.

Economies in a national referendum held on June 23, 2016, referred to as “BREXIT,” the United Kingdom government served notice under Article 50 of the Treaty of the European Union on March 29, 2017 to formally initiate the process of withdrawing from the European Union. The United Kingdom and the European Union have a two-year period under Article 50 to negotiate the terms of withdrawal. Any extension of the negotiation period for withdrawal will require the consent of all of the remaining 27 member states.
The referendum and withdrawal have created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union. Lack of clarity about future U.K. laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determinesmany regions in which EU-derived laws and regulations to replace or replicate as part of a withdrawal,we operate, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, intellectual property rights, supply chain logistics, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, immigration laws and employment laws, could decrease foreign direct investment in the United Kingdom, increase costs, depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital. If the United Kingdom and the European Union are unable to negotiate acceptable terms for the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union, or if other EU member states pursue withdrawal from the European Union, barrier-free access between the United Kingdom and other EU member states or across the European Economic Area overall could be diminished or eliminated. In addition, the United Kingdom could lose the benefits of global trade agreements negotiated by the European Union on behalf of its members. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a significant adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may be especially subject to increased market volatility. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may also have a significant effect on our ability to attract and retain employees, including IT professionals and other employees who are important for our business.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We have offices located in Argentina, Bulgaria, Colombia, Denmark, Germany, Macedonia, Moldova, the Netherlands, Romania, Serbia, the United Kingdom, the United States Uruguay and Venezuela. As a result ofEurope, have experienced over the international scope of our operations, fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the British Pound, our reporting currency, and the Euro and U.S. dollar, may adversely affect us. Currency fluctuations related to the BREXIT referendum had a significant impact on ourpast financial results for the fiscal year, ended June 30, 2018. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, 40.3% of our sales were denominated in the British Pound, 21.2% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars, 36.0% were denominated in Euros and the balance were in other currencies. Conversely, during the


25


same time period, 70.3% of our expenses were denominated in Euros (or in currencies that largely follow the Euro, including the RON) or U.S. Dollars. As a result, strengthening of the Euro or U.S. dollar relative to the British Pound presents the most significant risk to us. Any significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a material impact on our business.
In addition, economies in Central European and Latin American countries have periodically experienced highare currently experiencing, rising rates of inflation. Periods of higher inflation may slow economic growth in those countries. As a substantial portion of our expenses (excluding currency losses and changes in deferred tax) are denominated in Euros or in currencies that largely follow the Euro, the relative movement of inflation significantly affectsimpact our results of operations. Inflation is also is likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, including wages, rents, leases and employee benefit payments, which we may not be able to pass on to our clients and, as a result, may reduce our profitability.payments. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase, such inflation may materially adversely affect our business.financial results and business as it may erode our profitability. We may be unable to raise our prices in line with increased inflation and fail to pass on the costs of increased inflation to our clients. As a result, this may reduce our gross margins and profitability. Inflationary pressures could also affect our ability to access financial markets and lead to counter-inflationary measures that may harm our financial condition, results of operations or materially adversely affect the market price of our securities.
Our revenue, margins, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if general economic conditions in Europe, the United States or the global economy worsen.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from clients located in Europe and the United States. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. If the U.S. or European economies continue to weaken or slow, including as a result of
30


the Russia-Ukraine conflict and related economic sanctions, or if the global economic slowdown persists or exacerbates, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenue and profitability. The BREXIT referendumWe have, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, experienced a slowing in demand for our services from clients in North America and United Kingdom, particularly from the resultingprivate equity-backed companies in these geographies, due to a weakened economic uncertaintyoutlook and global markets instability, and if this continues in the near to medium term, we may suffer declines in revenue and profitability. This may negatively impact investor perception of our company and could significantly impact our share price.

A weak or declining economy could also cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Additionally, any weakening or failure of banking institutions or banking systems, which could be caused by a weakening or slowdown of the U.S., European or global economies, could adversely impact our business, operating results unless and until economic conditions in Europe improvefinancial condition and the prospect of national debt defaults in Europe decline. To the extent that these adverse economic conditions continued or worsened, they would likely have a negative effect onnegatively impact our business.ability to receive and make payments. If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We have operations in a number of countries, including Argentina, Australia, Austria, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Canada, Colombia, Croatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, Moldova, the Netherlands, North Macedonia, Poland, Romania, Serbia, Singapore, Slovenia, Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, the United States, Uruguay, Venezuela and Vietnam, and we serve clients across Europe, North America and the rest of the world, or RoW. As a result of the international scope of our operations, fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the British Pound, our reporting currency, and the Euro and U.S. dollar, may adversely affect us. Currency fluctuations related to the current geopolitical climate, notably in Europe but also, to a lesser degree, globally, had a significant impact on our financial results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, 37.8% of our sales were denominated in the British Pound, 34.0% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars, 22.8% were denominated in Euros and the balance were in other currencies. Conversely, during the same time period, 68.0% of our expenses were denominated in Euros (or in currencies that largely follow the Euro, including the RON) or U.S. dollars. As a result, strengthening of the Euro or U.S. dollar relative to the British Pound presents the most significant risk to us. Any significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a material impact on our business.
Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and the price of our ADSs.

The global economy, including credit and financial markets, has experienced significant volatility and disruptions, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, high levels of inflation and interest fluctuations, disruptions in access to bank deposits or lending commitments due to bank failures and uncertainty about economic stability. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in widespread unemployment, economic slowdown and extreme volatility in the capital markets. Similarly, the Russia-Ukraine conflict and related economic sanctions has created significant volatility in the global capital markets and resulted in adverse global economic consequences, including disruptions of the global supply chain and energy markets. Because we have global operations, any such volatility in and disruptions to global macroeconomic conditions has impacted and, may in the future adversely impact, our operations and financial condition, that of our clients and/or the third parties on whom we rely. If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, including as a result of political unrest or war, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult to obtain in a timely manner or on favorable terms, more costly or more dilutive. Increased inflation rates can adversely affect us by increasing our costs, including labor and employee benefit costs. In addition, higher inflation could also increase our customers’ operating costs, which could result in reduced budgets for our customers and potentially less demand for our products and services. Any significant increases in
31


inflation, as has occurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, and any related increase in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our management.

As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 4,81912,063 employees approximately 53.5%(including directors). Approximately 47.2% of whomthese employees work in nearshore delivery centers in European Union countries. We have operations in a number of countries, including Argentina, Australia, Austria, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Canada, Colombia, Croatia, Denmark, Germany, Macedonia,Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, Moldova, the Netherlands, North Macedonia, Poland, Romania, Serbia, Singapore, Slovenia, Sweden, Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, the United States, Uruguay, Venezuela and Venezuela,Vietnam, and we serve clients across Europe, North America and North America.rest of world. As a result, we may be subject to risks inherently associated with international operations. Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal, tax and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by the respective authorities of these regulations could harm our business. Risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing contractual rights, potential difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, repatriation of earnings or capital and the risk of asset seizures by foreign governments. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations. Such companies may have long-standing or well-established relationships with desired clients, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. As a global company, our performance may also be affected by global economic conditions as well as rising geopolitical tensions, such as the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and other conditions with global reach. Our international expansion plans may not be successful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. These factors could impede the success of our international expansion plans and limit our ability to compete effectively in other countries. Additionally, addressing the operational and other challenges posed by our international operations will require significant time and attention from management.
Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate.
Since we maintain operations and provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery, whistle blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labor relations. Our failure to comply with these regulations in the


26


conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business, unfavorable publicity, adverse impact on our reputation and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.
We are also subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many commercial laws and regulations in Central Europe and Latin America are relatively new and have been subject to limited interpretation. As a result, their application can be unpredictable. Government authorities have a high degree of discretion in certain countries in which we have operations and at times have exercised their
32


discretion in ways that may be perceived as selective or arbitrary, and sometimes in a manner that is seen as being influenced by political or commercial considerations.arbitrary. These governments also have the power, in certain circumstances, to interfere with the performance of, nullify or terminate contracts. Selective or arbitrary actions have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions. Federal and local government entities have also used common defects in documentation as pretexts for court claims and other demands to invalidate and/or to void transactions, apparently for political purposes. In this environment, our competitors could receive preferential treatment from the government, potentially giving them a competitive advantage. Selective or arbitrary government action couldadvantage, which may in turn materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes and uncertainties in the tax system in the countries in which we have operations could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including: changing tax laws (such as the Inflation Reduction Act recently enacted by the U.S. government or the increase in the headline rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom), regulations and treaties, or the interpretation thereof; tax policy initiatives and reforms under consideration (such as those related to the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s, or OECD, Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, or BEPS, Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations and other initiatives); the practices of tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we operate and jurisdictions in which our customers operate; the cancellation of or alteration to relevant tax incentive regimes; the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties. Such changes may include (but are not limited to) the taxation of operating income, investment income, dividends received or (in the specific context of withholding tax) dividends paid.
In particular, there have been significant changes to the taxation systems in Central European countries and also in Argentina and the United States in recent years as the authorities have gradually replaced or introduced new legislation regulating the application of major taxes such as corporate income tax, VAT, corporate property tax, personal income taxes and payroll taxes.
The U.S. government has also enacted comprehensivepost-Brexit deal that the United Kingdom agreed with the European Union did not include an exemption from withholding tax legislation that includes significanton dividends between U.K. and E.U. resident group members, and Romanian dividend withholding tax rates have recently been increased, and so profits recognized by us in Romania are now subject to an 8% withholding tax on distributions to us. The headline rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom increased from 19% to 25% from April 2023. In addition, the OECD is working on proposals, commonly referred to as “BEPS 2.0,” which, if implemented in line with current expectations, will make important changes to the taxationinternational tax system, by allocating taxing rights in respect of business entities.  These changes include, among others,certain profits of multinational enterprises above a permanent reductionfixed profit margin to the U.S. federal corporate incomejurisdictions within which they carry on business (subject to threshold rules) and imposing a minimum effective tax rate. Notwithstandingrate on certain multinational enterprises. In particular, the reductionOECD is coordinating the implementation of rules to be adopted for taxing the digital economy, specifically with respect to nexus and profit allocation (Pillar One), and for a global minimum tax (Pillar Two), the latter rules expected to be implemented in a number of jurisdictions with effect from 1 January 2024. While these and other BEPS initiatives are in the corporate incomefinal stages of approval and/or implementation, we cannot comprehensively predict their outcome or what impact they will have on our tax rate,obligations and operations or our financial statements, up to their final enactment in national and international legislation.

In addition, recently-enacted U.K. legislation (the Retained EU Law (Revocation and Reform) Act 2023) provides for the overall impactrevocation of thisE.U. laws and rights which, notwithstanding Brexit, currently remain effective in the United Kingdom. Certain aspects of the stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.  This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not discuss any such tax legislation or the manner in which it might affect holderstreatment of our ADSs.ordinary shares and ADSs are based on such E.U. laws and rights. Accordingly, unless steps are taken by the U.K. Government and/or parliament to preserve the current position (for example, by passing regulations under powers conferred by the legislation), then this could, in particular, result in a charge to stamp duty reserve tax, at the rate of 1.5% of the issue price, on the issuance of ADSs after December 31, 2023, which would represent an additional cost if we seek to raise further capital in this way.

We are unable to predict what tax reforms may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business, but such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies or practices in jurisdictions in which we operate, could increase the estimated tax liability that we have expensed to date and paid or accrued on our balance sheets, and otherwise affect our financial position, future results
33


of operations, cash flows in a particular period and overall or effective tax rates in the future in countries where we have operations, reduce post-tax returns to our shareholders and increase the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance.



There may be adverse tax and employment law consequences if the independent contractor status of some of our personnel or the exempt status of our employees is successfully challenged.
27


We retain certain of our workforce as independent contractors, which has increased due to our recent acquisitions, and the determination of whether an individual is considered an independent contractor or an employee typically varies by jurisdiction and depends on the interpretation of the applicable laws. If there is a change in law or regulation, such as the changes to the rules often referred to as “IR35” or the “off-payroll working rules” in the United Kingdom that took effect from April 2021, or if a government authority or court makes a determination with respect to the requirements for being an independent contractor that differs from our approach either generally or specifically against an independent contractor who works for us, then we could incur significant costs. These could include increased employee benefits costs as well as withholding and other taxes (and potentially interest and penalties), and could apply to previous periods. Furthermore, any such change in law or regulation or government or court determination could negatively impact how we structure our business and who we hire, which along with any increase in our costs, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and increase the difficulty in attracting and retaining personnel.
Tax authorities may disagree with our positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, or may apply existing rules in an arbitrary or unforeseen manner, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.
A tax authority may disagree with tax positions that we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. For example, HerHis Majesty’s Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangements and transfer pricing policies, including methodologies for valuing developed technology and amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property development. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. In particular, taxTax authorities in Central Europeancertain countries have beencan be aggressive in their interpretation of tax laws and their many ambiguities,(which can have inherent ambiguities), as well as in their enforcement and collection activities.
For example, a tax authority may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, where there has been a technical violation of contradictory laws and regulations that are relatively new and have not been subject to extensive review or interpretation, in which case we expect that we might contest such assessment. High-profile companies can be particularly vulnerable to aggressive application of unclear requirements. Many companies must negotiate their tax bills with tax inspectors who may demand higher taxes than applicable law appears to provide. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implicationsthis could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable.
We do not anticipate being treated as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If we were to qualify as a PFIC, this could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to certain U.S. holders.
Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or on average at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. Our status as a PFIC depends on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets (for which purpose the total value of our assets may be
34


determined in part by the market value of our ADSs, representing Class A ordinary shares, which are subject to change)change from time to time.time). Additionally, we generally are treated as holding and receiving directly our proportionate share of the assets and income, respectively, of any corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% of its stock by value. If we are characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holdersHolder holds our ADSs, the U.S. holder of our ADSs may suffer adverse U.S. tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ADSs treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ADSs by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and gains from the proceedssale of salesour ADSs, and additional tax reporting requirements, regardless of ADSs.whether we continue to be a PFIC.
Although PFIC status is determined on an annual basis and generally cannot be determined until the end of the taxable year, based on the nature of our current and expected income and the current and expected value and composition of our assets, we believe we were not a PFIC for our 20182022 tax year and we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, our status as a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis after the end of each taxable year, and we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for the current, prior or future taxable years.years, and our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year. See “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a further discussion of the PFIC rules.
If we are (or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is) a “controlled foreign corporation,” certain U.S. Holders may suffer adverse tax consequences.
If a “United States person” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is treated as owning (directly, indirectly, or constructively) at least 10% of the total value or total combined voting power of our stock, such person may be treated as a “United States shareholder” with respect to each “controlled foreign corporation,” or CFC, in our group (if any). A non-U.S. corporation will be a CFC if United States shareholders own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 50% of the total value or total combined voting power of the stock of the non-U.S. corporation. Because our group includes one or more U.S. corporate subsidiaries, certain of our current or future non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries could be treated as CFCs (regardless of whether we are treated as a CFC). A United States shareholder of a CFC may be required to report annually and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income,” and investments of earnings in U.S. property (regardless of whether the CFC makes any distributions to its shareholders). Additionally, an individual United States shareholder with respect to a CFC generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a corporate United States shareholder. A failure to comply with CFC reporting obligations may subject a United States shareholder to significant monetary penalties and prevent the statute of limitations from running with respect to the United States shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year in which reporting was due. There can be no assurance that we will assist our U.S. shareholders in determining whether we are (or any of our current or future non-U.S. subsidiaries is) treated as a CFC or whether such U.S. shareholders are treated as United States shareholders with respect to any such CFCs, or that we will furnish to any United States shareholders information that may be necessary to comply with CFC reporting and tax paying obligations. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the CFC rules in their particular circumstances.
Emerging markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, and financial turmoil in any emerging market could disrupt our business.
Certain countries in South Asia, Central European and Latin American countries are generally considered to be emerging markets, which are subject to rapid change and greater legal, economic and political risks than more established markets. Financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in South East Asia, Central Europe and Latin America and adversely affect the economy of the region. Political instability could result


28


in a worsening overall economic situation, including capital flight and slowdown of investment and business activity. Current and future changes in governments of the countries in which we have or develop operations, as well as major policy shifts or lack of consensus between various branches of the government and powerful economic groups, could lead to political instability and disrupt or reverse political, economic and regulatory reforms, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in those countries. In addition, political and economic relations between certain of the
35


countries in which we operate are complex, and recent conflicts have arisen between certain of their governments. Political, ethnic, religious, historical and other differences have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflicts among Central European, or Latin American or South East Asian countries which can halt normal economic activity and disrupt the economies of neighboring regions. The emergence of new or escalated tensions in South East Asia, Central European or Latin American countries could further exacerbate tensions between such countries and the United Kingdom, the United States and the European Union, which may have a negative effect on their economy, our ability to develop or maintain our operations in those countries and our ability to attract and retain employees, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and operations.
In addition, banking and other financial systems in certain countries in which we have operations are less developed and regulated than in some more developed markets, and legislation relating to banks and bank accounts is subject to varying interpretations and inconsistent application. Banks in these regions often do not meet the banking standards of more developed markets, and the transparency of the banking sector lags behind international standards. Furthermore, in certain countries in which we operate, bank deposits made by corporate entities generally either are not insured or are insured only to specified limits. As a result, the banking sector remains subject to periodic instability. Another banking crisis, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of banks through which we receive or with which we hold funds may result in the loss of our deposits or adversely affect our ability to complete banking transactions in certain countries in which we have operations, which could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Wage inflation and other compensation expense for our IT professionals could adversely affect our financial results.
Wage costs for IT professionals in South East Asia, Central European and Latin American countries are typically lower than comparable wage costs in more developed countries. However, wage costs in the technology services industry in these countries may increase at a faster rate than in the past and wage inflation for the IT industry may be higher than overall wage inflation within these countries. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive, and we may not be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients. In addition, we have observed increased wage expectations on a global scale due to inflation and adverse global economic conditions. Such wage expectations could create challenges for our recruiting efforts in light of profitability considerations and margin expectations. Unless we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our employees as well as the prices we can charge for our services, wage inflation may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. §201, the U.S. Travel Act, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The Bribery Act, the FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, and our employees and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper or prohibited payments, or anything else of value, to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. Under the Bribery Act, we may also bebecome liable for failing to prevent a person associated with us from committing a bribery offense. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and persons, including those administered by H.M. Treasury’s Office of Financial Sanctions Implementation (OFSI) and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or OFAC, anti-money laundering laws, anti-fraud laws,
36


import and customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. We may not be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all such applicable laws, which could result in our being subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and


29


remedial measures, and legal expenses.Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of such laws by United Kingdom, United States or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our ADSs, and the Trading of Our ADSs and Shareholder Rights
Our share
If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired, and the trading price of our ADSs may be negatively impacted.
As a public company, we are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment is required to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management. We are also required to have our independent registered public accounting firm issue an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis.
As previously reported, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses were remediated as of June 30, 2022, and we did not identify any additional material weaknesses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. However, we may identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future, and, if we do so, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future.
Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude in the future that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ADSs could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
The price of our ADSs may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.
The trading price of our ADSs has fluctuated and is likely to continue to fluctuate. Since our ADSs were sold at our initial public offering in July 2018 at a price of $20.00 per share, the price per ADS has ranged as low as $23.25 and and as high as $30.74 through October 9, 2018. The trading price of our ADSs depends on a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance, including:
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;
variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;
changes in the prices of our services;
changes in our projected operating and actual financial results;
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our business;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new offerings;
37


our involvement in any litigation;litigation, including class action lawsuits;
our sale of our ADSs or other securities in the future;
changes in senior management or key personnel;
the trading volume of our ADSs;
changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;
natural disasters and pandemics;
international conflicts and war, including the Russia-Ukraine conflict, acts of terrorism and other events beyond our control; and
general economic, regulatory, political and market conditions.
Stock markets frequently experienceThe market for technology stocks and the stock market in general have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent periods that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies.companies, including our own. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of equity securities, including our ADSs. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention.
An active public trading market for our ADSs may not be sustained.
Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, no public market existed for our securities. An active public trading market for our ADSs may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your ADSs at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your ADSs. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling ADSs and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our ADSs as consideration.
We may invest or spend the proceeds of our initial public offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.
We anticipate that the remaining net proceeds from our initial public offering will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses,


30


products or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the remaining net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used effectively. The remaining net proceeds may be invested with a view towards long-term benefits for our shareholders and this may not increase our operating results or market value. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively may adversely affect the return on your investment.
Future salesSales of our ADSs by existing shareholders could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline.
Sales of a substantial number of our ADSs in the public market by our existing shareholders, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our ADSs and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our ADSs.
AsIn addition, as of SeptemberJune 30, 2018, we had 53,033,1402023, there were outstanding ordinary shares. Substantially all of those shares, other than 7,291,0002,758,463 Class A ordinary shares in the formissuable by us upon exercise of ADSs issued in our initial public offering are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict the holders’ ability to transfer our ADSsoutstanding share options or the underlying Class A ordinary shares until January 22, 2019, when the applicable lock-ups expire. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our shareholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expirationvesting of restricted share units, or RSUs. We have registered all of the lock-up agreements. In addition, our articles of association provide that (i) each holder of Class B ordinary shares may not dispose of (a) more than 25% of the Class B ordinary shares held by such holder as of July 26, 2018 in the 18-month period following July 26, 2018 (including by conversion to Class A ordinary shares), (b) more than 40% of the Class B ordinary shares held by such holder as of July 26, 2018 in the three-year period following July 26, 2018 (including by conversion to Class A ordinary shares) and (c) more than 60% of the Class B ordinary shares held by such holder as of July 26, 2018 in the five-year period following July 26, 2018 (including by conversion to Class A ordinary shares) and (ii) each holder of Class C ordinary shares may not dispose of more than 25% of the Class C ordinary shares held by such holder as of July 26, 2018 in the 18-month period following July 26, 2018 (including by conversion to Class A ordinary shares). Further, at any time between twelve and eighteen months July 26, 2018, we intend to cause the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust to sell up to 500,000 Class A ordinary shares, which may be in the form of ADSs.
In addition, as of September 30, 2018 there were outstanding 5,662,610 Class A ordinary shares subject to share options. We intend to register all of theADSs representing Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or the vesting of RSUs, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the above-referenced lock-up agreements.restrictions on sales of our shares by affiliates.
Shareholder protections found in provisions under the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Code, will not apply if our place of management and control is considered to change to outside the United Kingdom.
The Takeover Code applies to all offers for public limited companies incorporated in England and Wales which have their registered offices in the United Kingdom and which are considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Panel, to have their place of central management and control in the United Kingdom.
On July 6, 2018, we re-registered as a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Our place of central management and control is,was at that time, and is expected to continue to be,remains, in the United Kingdom.Kingdom for the purposes of the Takeover Code. Accordingly, we are currently subject to the Takeover Code and, as a result, our shareholders are entitled to the benefit of the various protections provided under the Takeover Code. The Takeover Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies are regulated and conducted. If, at the time of a takeover offer, the Takeover Panel determines that we do not have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, then the Takeover Code would not apply to us and our shareholders would not be entitled to the benefit of the various protections that the Takeover Code affords. In particular, the rules regarding mandatory takeover bids
38


described below would not apply. The following is a brief summary of some of the most important rules of the Takeover Code:
When any person acquires, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, an interest in shares which (taken together with shares already held by that person and an interest in shares held or acquired by


31


persons acting in concert with him or her)them) carry 30% or more of the voting rights of a company that is subject to the Takeover Code, that person is generally required to make a mandatory offer to all the holders of any class of equity share capital or other class of transferable securities carrying voting rights in that company to acquire the balance of their interests in the company.
When any person who, together with persons acting in concert with him or her,them, is interested in shares representing not less than 30% but does not hold more than 50% of the voting rights of a company that is subject to the Takeover Code, and such person, or any person acting in concert with him or her,them, acquires an additional interest in shares which increases the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which he or she isthey are interested, then such person is generally required to make a mandatory offer to all the holders of any class of equity share capital or other class of transferable securities carrying voting rights of that company to acquire the balance of their interests in the company.
A mandatory offer triggered in the circumstances described in the two paragraphs above must be in cash (or be accompanied by a cash alternative) and at not less than the highest price paid within the preceding 12 months to acquire any interest in shares in the company by the person required to make the offer or any person acting in concert with him or her.them.
In relation to a voluntary offer (i.e. any offer which is not a mandatory offer), when interests in shares representing 10% or more of the shares of a class have been acquired for cash by an offeror (i.e., a bidder) and any person acting in concert with it in the offer period and the previous 12 months, the offer must be in cash or include a cash alternative for all shareholders of that class at not less than the highest price paid for any interest in shares of that class by the offeror and by any person acting in concert with it in that period. Further, if an offeror acquires for cash any interest in shares during the offer period, a cash alternative must be made available at not less than the highest price paid for any interest in the shares of that class.
IfThe board of directors of the offeror or any person acting in concert with it acquires an interest in shares in the offeree company (i.e., the target) at a price higher than the value of the offer, the offer must be increased to not less than the highest price paid for the interest in shares so acquired.
The offeree company must obtain competent advice as to whether the terms of any offer are fair and reaosnablereasonable and the substance of such advice must be made known to all the shareholders, together with the opinion of the board of directors of the offeree company.
Special deals with favorable conditions for selected shareholders are not permitted.
All shareholders must be given the same information.
Each document published in connection with an offer by or on behalf of the offeror or offeree must state that the directors of the offeror or the offeree, as the case may be, accept responsibility for the information contained therein.
Profit forecasts, quantified financial benefits statements and asset valuations must be made to specified standards and must be reported on by professional advisers.
Misleading, inaccurate or unsubstantiated statements made in documents or to the media must be publicly corrected immediately.
Actions during the course of an offer by the offeree company, which might frustrate the offer, are generally prohibited unless shareholders approve these plans.
39


Stringent and detailed requirements are laid down for the disclosure of dealings in relevant securities during an offer.
Employee representatives or employees of both the offeror and the offeree company and the trustees of the offeree company’s pension scheme must be informed about an offer. In addition, the offeree company’s employee representatives


32


and pension scheme trustees have the right to have a separate opinion on the effects of the offer on employment and pension scheme(s), respectively, appended to the offeree board of directors’ circular or published on a website.
The threedual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control for the foreseeable future, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
Our Class B ordinary shares have ten10 votes per share, and our Class A ordinary shares, which are the shares underlying the ADSs and Class C ordinary shares each have one vote per share. Given the greater number of votes per share attributed to our Class B ordinary shares, ourholders of Class B ordinary shareholdersshares collectively beneficially hold shares representing approximately 91.3%78.3% of the voting rights of our outstanding share capital as of September 30, 2018.August 15, 2023. Further, John Cotterell, our Chief Executive Officer, beneficially holds Class B ordinary shares, representingwhich along with the Class A ordinary shares he beneficially owns, represents approximately 33.2%43.5% of the voting rights of our outstanding share capital as of September 30, 2018.August 15, 2023. Consequently, Mr. Cotterell will continue to be able to have a significant influence on corporate matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Notwithstanding this concentration of control, we do not expect that we willcurrently qualify as a “controlled company” under New York Stock Exchange listing rules.

This concentrated control will limit yourthe ability of other shareholders to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control could also discourage a potential investor from acquiring our ADSs due to the limited voting power of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the ADSs relative to the Class B ordinary shares and might harm the market price of our ADSs. In addition, Mr. Cotterell has the ability to control the management and major strategic investments of our company as a result of his position as our Chief Executive Officer. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. Cotterell owes statutory and fiduciary duties to us and must act in good faith and in a manner that he considers would be most likely to promote the success of our company for the benefit of our shareholders as a whole. As a shareholder, Mr. Cotterell is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our shareholders generally. For a description of our three classshare capital structure, see “DescriptionExhibit 2.3(a) to this Annual Report on Form 20-F (Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.”Capital).

Future transfers by other holders of Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares will generally result in those shares converting on a one-to-one basis to Class A ordinary shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of our Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B ordinary shares who retain their shares in the long-term.
We cannot predict The remaining restrictions on the transfer of Class B ordinary shares under the articles of association fell away on July 26, 2023, the fifth anniversary of the date on which the ADS were listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Following this date, holders of Class B ordinary shares are able to convert their Class B ordinary shares to Class A ordinary shares and sell the Class A ordinary shares in the market. As each Class B ordinary share may be converted on a one-to-one basis to a Class A ordinary share, there is no expected dilutionary impact on holders of Class A ordinary shares. The voting rights of the holders of Class B ordinary shares will be reduced following conversion of their shares, as our three classClass B ordinary shares have 10 votes per share, structure mayand our Class A ordinary shares, have one vote per share. The potential impact of the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares or the sale of the corresponding Class A ordinary shares is unclear, but it is possible that it could put downward pressure on our ADSshare price if the market perceives such conversions or disposals as an indication that founding members and/or executives wish to reduce their interest in Endava.
An active public trading market for our business.ADSs may not be sustained.
We cannot predict whether our three class share structure, combined withThe lack of an active market may impair the concentrated controlability of our shareholders who held our ordinary shares prior to the completion of our initial public offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will result in a lower or more volatile market priceholders of our ADSs to sell their ADSs at any time or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certainat a price that the holder considers reasonable. The lack of their indexes. In July 2017, FTSE Russell announced that it plans to require new constituents of its indexes to have greater than 5% ofan active market may reduce the company's voting rights in the hands of public shareholders, and S&P Dow Jones announced that it will no longer admit companies with multiple-class share structures to certain of its indexes. Becausefair value of our three class structure, we will likely be excluded from these indexes ADSs,
40


and we cannot assure you thatan inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital or acquire other stock indexes will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investmentcompanies or technologies by many of these funds and could makeusing our ADSs less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our ADSs could be adversely affected.as consideration.
The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of our ADSs, are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, or the Companies Act, and by our Articlesarticles of Association.association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See “Item 10.B—Memorandum and Articles of Association” and “Item 16.G—Corporate Governance” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a description of the principal differences between the provisions


33


of the Companies Act applicable to us and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections.
Holders of our ADSs have fewer rights than our shareholders and must act through the depositary to exercise their rights.
Holders of our ADSs do not have the same rights as our shareholders and may only exercise their voting rights with respect to the underlying Class A ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Holders of the ADSs have appointed the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attaching to the Class A ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. When a general meeting is convened, if you hold ADSs, you may not receive sufficient notice of a shareholders’ meeting to permit you to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote directly with respect to any specific matter. We will make all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to extend voting rights to you in a timely manner, but we cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote. Furthermore, the depositary will not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. As a result, you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ADSs are not voted as you request. In addition, in your capacity as an ADS holder, you will not be able to call a shareholders’ meeting. See “Item 12.D—Description of American Depositary Shares.”
Holders of our ADSs may face limitations on transfer and withdrawal of underlying Class A ordinary shares.
Our ADSs, which may be evidenced by ADRs, are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason subject to your right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying Class A ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of your ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying Class A ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, you may not be able to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying Class A ordinary shares when you owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities. See “Item 12.D—Description of American Depositary Shares.”
ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.
The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Class A ordinary shares provides that holders and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including in respect of claims under federal securities laws, against us or the depositary to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To
41


our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a court of the State of New York or a federal court, which have non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement, applying such law. In determining whether to enforce a jury trial waiver provision, New York courts and federal courts will consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right to trial by jury. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. In addition, New York courts will not enforce a jury trial waiver provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor's negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon a guarantor's demand, or in the case of an intentional tort claim (as opposed to a contract dispute), none of which we believe are applicable


34


in the case of the deposit agreement or the ADSs. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the federal securities laws. If you or any other holder or beneficial owner of ADSs brings a claim against us or the depositary in connection with such matters, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.
General Risk Factors
If we fail to meet publicly announced guidance, or if we fail to forecast our market opportunity accurately, our operating results could be adversely affected, and the price of our ADSs could decline.

We release earnings guidance in our quarterly and annual earnings conference calls, quarterly and annual earnings releases, or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. Our actual business results may vary significantly from such guidance or consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including global economic uncertainty, unfavorable financial market conditions, and decreased customer spend on technology products, which could adversely affect our business and future operating results. If our revenue or results of operations fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide is below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our ADSs could decline substantially. Such a decline in the price of our ADSs could occur even if we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.

In addition, growth forecasts included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F relating to our market opportunity and the expected growth in the market for our services are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets meet our size estimates and experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many risks and uncertainties, including our success in implementing our business strategy. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.

From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings, including as part of class actions. We evaluate these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at
42


the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our assessments and estimates. We are not currently party to any material litigation.
Even when not merited, the defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some of these legal disputes may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation, make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.
Furthermore, while we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, if the insurers prevail, the amount of our recovery.
We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

We believe that our current cash balances, cash flow from operations and credit facilities should be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, draw down on our revolving credit facility or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including investors' perception of, and demand for, securities of IT services companies, conditions in the capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds, our future results of operations and financial condition, and general economic and political conditions including the recent global economic growth slowdown, high levels of inflation and interest rate fluctuations, all of which may be heightened due to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and related economic sanctions. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.
Claims of U.S. civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.
We are incorporated under English law. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. The majority of our senior management and board of directors reside outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by a court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. securities laws, would not automatically be recognized or enforceable in the United Kingdom. In addition, uncertainty exists as to whether U.K. courts would entertain original actions brought in the United Kingdom against us or our directors or senior management predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. Any final and conclusive monetary judgment for a definite sum obtained against us in U.S. courts would be treated by the courts of the United Kingdom as a cause of action in itself and sued upon as a debt at common law so that no retrial of the issues would be necessary, provided that certain requirements are met. Whether these requirements are met in respect of a judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws, including whether the award of monetary damages under such laws would constitute a penalty, is an issue for the court making such decision. If an English court gives judgment for the sum payable under a U.S. judgment, the English judgment will
43


be enforceable by methods generally available for this purpose. These methods generally permit the English court discretion to prescribe the manner of enforcement.
As a result, U.S. investors may not be able to enforce against us or our senior management, board of directors or certain experts named herein who are residents of the United Kingdom or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than U.S. public companies.
We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the SEC rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Further, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.
As a foreign private issuer, we file annual reports on Form 20-F within four months of the close of each fiscal year ended June 30 and reports on Form 6-K relating to certain material events promptly after we publicly announce these events. However, because of the above exemptions for foreign private issuers, our shareholders willare not be afforded


35


the same protections or information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies organized in the United States.
While we are a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. listed companies.
We are entitled to rely on a provision in the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing standards that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
For example, we are exempt from New York Stock Exchange regulations that require a listed U.S. company to (1) have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) require regularly scheduled executive sessions with only independent directors each year and (3) have a remuneration committee or a nominations or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors.
In accordance with our New York Stock Exchange listing, our audit committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to New York Stock Exchange-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our audit committee is not subject to additional New York Stock Exchange requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the audit committee are “independent,” using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer. Furthermore, the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing standards require listed U.S. companies to, among other things, seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares, which we are not required to follow as a foreign private issuer.
44


We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.
As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. We may no longer be a foreign private issuer on the next determination date, December 31, 2018 (the end of our second fiscal quarter in the fiscal year after our initial public offering),future, which would require us to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers as of JanuaryJuly 1, 2019.2024. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(1) a majority of our executive officers or directors cannot be U.S. citizens or residents, (b)(2) more than 50 percent of our assets must be located outside the United States and (b)(3) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers and will require that we prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer will be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ADSs less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and, to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer pursuant to which standards we are not required to provide detailed compensation disclosures or file proxy statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements


36


of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our ADSs less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ADSs and our ADS price may be more volatile.
As a result of becoming a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our ADSs.
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2019, which is the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of our initial public offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose significant changes made in our disclosure controls or internal control procedures on a quarterly basis.
We have commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.
During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ADSs could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations bythe New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital market.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, the price of our share priceADSs and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our ADSs depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts or the content that they publish about us. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ADSs or change their opinion of our ADSs, our ADS price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our ADS price or trading volume to decline.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ADSs.
We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the growth and development of the business and, therefore, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares, including on the Class A ordinary shares underlying our ADSs, in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our future financial condition, results of


37


operations and capital requirements, general business conditions and other relevant factors as determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their ADSs after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.
Item 4. Information on the Company
A. History and Development of the Company
Corporate Information
The legal and commercial name of our company is Endava plc. We were originally incorporated in February 2006 as Endava Limited, a private company with limited liability and indefinite life under the laws of England and Wales. In July 2018, we completed a corporate reorganization, pursuant to which all of our shareholders were required to elect to exchange each of the existing ordinary shares in the capital of Endava Limited held by them for the same number of Class B ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares; provided, that the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust, or the EBT, exchanged all existing ordinary shares held by it for the same number of Class A ordinary shares. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share and each Class B ordinary share is
45


entitled to ten votes per share and eachshare. On July 26, 2020, all of our Class C ordinary share is entitledshares automatically converted to one vote per share.Class A ordinary shares.
On July 6, 2018, we re-registered Endava Limited as a public limited company and our name was changed from Endava Limited to Endava plc. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales under number 5722669, and our registered office is 125 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom.
Our principal executive office is located at 125 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom and our telephone number is +44 20 7367 1000. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Endava Inc., located at 441 Lexington757 Third Avenue, Suite 702,1901, New York, NY 10017 and the telephone number for Endava Inc. is +1 (212) 920-7240.(917) 613-3859. Our website address is www.endava.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as Endava, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Our actual capital expenditures for the years ended June 30, 2018, 20172023, 2022 and 20162021 amounted to £5.5£13.5 million, £6.4£13.7 million and £2.7£5.2 million, respectively. These capital expenditures were related primarily to purchases of property and equipment for our delivery centres and software licences in Romania, Bulgaria, Moldova, Macedonia, Serbia and Latin America.office spaces. We expect our capital expenditures to increase in absolute terms in the near term as we continue to grow our operations. We anticipate our capital expenditures in fiscal 20192024 to be financed from cash generated from operations and the proceeds of our July 2018 initial public offering.cash and cash equivalents. We will continue investing in technology services in Europe, Latin America, and the United States.States and Asia-Pacific.
B. Business Overview
Overview
We are a leading next-generation technology services provider and help accelerate disruption by delivering rapid evolution to enterprises. We aid our clients in finding new ways to interact with their customers and users, enabling them to become more engaging, responsive and efficient. Using Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale, we collaborate with our clients, seamlessly integrating with their teams, catalyzing ideation and delivering robust solutions. Our approach to ideation comprises an empathy for user needs, curiosity, creativity and a deep understanding of technologies. From proof of concept, to prototype, to production, we use our engineering expertise to deliver enterprise platforms for our clients that are capable of handling millions of transactions per day. Our people, whom we call Endavans, synthesize creativity, technology and delivery at scale in multi-disciplinary teams, enabling us to support our clients from ideation to production.
Waves of technological change are disrupting the nature of competition in every industry. New technologies have enabled the growth and success of companies that leverage these technologies in every aspect of their businesses, or digital native companies, allowing them to be nimble, innovative, data driven and focused on user experience, often through an Agile development approach. Technology has also increased customer expectations, giving customers the ability to choose not only the products and services that they want, but also where, when and how they want them


38


delivered. Incumbent enterprises must undertake digital transformation of their businesses by leveraging technology in order to meet ever-evolving customer expectations and compete with digital native disruptors. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, the worldwide market for digital transformation services is expected to be approximately $390 billion in 2018 and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19.7% through 2021.
Technological transformation poses numerous challenges for incumbent enterprises. Incumbent enterprises are often laden with legacy infrastructure and applications that are deeply embedded in core transactional systems, making it difficult to reconcile maintenance of existing infrastructure and applications with a nimble approach to using next-generation technologies. Incumbent enterprises are also often stymied by institutional constraints that impede their ability to solve complex problems and rapidly respond to shifting competitive dynamics, as well as ingrained traditional approaches to development. The Agile methodology stands in stark contrast to the IT-department-driven, legacy approach often used by incumbent enterprises, which is premised on a sequential and siloed structure, involves long development cycles, fails to integrate user feedback and is often more costly. Likewise, internal IT teams at incumbent enterprises often struggle to absorb the rapid pace of technology development and its growing complexity. To effectively harness the power of technology, incumbent enterprises need talent in ideation, strategy, user experience, Agile development and next-generation technologies. While incumbent enterprises have historically looked to traditional information technology, or IT, service providers to undertake technology development projects, these traditional players were built to serve, and remain focused on serving, legacy systems using offshore delivery.
We reimagine the relationship between people and technology and help our clients become digital, experience-driven businesses by assisting them in their journey from idea generation to development and deployment of products, platforms and solutions. Our expertise spans the entire ideation-to-production spectrum across threespectrum. We create value
46


for our clients through creation of Product and Technology Strategies and Intelligent Digital Experiences, delivered via world-class engineering and through our broad solution areas -technical capabilities. We accelerate our clients’ ability to take advantage of new business models and market opportunities by ideating and delivering dynamic platforms and intelligent digital experiences that are designed to fuel rapid, ongoing transformation of our customers’ businesses. By leveraging next-generation technologies, our agile, multi-disciplinary teams provide a combination of Product & Technology Strategies and Intelligent Digital Evolution, Agile TransformationExperiences delivered via world-class engineering to help our clients become more engaging, responsive, and Automation - and consists of 12 service offerings: Strategy, Creative and User Experience, Insights through Data, Mobile and IoT, Architecture, Smart Automation, Software Engineering, Test Automation and Engineering, Continuous Delivery, Cloud, Advanced Applications Management and Smart Desk. efficient.
At the core of our approach is our proven and proprietary Distributed Enterprise Agile scalingenterprise agile delivery framework, known as The Endava Adaptive Model, or TEAM, with its unique three component structure comprising (i) an Engagement Model to guide the interaction with our clients, (ii) an Interaction Model, called TEAM Enterprise Agile Scaling, framework, or TEAS. TEAS, utilizes common Agiledefining how we implement agile delivery at all levels of scaling, frameworks, but enhances them by balancing the requirements of delivering both quality and speed-to-market, helping(iii) Engineering Practices that guide our people to deliver effective and technically excellent solutions for our clients using advanced, tools and techniques. Using TEAM, our delivery teams are able to quickly design, develop and test digital solutions, providing actionable insights into their value and business potential in a short timeframe. Our clients are able to release higher-quality products to market faster, respond better to market changes and incorporate customer and user feedback through rapid releases and product iterations. Our deep familiarity with technologies developed over the last decade including mobile connectivity, social media, automation, big data analytics and cloud delivery, as well as next-generation technologies such as IoT, artificial intelligence, machine learning, augmented reality, virtual reality and blockchain, allows us to help our clients transform their businesses.
We locate our nearshore delivery centers in countries that not only have abundant IT talent pools, but also offer us an opportunity to be a preferred employer.
We provide services from our nearshore delivery centers, locatedlocations in two European Union countries – Romania and(Austria, Bulgaria, three other Central European countries – Macedonia, Moldova and Serbia, and four countries in Latin America – Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay and Venezuela. We have close-to-client offices in four Western European countries –Croatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Slovenia and Sweden), non-European Union countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia, Serbia, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, as well as inKingdom), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay), Asia-Pacific (Australia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam), North America (Canada and the United States.States), and the Middle East (United Arab Emirates). As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 4,81912,063 employees (including directors), approximately 53.5%47.2% of whom work in nearshore delivery centerslocations in European Union countries. We provide Endavans with training to develop their technical and soft skills in an environment where they are continually challenged and given opportunities to grow as professionals, and with tools and resources to innovate.
As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 258711 active clients, which we define as clients who paid us for services over the preceding 12-month period. We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, our revenue was £115.4£794.7 million, £159.4£654.8 million and £217.6£446.3 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 37.3%33.4% over the three yearthree-year period. We generated 64.4%38.9%, 50.2%41.4% and 45.3%41.9% of our revenue for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively, from clients located in the United Kingdom; weKingdom. We generated 17.5%23.0%, 33.6%21.1% and 33.7%24.2% of our revenue in each of those fiscal years, respectively, from clients located in Europe; and weEurope. We generated the balance32.5%, 34.8%, 31.4% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 from clients located in North America. The balance of revenue in each of those fiscal years comes from clients located in North America.RoW. Our revenue growth rate at constant currency, which is a measure that is not calculated and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 20182021, was 36.6%16.6%, 28.5%47.6% and 37.2%29.6%, respectively. Over the last five fiscal years, 89.1%90.1% of our revenue, on average, each fiscal year came from clients who purchased services from us during the prior fiscal year. Our profit before taxes was £20.8£114.2 million, £21.7£102.4 million and £24.7£54.4 million, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively,


39


and our profit before taxes as a percentage of revenue was 18.0%14.4%, 13.6%15.6% and 11.3%12.2%, respectively, for the same periods. Our adjusted profit before taxes margin, or Adjusted PBT Margin, which is a measure that is not calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, was 19.7%20.7%, 15.8%21.1% and 15.4%20.6%, respectively, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018.2021. See notes 1 and 65 in the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Selected“Item 5. Operating and Financial DataReview and Prospects - Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics” for a reconciliation of revenue growth rate at constant currency to revenue growth rate and for a reconciliation of Adjusted PBT to profit before taxes, respectively, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.
Industry Background
Overview
Waves of technological change are disrupting the nature of competition in every industry. New technologies have enabled the growth and success of digital native companies that leverage these technologies in every aspect of
47


their businesses, allowing them to be nimble, innovative, data driven and focused on the user experience, often through an Agile development approach. Technology has also increased customer expectations, giving them the ability to choose not only the products and services that they want, but also where, when and how they want them delivered. Incumbent enterprises must undertake digital transformation of their businesses by leveraging technology in order to meet ever-evolving customer expectations and compete with digital native disruptors.
Significant Technology Innovation
Technology has gone through significant evolution in the last decade and this trend is expected to continue. The use of mobile connectivity, social media, automation, big data analytics and cloud delivery have become integral to business execution and emerging trends and technologies, including in areas such as artificial intelligence and machine learning (including Generative AI), the Internet of Things, or IoT, artificial intelligence, machine learning,and augmented reality,and virtual reality, and blockchain, hold the potential to significantly reshape industries. Because each new generation of technology builds on and advances the technology that came before it, the pace of technological innovation willis expected to continue to accelerate, increasing the pace at which enterprises will need to transform.
Empowered Customers and Users
The proliferation of new technologies has empowered customers and users across industries and increased their expectations. These technologies have allowed customers and users to have more information and more choices, thereby changing how they interact with enterprises and their products and services. Other users, such as employees, are bringing these same expectations to the workplace. Empowered customers and users are increasingly discerning and their preferences keep changing as technology evolves. As a result, for enterprises, continually transforming their interactions with all constituencies has become a competitive imperative.
Rise of the Digital Natives
These significant technological changes have enabled the emergence of digital native companies. These companies leverage emerging technologies in every aspect of their businesses and are nimble and innovative, data driven and focused on the user experience. Digital native companies are not encumbered by legacy technology. Over the past decade, they have revolutionized the way technology is used across all functions in an organization, how technology infrastructure is built and maintained and how technology solutions are developed, deployed and continually improved.
Increasing Adoption of the Agile Approach
Due to the influence of digital native companies, the adoption of Agile development across industries has become pervasive. Agile is an iterative and incremental methodology for development where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between cross-functional teams. Agile is user driven and focused on continuous delivery of small upgrades, facilitating highly differentiated speeds of innovation and time to market.


40


Challenges to Transformation
Incumbent enterprises must undertake digital transformation of their businesses by leveraging technology in order to meet ever-evolving customer expectations and compete with digital native disruptors. There are several challenges incumbent enterprises face in achieving technological transformation:
Significant Investment in Legacy Technology
For most incumbent enterprises, reorienting IT operations with new technology is expensive, time-consuming and risks service disruption. Incumbent enterprises are often laden with legacy infrastructure and applications that are difficult and expensive to operate and maintain. They cannot switch off and move away from legacy technology infrastructure investments as the legacy infrastructure is often deeply embedded in the core transactional systems that drive revenue. Incumbent enterprises must find ways to reconcile maintenance of existing infrastructure and applications with a nimble approach to using next-generation technologies.
48


Barriers to Innovation
Incumbent enterprises are fundamentally built to do what they are already doing and can struggle with innovation. They are often characterized by ingrained processes and cultural norms that do not encourage strategic shifts, with decision makers isolated from the economic consequences of choices. These institutional constraints can impede incumbent enterprises’ ability to solve complex problems and rapidly respond to shifting competitive dynamics. Incumbent enterprises need to learn to “build many” and “fail fast” in order to efficiently allocate resources and optimize their opportunities for success.
Not Built for Agile
Incumbent enterprises must adopt new technologies and rapidly execute on initiatives in order to remain competitive, but are often stymied by ingrained traditional approaches to development. The Agile methodology stands in stark contrast to the IT-department-driven, legacy approach often used by incumbent enterprises, which is premised on a sequential and siloed structure, involves long development cycles, fails to integrate user feedback and is often more costly.
Lack of Required Expertise and Talent
The modern competitive environment requires incumbent enterprises to deliver experiences to customers and users that are intuitive and unobtrusive. This, in turn, requires connectivity across channels of customer and user interaction and successfully harnessing next-generation technology. Internal IT teams at incumbent enterprises often struggle to absorb the rapid pace of technology development and its growing complexity. Incumbent enterprises need user experience strategy and design capability, as well as technology and engineering expertise, to develop effective and frictionless user experiences. Developing this capability and expertise requires the acquisition and retention of talent in ideation, strategy, user experience, Agile development and next-generation technologies. However, the market for employees with expertise in these areas is highly competitive.
Limitations of Traditional IT Service Providers
Incumbent enterprises have historically looked to traditional IT service providers to undertake technology development projects. Traditional IT service providers are built for commoditized development, integration and maintenance engagements, where cost is key. They can deliver on large-scale projects using scaled, cost-effective infrastructure and are generally expert in legacy systems. While some of these traditional IT service providers have invested in capabilities to provide user experience strategy and design, as well as Agile development capabilities, they were built to serve, and remain focused on serving, legacy systems using offshore delivery.
Our Opportunity
According to IDC, the worldwide market for digital transformation services is expected to be approximately $390 billion in 2018 and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19.7% through 2021. IDC defines digital transformation as the continuous process by which enterprises adapt to or drive disruptive changes in their


41


customers and markets by leveraging digital competencies to innovate new business models, products and services that seamlessly blend digital and physical and business and customer experiences while improving operational efficiencies and organizational performance. Broadly, our target market is defined within categories, identified by IDC, of spending as business services, IT services, Infrastructure-as-a-Service, applications, application development and deployment, personal devices, system infrastructure software and other next-generation software, services, and materials, such as augmented reality, virtual reality, IoT, 3D printing, next-generation security and robotics.
The Endava Approach
We are a leading next-generation technology services provider and help accelerate disruption by delivering rapid evolution to enterprises. We aid our clients in finding new ways to interact with their customers and users, enabling them to become more engaging, responsive and efficient. Using Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale, we collaborate with our clients, seamlessly integrating with their teams, catalyzing ideation and delivering robust solutions. Our approach to ideation comprises an empathy for user needs, curiosity, creativity and a deep understanding of technologies. From proof of concept, to prototype, to production, we use our engineering expertise to deliver enterprise platforms capable of handling millions of transactions per day. Our people synthesize creativity, technology and delivery at scale in multi-disciplinary teams, enabling us to support our clients from ideation to production.Our expertise spans the ideation-to-production spectrum across three broad solution areas – Digital Evolution, Agile Transformation and Automation – and consists of 12 service offerings: Strategy, Creative and User Experience, Insights through Data, Mobile and IoT, Architecture, Smart Automation, Software Engineering, Test Automation and Engineering, Continuous Delivery, Cloud, Advanced Applications Management and Smart Desk.
Our Competitive Strengths
We have distinguished ourselves as a leader in next-generation technology services by leveraging the following competitive strengths:
Ideation through Production
We help our clients become digital, experience-driven businesses by assisting them in their journey from idea generation to development and deployment of products, platforms and solutions. By providing user-centric digital strategies and engineering skills, we enable our clients to become more engaging, responsive and efficient in delivering products and services to their customers and users. We collaborate with our clients, understand their changing technology needs and seamlessly integrate with their teams to develop long-term embedded relationships and drive value. Our expertise spans the entire ideation-to-production spectrum across threespectrum. We create value for our clients through creation of Product and Technology Strategies and Intelligent Digital Experiences, delivered via world-class engineering and through our broad solution areas – Digital Evolution, Agile Transformation and Automation.technical capabilities.
49


Proven Proprietary Framework for Distributed Enterprise Agile Delivery at Scale

To allow us to deliver Distributed Enterprise Agile atlarge scale distributed agile projects, we have developed a proprietary Agile scalingdelivery framework TEAS. Traditional Agile development methodologiesthat is based on our over 20 years of successful project delivery experience and reflects the many lessons we have constraintslearned during that prevent them from scaling inperiod. Our TEAM delivery framework provides a truly industrialized way without sacrificing agility. TEAS utilizes common Agile scaling frameworks, but enhances themdelivery model that has been developed by balancing the requirements of delivering both quality and speed-to-market. With TEAS, we seekour practitioners for practitioners, adapted to provide enough guidanceeach client’s context to allow teams to start tackling client challenges with confidence, while building in flexibility to adapt to evolving client needs, environments and cultures. TEAS enables us to scale acrosscreate value with confidence. TEAM was intentionally designed with three elements that amplify each other to enhance product delivery excellence: an engagement model, an interaction model, and a set of recommended engineering practices. The engagement model defines how we collaborate with our customers to shape and evolve delivery engagements. The TEAS interaction model defines the spectrum from ideationenterprise agile lifecycle that we use to production by having product level planning for a groupdeliver products at all levels of releases, portfolio level planning for a groupscale. The engineering practices define the set of products and an overarching strategytechniques that our people use to guide the development of the portfolio. As a result, our teams are able to quickly design, develop and test digital solutions, providing actionable insights into their value and business potential in a short timeframe, while our clients are able to release higher-quality products to market faster, respond better to market changes and incorporate customer and user feedback through rapid releases and product iterations. We believe our dynamic approach to Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale delivers tangible and valuable benefits for our clients.deliver excellent solutions.

Expertise in Next-Generation Technologies
We have deep expertise in next-generation technologies that drives our ability to provide solutions for Digital Evolution, Agile Transformation and Automation. Our expertise ranges from technologies developed over the last


42


decade including mobile connectivity, social media, automation, high-productivity developer platforms, big data analytics and cloud delivery to next-generation technologies such as IoT, artificial intelligence and machine learning (including Generative AI), IoT, and augmented reality,and virtual reality and blockchain.reality. Our frameworks, methodologies and tools, including TEAS and our proprietary Chronos software analysis tool for risk assessment of software codes,code, further enhance our ability to develop and deploy solutions based on these next-generation technologies. For example, we leveraged our expertise in augmented reality to conceive and build a solution that helps customers of a mobile communications company visualize areas where they can obtain network coverage.
We believe that technology will continue to evolve and that enterprises must continue to evolve their service offerings in order to thrive in such a dynamic environment. Our company-wide initiatives such as Endava Innovation Labs, innovation competition, our innovation think tank,internal Innovation Community and our Digital Experience Council, our cross-functional, monthly digital exploration session,Rapid Insights sessions, regular updates on technical trends, illustrate the innovative culture important for us to maintain our strong expertise in next-generation technologies. We continue to advance our service offerings and solutions areas to remain at the cutting edge of technological developments.
Strong Domain Expertise
We have deep expertise and experience in industry verticals that are being disrupted by technological change.
In the Payments and Financial Services vertical, we have helped accelerate the transformation of leading banks and payment processing companies by building new platforms and solutions such as merchant acquiring platforms, merchant portals with real time analytics, cloud-based real-time payment processing platforms, mobile wallets, downloadable Point-of-Sale, or POS, mobile terminals, Smart POS terminals, real-time payments systems, omni-channel e-commerce gateways, mobile wallets, mobile payment system integrations, downloadable mobile device Point-of-Sale terminals and merchant portalsBuy Now Pay Later solutions. We have also worked on distributed ledger technology systems and cryptocurrency technologies such as exchanges and non-fungible token issuance systems.
In the Banking and Asset and Wealth Management vertical, we have designed and built software to solve problems across the front-to-back institutional landscape, including trading systems, settlement systems, digital engagement channels and event-based data integration and analytics platforms.
In the Insurance vertical, we are engaged with real-time payments analytics. some of the largest insurers from both Personal and Commercial Lines insurance and the London and Specialty Market, delivering business transformation through the automation of claims and underwriting and pricing processes and data platform implementations to generate insights from the large data sets that insurers possess, as well as the implementation of low code tools to supplement core insurance products such as Guidewire and EIS.
In the Technology, Media and Telecommunications, or TMT, vertical, we have helped clients design and build solutions for the connected home and car, to enhance multi-channel customer experiences and to automate processes, including developing an automated solution to facilitate the purchase of television advertising in the United States. In the telecoms area specifically, we work for major providers and operators to accelerate their
50


digitization roadmap by introducing more digital services in areas including IoT, Internet Protocol Television, payments, automation, testing and 5G specific services. Additionally, we have built platforms, marketplaces and immersive environments that have elevated the experience for gamers.
For our Retail and Consumer Goods vertical we provide technology leadership and services to clients to deliver software solutions across e-commerce, product management, mobile, supply chain and fulfillment, payments and Customer Relationship Management.
In the Healthtech vertical, we help improve the quality of the services provided in health by making them more efficient, more secure and more data-driven.
In the Mobility vertical, the movement of people and goods, we help clients with the last mile logistics, connected vehicle innovation and sharing and warehouse intralogistics. In the automotive industry, we are working with original equipment manufacturers and Tier 1 manufacturers to bring technology (and our know-how from other industries) into the automotive world to help them transition into their new role within the new Mobility ecosystem.
Employer of Choice in Regions with Deep Pools of Talent
We provide services from our locations in European Union countries (Austria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Slovenia and Sweden), non-European Union countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia, Serbia, Switzerland and the United Kingdom), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay), Asia-Pacific (Australia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam), North America (Canada and the United States), and the Middle East (United Arab Emirates). We strive to be one of the leading employers of IT professionals in the regions in which we operate. We provide services from our nearshore delivery centers, located in two European Union countries – Romania and Bulgaria, three other Central European countries – Macedonia, Moldova and Serbia, and four countries in Latin America – Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay and Venezuela. We have close-to-client offices in four Western European countries – Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom, as well as in the United States. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 4,81912,063 employees (including directors), approximately 53.5%47.2% of whom work in nearshore delivery centerslocations in European Union countries. We locate our nearshoreOur delivery centerslocations are in countries that not only have abundant IT talent pools, but also offer us an opportunity to be a preferred employer. For example, a majority of our employees are located in Romania, where we have been identified as a top employer for each of the last five years.
The Endava workplace is based on a hybrid working model, enabling our people to work both from home and from an office, to get the best of both worlds. This approach offers a mix of working together in teams and communities within our offices as well as enjoying the flexibility to work remotely in their homes.
Distinctive Culture and Values
We believe that our people are our most important asset. We provide Endavans with training to develop their technical and soft skills, in an environment where they are continually challenged and given opportunities to grow as professionals, and with tools and resources to innovate. Endava University, our “Schools of” capability programs, and “Pass It On” are key elements of our training and development framework. Endava University provides classroom based training, we run “Schools” training programs to upskill, cross-skill and find new talent to hire in subjects including DevOps Engineering, Data, and Business Analysis, while “Pass It On” uses apprenticeship and open sharing so that our people can grow by way of collective experiences and knowledge. Our employees also have career coaches to customize their integration into their respective teams and to help visualize their development and future. Through Endava Innovation Labs and regular hackathons,other innovation events, our teams are encouraged to express their creativity in using next-generation technologies to build innovative solutions. We believe that we have built an organization deeply committed to helping people succeed and that our culture fosters our core values of openness, thoughtfulness and adaptability.
Effective management of Environmental, Social and Governance, or ESG, matters has been of strategic importance for us for years. During fiscal year 2021, we launched our “We Care” sustainability approach and published our first Sustainability Report that highlights our contributions to key ESG matters. Our Sustainability Report with respect to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was published in September 2023 and can be found on our website. The information on our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Founder Led, Experienced and Motivated Management Team.
51


Our management team, led by John Cotterell, our founder and chief executive officer,Chief Executive Officer, has significant experience in the global technology and services industries. Since our foundingCompany was founded in 2000, we have expanded from a single office serving clients principally located in the city of London to a global enterprise serving clients across Europe, and North America and the RoW from nearshore delivery centers locatedlocations in Central Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Latin America.the Middle East. We believe that we have a


43


strong partnership culture. Our most senior 45106 employees have an average tenure at Endava of 1110 years, which we believe evidences the success of our approach. Additionally, our management team focuses on mentoring our IT professionals at all levels to develop the next generation of leadership.
Our Strategy
We are focused on continuing to distinguish ourselves as a leader in next-generation technology services. The key elements of our strategy include:
Expand Relationships with Existing Clients
We are focused on continuing to expand our relationships with existing clients by helping them solve new problems and become more engaging, responsive and efficient. We have a demonstrated track record of expanding our work with clients after an initial engagement. Our ten largest clients have decreased their contribution totogether contributed 32.8% and 33.8% of our total revenue by 7.6% in the last two fiscal years, respectively, and the number of clients that have a minimum annual spend of at least £1.0 million has grown from 34134 to 46146 over the same time period. Expansion of our relationships with existing active clients will remain a key strategy going forward as we continue to leverage our deep domain expertise and knowledge of emerging technology trends in order to drive incremental growth for our business.
Establish New Client Relationships
We believe that we havethere is a significant opportunitysubstantial potential for us to addacquire new clients. We have established ourselves as a leader in delivering end-to-end ideation-to-production services in the Payments and Financial Services and TMT verticals. Clients in the Payments and Financial Services vertical contributed to 55.1%52.3%, 57.1%50.7% and 56.8%50.7% of our total revenue in the 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 20182021 fiscal years, respectively. Clients in the TMT vertical contributed 36.8%21.9%, 30.5%25.0% and 28.1%27.1% of our total revenue in the 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 20182021 fiscal years, respectively. Clients in our Other vertical contributed 8.1%25.8%, 12.4%24.3% and 15.1%22.2% of our total revenue in the 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 20182021 fiscal years, respectively. We believe that we continue to have a significant untapped opportunityopportunities in these sectors and we plan to leverage thisour experience and expertise to expand our vertical reach. As waves of technological change sweep across industries and increasingly facilitate seamless integration of different aspects of customerscustomers’ and usersusers’ lives, we believe our experience working within our core client base will also be of particular value in expanding our vertical reach. For example, as customers increasingly demand a frictionless and consistent buying experience, and as the payments and retail sectors converge, we believe our deep expertise in developing payment systems and e-commerce platforms will allow us to grow our base of retail clients.client base. Similarly, we believe our expertise in data analytics and augmented and virtual reality will bebecome increasingly relevant in the healthcare industry as technology continues to reshape the practice and provision of medicine. We are also focused on the consumer products, logisticsHealthtech and professional servicesMobility verticals as key areas for potential growth.
We are likewise focused on geographic expansion. We continue with our expansion particularly in North America. In the 20182023 fiscal year, approximately 21.0%32.5% of our revenue came from clients in North America. WithWe are also expanding our recent acquisition of Velocity Partners, we increased our sales presenceoperations in the United States, and added nearshore delivery capacity in Latin America, which we believe will allow us to further penetrate the North American market.Asia-Pacific. In addition, we plan tocontinuously evaluate other growth markets including countries in the Asia Pacific region, to expand our client footprint.
Lead Adoption of Next-Generation Technologies
We seek to apply our creative skills and deep digital technical engineering capabilities to enhance our clients’ value to their end customers and users. As a result, we are highly focused on remaining at the forefront of emerging technology trends, including in areas such as IoT, artificial intelligence and machine learning (including Generative AI), IoT, augmented reality,and virtual reality and blockchain.reality. For example, we have developed next-generation technology solutionsand deployed AI-based systems, such as blockchainnatural language processing and vision processing, to support the automation of highly complex tasks, as well as advanced payment gateways and chatbot-enabled social payments. We are embedded and integrated with our clients, which
52


gives us unique insight into how emerging industry trends can help address their needs. We plan to leverage these insights to continue innovatingdriving innovation for our clients.

Expand Scale in Nearshore Delivery
We believe that our proprietary Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale framework requires that we have teams based in locations with similar time zones to those of our clients since our delivery teams are in constant dialogue and interaction with our clients. We


44


focus on being an employer of choice for IT professionals in the regions in which we operate, which include countries with deep and largely untapped creative and engineering talent pools, and on being an employer of choice in local markets. As we continue to expand our relationships with existing clients and attract new clients, we plan to expand our teams at existing delivery centerslocations and openestablish new delivery centerslocations in nearshore locationsareas with an abundance of technical talent.
Selectively Pursue “Tuck-In” Acquisitions
We plan to selectively pursue “tuck-in” acquisitions. Our focus is on augmenting our core capabilities to enhance our expertise in new technologies and verticals and increase our geographic reach, while preserving our corporate culture and sustainably managing our growth. Consistent with these goals, we have completed fiveseven acquisitions in the past five fiscalthree years, all of which have acceleratedenabled us to accelerate core strategic goals. For example, our acquisition of NickelfishLevvel in 2015March 2021 broadened our client base in payments, banking, media and mobility in the United States and increased our user experienceU.S. onshore delivery capabilities. Our acquisition of Five in March 2021 enhanced our capabilities in digital product strategy and design capabilities, whileperformance optimization services and increased our nearshore delivery locations in the Adriatic region. As part of our acquisition of Velocity PartnersLexicon in 2017 increasedOctober 2022, we acquired additional headcount and offices in Australia and a new delivery location in Vietnam. Our acquisitions of DEK and Mudbath in 2023 enhanced our North American client basepresence in the Asia-Pacific region, increasing our headcount in Australia and added nearshorethe capability and size of our Vietnamese delivery centerslocation. In August 2023, through our acquisition of TLM we have gained expertise in Latin America. outsourced development services across design, engineering and art/animation for PC and console video games and other digital entertainment.
We have demonstrated a demonstrated track record of successfully identifying, acquiring and integrating complementary businessbusinesses and we plan to leverage this experience as we pursue “tuck-in” acquisitions that will help accelerate our strategy. All acquired companies have been integrated into our core and single operating segment immediately upon acquisition.
Our SolutionsCapabilities
At Endava, we reimagine the relationship between people and Servicestechnology.
We focus onaccelerate our clients’ ability to take advantage of new business models and market opportunities by ideating and delivering three key typesdynamic platforms and intelligent digital experiences that are designed to fuel rapid, ongoing transformation of solutionstheir businesses.
Through the utilization of cutting-edge technologies, our agile, multi-disciplinary team offer a blend of product and technology strategies, coupled with intelligent digital experiences. These are delivered using top-tier engineering, aiming to assist our clients in enhancing their engagement, responsiveness, and overall efficiency.

We provide a vast offering of capabilities. The multiplicative impact of different combinations of these capabilities across the delivery of strategies, experiences and engineering allows us rapidly to create real transformation for our clients.


53


CapabilitiesGIF.gif
Product Strategy

Product Strategy combines elements of business, technology and customer strategy to drive value for businesses through products that delight customers. These products need to be simple and should hide the underlying complexity from the customer’s view. Our product strategists, designers and engineers are steeped in Endava’s engineering culture and understand the products they design must meet the needs of the customer, the business and the constraints of the technology in use. Endava’s Product Strategy capability allows us to help clients that spanresearch, test, validate, design, develop, grow and scale products profitably.

Product Design

Working at the ideation-to-production spectrum, helping ourintersection of business, design, and technology, Endava's creative teams apply creativity and data to ship customer centric experiences across platforms and channels. We offer end-to-end capabilities at scale, from identifying growth pathways to experience strategy and design, from product design and delivery to optimization of employee and customer experiences, all the while harnessing the data, tools, and technologies to make them possible.

Growth Marketing

We help clients be more engaging, responsiveget beyond the product market fit stage and efficient.help them create a robust user acquisition and growth strategy in order to build a scalable, profitable, and self-sustainable businesses.
Digital Evolution – Helping our clients achieve greater engagement with their customers
Analytics

Once digital products are live, we measure performance after launch against established success metrics and use data-driven evolution to continuously improve products.

Technology Strategy

Our expertise and deep experience allow us to select tools and technologies to fit our clients’ needs, as well as design the future state of their organization’s technology landscape. Through a thorough analysis of a business' application estate and by delivering executable IT strategies, we provide readiness assessments that explain what
54


needs to change and why, across the engineering, architecture, and infrastructure arenas. We generate technology change portfolios, for both short and long-term scenarios, and provide clients needwith immediately executable steps to implement a digital strategy and maximize the impact of new technology trends.

Enterprise Architecture

We view enterprise architecture as a strategic enabler for a modern organization, allowing the strengths, weaknesses and opportunities in an organizational technology landscape to be analyzed and understood in the context of constantly evolving technologies and business change. Our long experience in enterprise architecture allows us to guide clients to find real value in enterprise architecture activities. We do this by focusing on the delivery of results, rather than documents, developing realistic and valuable roadmaps for the evolution of our clients’ technology environments. We then build on this to create collateral and processes to help product developments deliver business value quickly and effectively.

Data Strategy

Data is often referred to as “the new oil” but in many organizations data is, at best, under utilized. In many cases, data can be a liability for the organization when it is not well architectedunderstood or managed. We use our expertise in analytics, data engineering and engineered technology, designedAI to help clients understand the quality of their data and integrated with theirto use it to drive business success.

Agile Transformation

Our approach to agile transformation leads clients through an evolution to enable them to collaborate effectively, react to market changes and opportunities, innovate and ultimately get products and services to becomemarket faster. Based on our long experience with agile delivery, and using our own pragmatic and experience-based agile scaling framework, or widely used industry frameworks such as LeSS and SAFe, we lead clients to effective agile working practices, tailored to their specific needs.

Accelerated DevOps Delivery

We believe the best balance of engineering quality and speed to production is achieved when the people who build systems are also responsible for operating them. This is central to our concept of DevOps, and is a lesson drawn from extensive cross-industry experience building next-gen digital experience-driven businesses. We act asproducts. Our customers frequently trust us to build and operate entire services for them end-to-end, and to lead them through transformational change to adopt DevOps ways-of-working, underpinned by our culture of openness, responsibility, and adaptability.

Using our flexible build-and-run delivery model, our cross-functional teams adopt advanced engineering and methodological practices to maximize the throughput and quality of production code, minimize operational toil, and heavily automate their value streams. Skilled in all major continuous integration/continuous development, or CI/CD, tools and cloud vendors, we adapt to the client’s context, technology preferences, and overall approach, and we bring a strategic partnerrange of specialized and innovative engineering and leadership roles to design, deliver and support digital solutions that enablesuit our clients’ businessesDevOps needs.

Architecture

Organizations across all industries need to compete effectivelydeliver business value faster in the context of complex systems landscapes, changing business processes, and constantly evolving engagement channels. Using our decades of architecture experience, we can meet these challenges by identifying how to rapidly modernize our clients’ technology systems and apply emerging technologies. This allows us to simplify, reduce waste and achieve key qualities such as security, scalability, and resilience for our clients. We are experts at architectural assessment, owning the architecture story in distributed agile projects, and can provide experienced, hands-on capability through execution.

55


Distributed Agile Delivery

By maintaining a frictionless usermindset focused on people, processes, and technology, our skills and years of experience help us deliver large agile development projects. We scale agile development using our own agile scaling framework, which we have developed from our experience on large-scale client projects. Our cross-functional scrum teams can be distributed across several locations, and we often integrate client teams into our projects. We collaborate using technology such as CI/CD tools, wikis, virtual collaboration environments, video conferencing, and chat platforms, to their customers and users. Our digital strategists, engineers and industry experts support our clients from ideation to production, helping them meet their business needs throughensure the digital strategy, design, and engineering and integration lifecycle.
Agile Transformation – Helping our clients respond faster to market opportunities
Agile Transformation allows our clients to release products to market faster through more rapid iterations of technology solutions than traditional development methods. Unlike traditional IT service providers who design and deliver processes from outside the business, we work alongside our clients to understand their challenges from within and support them in addressing these challenges. Our engineers drive the adoption of Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale and help in creating a strong core of Agile practitioners that drive collaboration across clients’ business, technology and operations teams.
Automation – Helping our clients drive efficiency through automation of their business
Our services help improve the efficiencyeffectiveness of our clients’ organizations through automation in areas ranging from technical IT processes to complex business processes. We provide services to automate business workflows, reducing the need for costly and time-consuming manual processes. We also integrate automated testing and deployment into the software production process.high-performance distributed teams.
Underpinning these solutions are 12 service offerings, set forth below. Often a single client engagement requires a number of these services. For instance, it would be common for an engagement to originate with a Strategy assignment and then leverage Creative and User Experience design, Software
Cloud Application Engineering Test Automation and Engineering and Advanced Applications Management. We continually evolve our service offerings to leverage next-generation technologies and meet the needs of our clients.


45


business1b.jpg
Strategy
We are embeddedbuild applications with modern web and integrated with our clients,mobile interfaces that capitalize on the fundamental innovations of cloud platforms, such as elasticity, resilience, security and AI-driven services including natural language processing, in addition to SaaS and PaaS cloud products. We frequently transform existing applications to be cloud-ready, by refactoring them using architectural patterns such as microservices and containerization, rather than using a lift-and-shift approach, which gives us unique insight into how emerging industry trends can help address their needs,often miss out the most important benefits of cloud platforms.

Platform Engineering

Building great software also means building great platforms and lifecycle services. We adopt a modern automation-first approach to platform engineering favoring infrastructure-as-code, emphasizing Agile and DevOps principles and technical excellence.

Our strong experience in core infrastructure and cloud platform technologies enables us to formulatebuild the right foundations for individual or enterprise solutions.We ensure a common understanding of the client’s regulatory and deliver strategies that provide competitive differentiation. technical requirements in order to balance needs for performance, resilience, security, cost efficiency and scalability.

We explore innovative new ideascover the cloud journey’s full lifecycle with our strengths and partnerships across AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud.

Our capabilities include designing and building secure, performant and highly available cloud environments, cloud migrations and hybrid cloud solutions, and we can support all stages of migration and adoption.

Delivery Management

Our delivery managers are experts in modern software delivery, typically having many years of experience across a range of software development roles. They provide accountable points of contact for our clients bringingand ensure successful software delivery to achieve the very high levels of client satisfaction.Delivery managers work in partnership with our delivery locations to build teams, supporting them with stakeholder management and assistance to lifeaddress concerns and challenges as they arise.

Software Security

In the connected world, security has become one of the most critical risk factors for clients. We deliver all aspects of secure development to protect data and systems. We build security thinking into our software development lifecycle by investing in proof-of-conceptour people, tools, and processes, allowing for the systems to help formulate strategic visionbe secure by design. We mitigate the risks of security threats and buildattacks through a foundation for continued nimblenessholistic view of system architecture and transformation.risk assessment.
Creative and User Experience
Test Engineering

56


We help clients meetprovide test support and guidance for rapid and reliable deployments through automation testing, performance testing, security testing exploratory and usability testing, and much more. We integrate functional, performance and
security tests into the challenges ofCI/CD pipeline, so they can be executed as soon as there is a highly-competitive and rapidly-evolving marketplace by designing a user experience that leverages simple and frictionless interactions to meet customer and user needs. From the outset of a project and throughout the development lifecycle, we continuously validate design decisions with userscode change in real-world situations, while remaining focused on the business objective.  We focus on user context, such as socio-cultural differences, to ensure the appropriate user experience is delivered in the appropriate situation.
Insights through Data
In order to provide actionable business insights, we helpimmediate feedback, reduce project delays, and improve time to market. This reflects our clients’ define key business metrics“shift-left” approach to software development, with the majority of testing effort moved into development cycles. We build tests across the application architecture, reducing dependency on slower and embed tools to capturemore expensive UI-oriented testing.

Data Engineering and analyze relevant data. ThroughPlatforms
Data is one of the most valuable assets a combination of domain and technological expertise, we enable clients to extractcompany possesses. Extracting value from the large volumevolumes of structured andor unstructured data in their enterprises,and transforming it into a tool for competitive differentiation.advantage is an essential part of delivering high-value business change. We embracehelp clients identify, define, and implement comprehensive data and analytics strategies. These strategies encompass a wide range of solutions such as traditional business intelligence, data science technologieswarehousing, big data platforms, analytics and visualization, as well as the establishment of data governance supported by a solid data strategy. By leveraging these approaches, we help enhance client productivity, profitability, and overall business performance.

Artificial Intelligence

Artificial intelligence enables innovation, allows us to provideunlock new value for our clients with solutions that can be applied across multiple industries.
Mobile and IoT
We provide solutions that leverage the power of mobile connectivity and IoT to develop flexible and adaptable solutions tosolve their complex business challenges. The ubiquitousness of mobile networksWe apply advanced analytics, machine learning and the emergence of the IoT has also given enterprises the abilitygenerative AI to collectgain data-driven insights, build predictive models, and analyze massive amounts of previously uncaptured data, providing themdevelop intelligent systems. We ensure solutions meet rigorous standards for privacy, security, explainability and regulatory compliance with new insights into customera focus on responsible and user behavior and operational workflows.ethical AI.
Architecture
As our clients digitally evolve and adopt the Agile approach, we help integrate new systems into their existing technology architecture and help their existing systems keep pace. We review clients’ current architectures and provide support in building architectural capability, sharing best practices and advising on people, process and tools. We take an incremental approach to architecture and projects, allowing us to plan, adapt and deliver solutions that increase responsiveness, mitigate risks and achieve continuous improvement.VR, AR, XR Development
Smart Automation
We use next-generation technologies, including artificial intelligence, bots, natural language interfaces and robotic process automation, together with microservices and open application programming interfaces, to help our clients transform areas ranging from technical IT processes to complex business processes. Leveraging our creative and engineering capabilities, we work with our clients to create complete solutions, often involving custom, task-oriented user interfaces, sophisticated integration and continuous delivery pipelines. We often use a blend of open source, commercial and custom technologies in order to optimize for cost, flexibility, sophistication and long-term sustainability


46


requirements unique to our clients’ environments. Where appropriate, we also work with the major cloud delivery providers with respect to both their Infrastructure-as-a-Service and Software-as-a-Service offerings.
Software Engineering
We help our clients utilize Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR), and Real-time 3D to deliver effective,compelling experiences for their customers and employees. Our Extended Reality (XR) solutions bring immersive experiences to life, helping businesses become more engaging, safer, and more efficient. VR and AR help spatially design, visualize, and showcase products, data, and workflows in interactive 3D, and can facilitate immersive brand experiences. AR enhances the real world in intelligent ways by layering contextually relevant information over a user’s view. We shape solutions across industries in commerce, marketing, training, operations, research, and design. Our capabilities drive digital twins and feed synthetic data pipelines. We support our clients in meeting their goals and preparing for XR and 3D to drive real business value.

Modern Application Management

Applications Management builds on our extensive experience, proven practices, and industry-leading technology expertise to help clients deploy, operate, and transform their applications. We increase value delivery by enabling swift and safe deployment of high-quality software. With broadapplications, reducing operational risk, and lowering the total cost of ownership. Using our engineering-led approach, we manage application upgrading, versioning, and maintenance throughout a system’s life, to ensure stability and performance. In Business-as-Usual operations, we constantly improve the applications estate, resulting in efficient and low-maintenance business software, engineering capabilities, we can choosesupported by improved services.Our comprehensive Service Delivery Management underpins the methods, technologies and tools best suited to clients’ business needs. Our engineers use a broadfull range of technologies including Ansible, Chef, Docker, Elastic Search, Karaf, Kibana, Logstash, Nexus, NuGet, Octopus Deploy, Puppet, Salt Stack, Splunk, UrbanCodeapplications management services, ensuring their value, quality and Vagrant. Our TEAS framework provides us with a flexible approach for running large software projects and our disruptive nature means that we constantly experiment with the latest tools and techniques, allowing us to select technologies with the right balance between innovation and predictability.consistency.
Test Automation and Engineering
Managed Cloud

Our test engineering teams bring together testers, developersstrong experience in cloud operational and architects, enablingcost management and optimization helps clients use cloud services optimally. We have deep experience with all the major cloud platforms and partnerships across AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud. Our culture is rooted in an automation-first approach favoring Infrastructure-as-Code, and
57


emphasizing DevOps principles in how we work. Our capabilities include cloud migrations and hybrid solutions, as well as cloud operations, and we providesupport clients in all stages of migration and adoption.

Service Delivery

Operational IT ecosystems require services to harness available technicalbe designed to adapt and strategic assets. We address technical challenges with smart automationscale to business demands while providing assurance of service quality and effective collaboration, with the goal of driving continuous improvement, increasing quality, reducing costs and minimizing risk for our clients.
Continuous Delivery
Using our TEAS framework for Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale, we help our clients be rapidly responsive to competitive shifts and smooth the path-to-production for their digital transformation initiatives. We combine creative and engineering talent with business focus to enable more rapid and streamlined releases across geographies. We work to enhance our clients’ team’s capabilities, applying and implementing Agile development to improve collaboration across all layers of their businesses.
Cloud
We believe that next-generation cloud delivery technology provides the flexibility and scalability necessary for digital transformation.reliability. We help our clients conceive ofwith their service delivery challenges by understanding their service needs and execute cloud delivery strategies thatthe interactions with their operational teams. This allows us to recommend and manage industry best serve the evolving needs of their customers and users, while integrating next-generation cloud delivery with the legacy IT systems that clients have invested in and rely on. With 24/7 support, integrated monitoring, alerting and system managementpractice standards, policies, tools, and incident managementgrades of service. Our service delivery framework helps with organizational design, governance, service design, operational excellence, customer experience, and escalation processes, we help our clients optimize performance, efficiency and scalability across their on-premises and cloud environments.continual service improvement.
Advanced Applications Management
We offer end-to-end application management services that focus on continuous improvement of systems or applications to increase resiliency and accommodate growth. We integrate platforms, infrastructure and third-party services through engagements that are flexible and tailored to our clients’ technology, enabling our clients to be more nimble and responsive.
Smart Desk

Our Smart Desk provides a single point of contact to all end-users through a unified communications hub, so we can ensure clients receive appropriate support in a timely manner. This includes the coordination of all end-user services, 3rd parties, and internal support teams for an excellent customer experience and seamless collaboration between all customer suppliers. We provide business-focused smart desk services designedregularly achieve 9.5 out of 10 for customer satisfaction, with up to drive client satisfaction. Leveraging our experience in automation, we offer a self-service function that prioritizes user experience. We use data insights to continually improve our smart desk offerings in order to meet the evolving needs90% of increasingly discerning and empowered users.tickets resolved at first line.

Our Frameworks, Methods and Tools

Our frameworks, methods and tools, including TEAM and TEAS, enhance our ability to develop and deploy solutions based on next-generation technologies. Developed with a focus on providing innovation, quality and productivity at scale, we believe our frameworks, methods and tools allow us to:
Deliver outcome driven programs to our clients, with faster time-to-market and favorable return on investment;


47


Tailor our approach to the needs of our clients and respond flexibly to changing client objectives and market conditions;
Improve our clientsclients’ visibility into budgets, status and progress of technology projects; and
Provide better solutions.
Our key frameworks, methods and tools include the following:
The Endava Agile Scaling Framework (TEAS)Adaptive Method (TEAM)
To allow us to deliver Distributed Enterprise Agile atlarge scale distributed agile projects we have developed our TEAM delivery framework that is based on our over 20 years of successful project delivery experience and reflects the many lessons we have learned during that period. Our TEAM delivery framework provides a proprietary Agile scaling framework, TEAS. delivery model that has been developed by our practitioners for practitioners, adapted to each client’s context to allow us to rapidly create value with confidence.

Traditional Agile development methodologiesapproaches use small multi-disciplinarynumbers of “scrum teams,” with members in close proximity. However, today, most enterprise development projects require large development teams that are often geographically or organizationally dispersed. Collaboration, communication and oversight can break down, making it difficult to scaleTraditional Agile development methodologies. Further, commonly usedapproaches also assume a single organization is developing the software whereas today a number of organizations, such as Endava and our client, are likely to be developing the software together.To address these important aspects of large-scale agile delivery TEAM was intentionally designed with three elements that amplify each other address these challenges: an engagement model, an interaction model, and a set of recommended engineering practices.

58


The Engagement Model defines how we collaborate with our customers, and other stakeholders, to shape and evolve delivery, with the aim of ensuring efficiency and transparency to provide high delivery assurance. It embodies a set of structured collaboration patterns that create common understanding, alignment and trust between the parties involved in the engagement and comprises a set of well-defined phases covering the entire journey from idea to operation.

The Interaction Model, TEAS, defines the agile lifecycle that we use to deliver products at all levels of scale, leading to business agility to make the business more responsive. TEAS encompasses the full idea to operation lifecycle and enable collaboration across the business using one common language.It provides flexible scaling for differently sized products or groups of products and adapts to all stages of a product's life. It achieves this by having product level planning for a group of releases, portfolio level planning for a group of products and an overarching strategy to guide the development of the portfolio.

Some Agile development approaches have constraints that prevent them from scaling frameworks are generally either overly prescriptive, thereby compromising agility, or overly informal, thereby compromising effective oversight.
in a truly industrialized way without sacrificing agility. TEAS utilizes commonavoids these problems by utilizing aspects of well-known Agile scaling frameworks, but enhancesimproves on them by balancingapplying the requirements of delivering both qualitylesson we have learned to balance prescriptive approaches with empowerment and speed-to-market. Withflexibility. To achieve this, TEAS we seek to provideprovides enough guidance to allow teams to start tackling client challenges with confidence, while building in flexibility to adapt to evolving client needs, environments and cultures. Each

Our Engineering Practices are the tools, technologies and techniques our people use to deliver technically excellent solutions when working in their multi-skilled teams.The practices cover the entire delivery lifecycle, across all of our scrum teams typically consistsprofessional disciplines, from product strategy and UX though architecture, automated testing, development, continuous delivery and platform engineering. Uniquely, these comprehensive engineering practices are embedded in our delivery approach rather than being an afterthought or a set of sixreferences to eight team members with the appropriate mix of technical ability, leadership and project management skills, domain expertise, creative and user experience capabilities and software development and quality assurance expertise. For larger and more complex projects, we employ a “scrum-of-scrums” approach,other approaches, which is led by representatives from each scrum team,common in other delivery frameworks.The proven practices that we recommend for our teams drive quality and facilitates an incremental level of collaboration across scrum teams. TEAS enables useffectiveness driving value-focused delivery and deliver engineering excellence tailored to move beyond team-level Agile working to scale product-level planning for a group of releases, portfolio-level planning for a group of products and an overarching strategy to guide the developmentaspects of the portfolio.delivery context such as complexity, criticality, and risk.
TEAS enables us to provide Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale with the same focus on communication, collaboration
These three interlocking and iterative releasessynergistic aspects of our deliver model mean that makes smaller-scale Agile development effective. With TEAS, our teams are able to quickly design, develop and test digital solutions, providing actionable insights into their value and business potential in a short timeframe. Ourtimeframe, while our clients are able to release higher-quality products to market faster, respond better to market changes and incorporate customer and user feedback through rapid releases and product iterations.Weiterations.

We believe that our TEAS framework is enhanced through advanced software engineering practices involving multi-skilled teams abledynamic and proven approach to employ Development Operations, or DevOps, techniques, such as automated testing, continuous integration, continuousdistributed enterprise agile delivery creates tangible and infrastructure automation.valuable benefits for our clients.

Chronos
Chronos is our proprietary software analysis tool for risk assessment of software codes.systems. It analyzes data from multiple relevant artifacts around development: the code, the version control system, and the issue tracking system. Chronos detects “anti-patterns”traits and “anti-patterns" of a software system, many of which are not directly visible in the codebase, by innovatively combining data points from these artifacts, including the system’s evolution of a project’s codebase and the behaviors of the team who developed it. “Anti-patterns” are common practices that initially appear to be appropriate solutions but end up having negative consequences that outweigh any benefits. Chronos supports both quality and productivity improvement by providing deep insightinsights into the evolution of a large codebase. It does so by analyzing the codebase stored in version control systems (Git and SVN) in regards to who changed what, why and when to identify and reverse negative trends in development team behavior.large-scale software systems.
Chronos offers several benefits to our employeesclients as well as to our clients. It allowsemployees. First, it is the backbone of our Software Assessment service, through which we support our clients to identify areas in the code that are higher risk or attract more defects than other areas, giving themgaining an integrated, balanced, and holistic view of the code-related risks embodied in and qualitya specific software system or across a landscape of their codebase.systems. Second, Chronos also helps new team members get up to speed with a new project quickly. It helps managers oversee risks and proactively ensure skills are balanced effectively across scrum teams. It can increaseincreases the value and productivity of due diligence and technical reviews by providing information on the technologies and their evolution, on key people involved with the project, and on code and process quality issues.


Finally, Chronos helps us to ramp up development projects more efficiently by allowing developers to get up to

59
48



Testing Toolboxspeed quickly and by helping managers oversee risks and proactively ensure that skills are balanced effectively across teams.
One of the key challenges associated with rapid technology development is the need to have rigorous, fast and frequent testing, which can only be achieved through high levels of automation. This is particularly challenging when building test automation for Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale and DevOps, where test frameworks need to be light, flexible and easily integrated into the build pipeline. We have developed our testing toolbox in order to enable fast and efficient test execution. Our testing toolbox accelerates the provision of lean automation solutions and contains accelerators for testing web and cross browsers, application programming interfaces, services and microservices, mobile devices, security, accessibility and performance. The testing toolbox helps us reduce the time to implement test automation solutions and allows us the flexibility to extend frameworks in-sprint, without relying on a test tool vendor.
Two key testing automation solutions are part of our testing toolbox: Ensec and our Mobile Testing Framework. EnSec is our security testing accelerator that can be deployed in minutes, either on a stand-alone basis or within the development pipeline, and automatically checks applications for the Open Web Application Security Project vulnerabilities. Our Mobile Testing Framework automates testing of mobile phones and devices hosted in our delivery units and in the cloud. This framework enables multiple devices to be tested in parallel, thereby removing the need for manual regression testing and reducing the time and effort required.
CSAT
Customer Satisfaction Analysis Tool, or CSAT, is our client experience management tool, which allows us to collect regular client feedback. CSAT relies on
surveys, common use testimonials continuous service improvement monitoring and the collection of social media mentionsother inputs to gather a robust view of how clients feel about EndavaEndava. Through CSAT, we collect, analyze and how we respond to their feedback.generate powerful management information that drives our continuous experience improvements. CSAT helps us differentiate ourselves in managing customers in a sustainable way.
Our Delivery Model
We believe the development of a scaled global, nearshore delivery model with selective close-to-client capabilities enables us to deliver higher-qualityhigh-quality technology services to meet our clients’ needs. Nearshore delivery locations with geographic proximity, cultural affinity and complementary time zones enable increased interaction with our clients, enhance relationships and improve responsiveness for more efficient delivery of our services. As a result, we are able to differentiate ourselves on projects that require a high degree of client collaboration and iteration.
We provide services out of nearshore delivery centers locatedfrom our locations in two European Union countries – Romania and(Austria, Bulgaria, three other Central Europe countries – Macedonia, Moldova and Serbia, and four countries in Latin America – Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay and Venezuela and close-to-client offices inCroatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, the United KingdomPoland, Romania, Slovenia and Sweden), non-European Union countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia, Serbia, Switzerland and the United States.Kingdom), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay), Asia-Pacific (Australia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam), North America (Canada and the United States), and the Middle East (United Arab Emirates). We strive to be one of the leading employers of IT professionals in the regions in which we operate. We locate our delivery locations in countries that not only have abundant IT talent pools, but also offer us an opportunity to be a preferred employer. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 4,81912,063 employees (including directors), approximately 53.5%47.2% of whom work in nearshore delivery centerslocations in European Union countries.

Our nearshore delivery model was first established in Central Europe in order to efficiently deliver our solutions to European clients. Our primary delivery centerslocations are located in Romania, where we employed approximately 2,2394,164 employees involved with delivery of our services as of June 30, 2018.2023. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 9641,276 such employees located in Cluj-Napoca, the second largest city in Romania and 8041,193 such employees located in Bucharest, the capital of Romania. We believe Romania is an ideal location to source IT delivery talent due to its educational infrastructure, large multi-lingual population, advanced technological infrastructure and flexible labor regulation. According to Eurostat, Romania has the highest share of engineers in the European Union in 2014. According to the June 2012 Eurobarometer report, approximately 31% of Romania’s population speaks English. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we also had approximately 1,3253,560 IT professionals across our locations in Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Moldova, North Macedonia, MoldovaPoland, Serbia and Serbia,Slovenia, which are countries that we believe offer many of the same benefits as Romania. To serve our North American clients, we had approximately 6071,559 employees involved with delivery of our services across our seventen Latin American delivery centerslocations as of June 30, 2018,2023, the majority of which are located in Argentina (269(582 employees) and Colombia (231(727 employees). We believe that the Latin American region as a whole has an abundant talent pool of individuals skilled in IT.


49


Employees at our close-to-client locations include our sales teams, as well as account management and other client-facing employees, which helps maintain quality and consistency in collaboration with our nearshore delivery teams.
In addition, we are highly focused on the security of our clients’ data and are certified to ISO 27001 standards.
Our Clients
As of June 30, 20182023, we had 258711 active clients, which we define as clients who spent money with us over the preceding 12-month period. Our clients are primarily enterprises based in the United Kingdom, European Union and United States. Our clients principally operate in the Payments and Financial Services and Payments and Technology, Media and TelecommunicationsTMT verticals. We are also focused on growing our client base in other verticals, such as the consumer products, healthcare, logisticsmobility and retail verticals, and on providing services to our clients that span verticals.
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, our 10 largest clients based on revenue accounted for 53.7%32.8%, 49.1%33.8% and 34.9%, and 41.5% ourof total revenue, respectively. OurMastercard was our largest client for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017 and 2018, Worldpay (UK) Limited, or Worldpay, accounted for 15.6%, 13.0% and 10.8% ofduring our revenue, respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2018, Worldpay accounted for 9.4% of our revenue. Pursuant to an agreement that we entered into with Worldpay in November 2016, we have granted Worldpay an option to acquire a captive Romanian subsidiary that we created and staffed for Worldpay, which employed approximately 110 people, representing approximately one quarter of our total number of employees working on various projects for Worldpay as of June 30, 2018. The captive Romanian subsidiary contributed approximately 2.9% of our total revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. This option may be exercised2023, contributing 10.7% of our revenue in either September 2019 or January 2020 by Worldpay giving us three months’ notice and paying us fair market value for the sharesyear, compared to less than 10% of our revenue in each of the captive Romanian subsidiary; provided, that the aggregate purchase price will not be less than £2.5 million nor more than £6.0 million. We may also permit Worldpay to exercise the option prior to September 2019 to the extent we deem commercially beneficial.years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.
60


We are focused on building deep, long-term relationships with our clients, which often begin with a discrete project and develop into larger engagements. We target clients to whom we believe we can demonstrate our deep understanding of technological trends and our capability to provide end-to-end ideation-to-production services.
Some of our representative clients by vertical include Concardis, Beazley, Pollinate, Rabobank, RSA and Worldpay in Payments and Financial Services; Adobe, Hudson MX, and BBC in TMT; and ZEISS and Maersk in Other.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing strategy is focused on driving revenue growth from existing and new clients. We run a single, highly integrated sales and marketing organization that comprises strategy, solutions and offers, marketing, lead generation, sales and account teams. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 62200 employees on our sales and marketing team located across our offices.
We have developed our Endava Sales Academy to cultivate sales talent internally and create a high-performing sales workforce that is culturally aligned with our values. Our Sales Academy begins with candidates joining lead generation teams, where they learn how to identify potential clients and sales techniques. Over the course of approximately three years, candidates progress through this program and can become business development managers.
We have received various awards, including being:
ranked 22nd in the Sunday Times HSBC International Track 200;
named as the Company of the Year at the 2018ANIS Romania awards gala;
ranked as one of the top 3 UK technical agencies in 2017, according to Econsultancy;
ranked as one of the top 13 UK agencies in digital income in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, according to Econsultancy;
featured in the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (IAOP) Global Outsourcing 100 lists in 2015 (Best Leaders in Employee Growth and Best Leaders in Revenue Growth), 2016 (Leaders Category for Top Company for Revenue and Employee Growth and for Programs for Innovation), 2017 (Leaders


50


Category for Top Company for Programs for Innovation) and 2018 (Leaders Category for Top Company for Programs for Innovation and Awards and Certifications);
recognized as employer of the year for outsourcing in Romania at the Romanian Outsourcing Awards for Excellence Gala in 2016;
ranked as one of the top 20 IT companies to work for in Romania by Biz Magazine in 2013, 2014 and 2015; and
the winner, together with Worldpay Group PLC, of Software Outsourcing Project of the Year at the 2017 ANIS gala in Romania.
Competition
We operate in a global and dynamic market and compete with a variety of organizations that offer services similar to those that we offer.
We face competition primarily from:
next-generation IT service providers, such as Globant S.A and EPAM Systems;Systems.
digital agencies and consulting companies, such as Ideo, McKinsey & Company, The Omnicom Group, Sapient CorporationIdeo and WPP plc;Publicis Sapient;
global consulting and traditional IT service companies, such as Accenture PLC, Capgemini SE, Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited; and
in-house development departments by our clients of our clients.their technology and IT capabilities.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our business include: ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; delivery location; price; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’ business needs; scale; and financial stability. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are located at 125 Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom, where we lease approximately 1,000 square meters of office space. We provide services from delivery centers locatedour locations in Argentina,European Union countries (Austria, Bulgaria, Colombia, Macedonia, Moldova, Romania, Serbia, Uruguay and Venezuela and have additional offices inCroatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Slovenia and Sweden), non-European Union countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia, Serbia, Switzerland and the United States.Kingdom), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay), Asia-Pacific (Australia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam), North America (Canada and the United States), and the Middle East (United Arab Emirates). We lease all of our facilities.facilities and also use them as office spaces. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs and for the foreseeable future.

Our delivery centres and offices asPeople
As of June 30, 20182023, 2022 and 2021, we had 12,063, 11,853 and 8,883 employees (including directors), respectively. We have collective bargaining agreements with our employees in Romania and Vietnam, as is market
61


practice in these countries. We believe our employee relations are good and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We vet our employees in accordance with the BS7858 screening standards.
At each date shown, we had the following employees (including directors), broken out by department and geography:
As of June 30,
202320222021
Employees (including directors) by function:
Employees involved in delivery of our services10,938 10,844 8,059 
Selling, General and Administrative1,125 1,009 824 
Total12,063 11,853 8,883 


Employees (including directors) by geographyAs of June 30,
202320222021
Western Europe(1)
659 602 493 
Central Europe - EU Countries5,693 6,093 4,469 
Sub-total: Western Europe & Central Europe - EU Countries(1)
6,352 6,695 4,962 
Central Europe - Non-EU Countries2,689 2,842 2,361 
Latin America1,661 1,927 1,244 
North America324 348 311 
Asia-Pacific(2)
1,032 38 
Middle East 
Total12,063 11,853 8,883 
(1)    The increased headcount in Western Europe from 2022 to 2023 includes 69 acquired employees in connection with our acquisition of DEK in June 2023.
(2)        The increased headcount in Asia-Pacific from 2022 to 2023 includes acquired employees in connection with our acquisition of Lexicon in October 2022 (135 employees), Mudbath in May 2023 (112 employees) and DEK in June 2023 (656 employees).

We believe that our people are our most important asset. We provide our employees, whom we call Endavans with training to develop their technical and soft skills, in an environment where they are continually challenged and given opportunities to grow as professionals, and with tools and resources to innovate. We have designed two internal programs – Endava University and “Pass It On” - which are key elements of our training and development framework. Endava University provides classroom-based training and “Pass It On” uses apprenticeship and open sharing so that our people can grow by way of collective experiences and knowledge. Our employees are also assigned career coaches to customize their integration into their respective teams and to help visualize their development and future. Through Endava Innovation Labs and other innovation events, our teams are encouraged to express their creativity in using next-generation technologies to build innovative solutions.

We strive to be one of the leading employers of IT professionals in the table below:regions in which we operate. We locate our delivery locations in countries that not only have abundant IT talent pools, but also offer us an opportunity to be a preferred employer. For example, a majority of our employees are located in Romania, where we have been identified as a top employer in the country for each of the last five years.

We are also involved in initiatives that address social issues and encourage knowledge-sharing beyond our organization in the communities in which we operate. We regularly sponsor technical events and speak at global

62
51



LocationType/UseApproximate Size(square meters)
Central Europe:
Cluj, RomaniaDelivery centre10,682
Bucharest, RomaniaDelivery centre8,790
Belgrade, SerbiaDelivery centre6,460
Iasi, RomaniaDelivery centre5,196
Chisinau, MoldovaDelivery centre4,809
Skopje, MacedoniaDelivery centre3,189
Sofia, BulgariaDelivery centre2,116
Pitesti, RomaniaDelivery centre851
Targu Mures, RomaniaDelivery centre383
Timisoara, RomaniaDelivery centre330
Western and Northern Europe:
London, United KingdomOffice premises1,033
Frankfurt, GermanyOffice premises551
Hilversum, NetherlandsOffice premises296
Denmark, CopenhagenOffice premises64
Latin America:
Bogota, ColombiaDelivery centre3,816
Rosario, ArgentinaDelivery centre1,637
Medellin, ColombiaDelivery centre2,093
Caracas, VenezuelaDelivery centre929
Rio Negro, UruguayDelivery centre563
Buenos Aires, ArgentinaDelivery centre515
Colonia, UruguayDelivery centre452
Parana, ArgentinaDelivery centre302
North America:
New Jersey, USAOffice premises749
New York, USAOffice premises644
Washington, USAOffice premises156
Denver, United StatesOffice premises15
Atlanta, United StatesOffice premises18
technical and industry-focused conferences. Our largest initiative consists of internship and graduate programs. By supporting local education, we seek to inspire exploration in engineering and technology.
In May 2018,We have built an organization deeply committed to helping people succeed and our culture fosters our core values:
Openness: We are confident in our abilities, our approach and our people, so we opened a new delivery centreare transparent.
Thoughtfulness: We care deeply about the success of our people, our clients and the countries in Timisoara, Romania.which we operate.




52


Adaptability: We embrace change and value differences, enabling us to be successful in complex environments.
C. Organizational Structure.Structure
The following diagram illustratesEndava plc is the U.K. holding company of the Endava Group. Endava plc directly owns 100% of the share capital of its significant subsidiaries, as set out in the chart below, and, directly or indirectly, 100% of the share capital of the other Endava group companies. Refer to Note 18 of our corporate structure:consolidated financial statements for a list of all our subsidiaries.
business2f.jpg
Significant subs .jpg


D. Property, PlantsPlant and Equipment.
For a discussion of property, plant and equipment,our facilities, see “Item 4.B—Business Overview—Facilities.”
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. This discussion, particularly information with respect to our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties as described under the heading “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. You should review the disclosure
63


under the heading “Risk Factors” herein for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a leading next-generation technology services provider and help accelerate disruption by delivering rapid evolution to enterprises. We aid our clients in finding new ways to interact with their customers and users, enabling them to become more engaging, responsive and efficient. Using Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale, we collaborate with our clients, seamlessly integrating with their teams, catalyzing ideation and delivering robust solutions. Our approach to ideation comprises an empathy for user needs, curiosity, creativity and a deep understanding of technologies. From proof of concept, to prototype, to production, we use our engineering expertise to deliver enterprise platforms for our clients that are capable of handling millions of transactions per day. Our people, whom we call Endavans, synthesize creativity, technology and delivery at scale in multi-disciplinary teams, enabling us to support our clients from ideation to production.
Since our founding in 2000, we have expanded from a single office serving clients principally located in the city of London to a global enterprise serving clients across Asia-Pacific, Europe, the Middle East and North America from nearshore delivery centers located in Central Europe and Latin America. We provide services from our nearshore delivery centers, locatedlocations in two European Union countries – Romania and(Austria, Bulgaria, three other Central European countries – Macedonia, Moldova and Serbia, and four countries in Latin America – Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay and Venezuela. We have close-to-


53


client offices in four Western European countries –Croatia, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Slovenia and Sweden), non-European Union countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina, Moldova, North Macedonia, Serbia, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, as well as inKingdom), Latin America (Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay), Asia-Pacific (Australia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam), North America (Canada and the United States.States), and the Middle East (United Arab Emirates). As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 4,81912,063 employees (including directors), approximately 53.5%47.2% of whom work in nearshore delivery centerslocations in European Union countries. As of June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, we had 2,795, 3,74412,063, 11,853 and 4,8198,883 employees (including directors), respectively. The breakdown of our employees (including directors) by geography is as follows for the periods presented:

Employees by geographyFiscal Year Ended June 30,
2018 2017 2016
Western Europe232
 233
 237
Central Europe - EU Countries2,578
 2,314
 1,572
Sub-total: EU Countries (Western & Central Europe)2,810
 2,547
 1,809
Central Europe - Non-EU Countries1,279
 1,073
 928
Latin America(1)
665
 68
 
North America65
 56
 58
Total4,819
 3,744
 2,795
Employees (including directors) by geographyAs of June 30,
202320222021
Western Europe(1)
659 602 493 
Central Europe - EU Countries5,693 6,093 4,469 
Sub-total: Western Europe & Central Europe - EU Countries(1)
6,352 6,695 4,962 
Central Europe - Non-EU Countries2,689 2,842 2,361 
Latin America1,661 1,927 1,244 
North America324 348 311 
Asia-Pacific(2)
1,032 38 
Middle East 
Total12,063 11,853 8,883 
________________(1)        The increased headcount in Western Europe from 2022 to 2023 includes 69 acquired employees in connection with our acquisition of DEK in June 2023.
(1)The increase from 2017 to 2018 in Latin America headcount includes 527 employees acquired in connection with our acquisition of Velocity Partners, LLC, or Velocity Partners, in December 2017.

(2)        The increased headcount in Asia-Pacific from 2022 to 2023 includes acquired employees in connection with our acquisition of Lexicon in October 2022 (135 employees), Mudbath in May 2023 (112 employees) and DEK in June 2023 (656 employees).


As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had 258711 active clients, which we define as clients who paid us for services over the preceding 12-month period, principally operating in the Payments and Financial Services vertical and Technology, Media & Telecommunications, or TMT, vertical. Worldpay (UK) Limited, or Worldpay,period. Mastercard was our largest client forduring the year ended June 30, 2023, contributing 10.7% of our revenue in the year compared to less than 10% of our revenue in each of the last three fiscal years contributing 15.6%, 13.0% ended June 30, 2022
64


and 10.8% of our total revenue in fiscal 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. We2021.We served clients in the geographies and key industry verticals, which are Payments and Financial Services, TMT and Other, as follows for the periods presented (by revenue):

Revenue by geographyFiscal Year Ended June 30,Revenue by geographyFiscal Year Ended June 30,
2018 2017 2016202320222021
(in thousands)(in thousands)
North America£45,600
 £25,944
 £20,906
North America£258,112 £228,112 £140,085 
Europe73,442
 53,486
 20,211
Europe182,551 138,005 107,978 
United Kingdom98,571
 79,938
 74,315
United Kingdom309,365 270,844 187,045 
RoWRoW44,705 17,796 11,190 
Total£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
Total£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 

Revenue by industry verticalFiscal Year Ended June 30,Revenue by industry verticalFiscal Year Ended June 30,
2018 2017 2016202320222021
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Payments and Financial Services£123,675
 £91,056
 £63,652
Payments and Financial Services£416,007 £331,842 £226,391 
TMT61,095
 48,534
 42,434
TMT173,927 163,534 121,045 
Other32,843
 19,778
 9,346
Other204,799 159,381 98,862 
Total£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
Total£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 
We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021 our revenue was £115.4£794.7 million, £159.4£654.8 million and £217.6£446.3 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 37.3%33.4% over thea three fiscal year period. We generated 64.4%38.9%, 50.2%, 45.3%41.4% and 41.9% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively, from clients located in the United Kingdom; we generated 17.5%23.0%, 33.6%21.1% and 33.7%24.2% of our revenue in each of those fiscal years, respectively, from clients located in Europe; and we generated the balance32.5%, 34.8% and 31.4% of our revenue forin each of those fiscal years, respectively, from clients located in North America. The balance of revenue in each of those fiscal years comes from clients located in the Rest of World, or RoW. Our revenue


54


growth rate at constant currency, which is a measure that is not calculated and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 20182021 was 36.6%16.6%, 28.5%47.6% and 37.2%29.6%, respectively. Over the last five fiscal years, 89.1%90.1% of our annual revenue, on average, each fiscal year came from clients who purchased services from us during the prior fiscal year.
Our profit before taxes was £20.8£114.2 million, £21.7£102.4 million and £24.7£54.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, and our profit before taxes as a percentage of revenue was 18.0%14.4%, 13.6%15.6% and 11.3%12.2%, respectively, for the same periods.
Our adjusted profit before taxes margin, or Adjusted PBT Margin, which is a measure that is not calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, was 19.7%20.7%, 15.8%21.1% and 15.4%20.6%, respectively, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018.2021. See notes 1 and 65 in the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS“Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics” for a definition of these measures and a reconciliation of revenue growth rate to revenue growth rate at constant currency to revenue growth rate and for a reconciliation of Adjusted PBT to profit before taxes to Adjusted PBT, respectively, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.
Recent Acquisitions
We have in the past pursued and plan to selectively pursue in the future acquisitions focused on augmenting our core capabilities to enhance our expertise in new technologies and industry verticals and increase our geographic reach, while preserving our corporate culture and sustainably managing our growth.
In June 2015,August 2023, we acquired Power Symbol Technology d.o.o., or PS Tech,TLM, a company that provides outsourced development services across design, engineering and art/animation for cash considerationPC and console video games and other digital entertainment. TLM has particular expertise in highly complex areas of £11.3 millioncross-play, middleware, physics, engine-level tools and 2,375,000technical art. TLM
65


brings a leadership team with decades of our ordinary shares, which we valued at £3.9 million. PS Tech was headquartered in Serbiavideo game industry experience and strengthened our delivery center capacity in Central Europe.
In October 2015, we acquired substantially alldeep relationships with a wide array of the assets of Nickel Fish Design LLC, or Nickelfish, for cash consideration of £4.8 millionplatform partners and 200,000 of our ordinary shares, which were valued at £0.3 million. Nickelfish was headquarteredwith clients in the United States and around the world including prominent games publishers and developers. See note 33 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of TLM.
In June 2023, we acquired DEK, a multinational firm that develops cutting-edge software solutions across a range of applications, including embedded systems, real-time solutions, telecoms and data communications. DEK was founded in 1999, has 660 operational employees, and is headquartered in Melbourne, Australia with additional offices in Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam and Stockholm, Sweden. DEK’s expertise spans several industry sectors with the most prominent being telecommunications. One of its longstanding clients is one of the world’s largest networking and telecommunication equipment and services companies. Other clients include Australia’s largest telecoms company and a publicly listed artificial intelligence technology company. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of DEK.

In May 2023, we acquired Mudbath, headquartered in Newcastle, Australia. Mudbath is an Australian-based technology firm specializing in strategy, design and engineering services. Mudbath partners with businesses to build new digital solutions, enhance user experiences and accelerate digital transformation programs across enterprise systems, web and mobile products using their proven agile delivery methodology. Mudbath’s clients span broad industry verticals, including retail, mining (and adjacent activities including rail and tools), health, insurance, banking and travel. Mudbath’s employees are based primarily in Newcastle, Sydney and Melbourne, Australia. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of Mudbath.
In October 2022, we acquired Lexicon, headquartered in Melbourne, Australia. Lexicon is an Australian-based technology consulting, design and engineering firm who partners with clients to build new digital solutions or accelerate digital transformation programs across enterprise systems, products and IoT using an agile delivery methodology. The acquisition of Lexicon enhances our existing presence in Australia and provides a strong foundation for accelerated in-market growth. It also provides us with a nearshore delivery location in Vietnam, which complements our existing operations in Singapore and Malaysia. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of Lexicon.
In February 2022, we acquired BAC, a U.K.-based insurance software implementation specialist. The combination of BAC’s modern insurance platform expertise, combined with our broader technology capabilities and scale, creates a compelling proposition to capture transformative opportunities. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of BAC.
In March 2021, we completed the acquisition of Levvel, headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. Levvel is an award-winning U.S. technology strategy, consulting and engineering firm focused on helping companies create sophisticated technology through human-centered problem-solving, rooted in deep industry expertise. Levvel brought to us the full suite of business domain knowledge, design prowess, and technical expertise to enable us to create success for clients across the entire project lifecycle. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of Levvel.
In March 2021, we acquired Five, based in Brooklyn, New York and Croatia. With this acquisition, we increased our capacity in the ideation, design and delivery of intelligent digital experiences and enhanced our user experiencecapabilities in digital product strategy and design capabilities.performance optimization services. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition of Five.
In September 2016,August 2020, we acquired Integrated Systems Development Corporation, or ISDC, for cash consideration of £8.9 million. ISDC was headquartered in the Netherlands and provided us with additional delivery center capacity in Romania and Bulgaria, as well as a close-to-client presence to the Netherlands.
In December 2017, we acquired Velocity Partners for total consideration of £45.9 million, which consisted of (1) cash consideration in the amount of £33.0 million, of which £4.4 million was held back to secure indemnification obligations, (2) contingent consideration of £11.7 million, which may be paid in the form of equity, cash or a combination of equity and cash, depending on a number of conditions and (3) £1.2 million representing amounts due to the former equity holders of Velocity Partners if we receive certain future tax refunds.  The fair value of the aggregate consideration oncompleted the acquisition date was estimated at £44.9 million. In addition,of CDS by acquiring the total issued share capital of Comtrade CDS, digitalne storitve, d.o.o., a company registered in connectionSlovenia, and Comtrade Digital Services d.o.o., a company registered in Serbia. With this acquisition, Endava reinforced its presence in South Eastern Europe with more teams
66


who reimagine the relationship between people and technology. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information on our acquisition we agreed to pay certain continuing employees of Velocity Partners up to £3.7 million in the form of equity or cash, depending on a number of conditions, as well as equity awards with respect to 30,000 Class A ordinary shares. Velocity Partners was headquartered in the United States and increased our North American client base and added nearshore delivery centers in Latin America.CDS.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that the key factors affecting our performance and results of operations include our ability to:
Expand Relationships with Existing Clients
We are focused on continuing to expand our relationships with existing clients by helping them solve new problems and become more engaging, responsive and efficient. We have a demonstrated track record of expanding our work with clients after an initial engagement. Over last twoIn the 2023 and 2022 fiscal years, the number of clients that have a minimum annual spend with us of at least £1.0 million has grown to 146 from 34 to 46,134 and the average spend of our 10 largest clients was £7.8£26.0 million in the 2017 fiscal year 2023 and £9.0£22.2 million in the 2018 fiscal year.year 2022. Our ability to increase sales to existing clients will depend on a number of factors, including the level of clients’ satisfaction with our services, changes in clients’ strategic priorities, changes in key client personnel or strategic transactions involving clients, pricing, competition and overall economic conditions.


55


Add New Clients Acrossacross Industry Verticals and Geographies
As of June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, we had 154, 188711, 732 and 258615 active clients, respectively. WeThe number of clients in the fiscal year 2023 decreased compared to fiscal year 2022, primarily due to lower levels of short term private equity due diligence engagements, with new deal activity being very subdued. Whilst we saw some limited churn outside of this area, we believe that we have a significant opportunity to add new clients in our existing core verticals and geographies, and to expand our client base to new verticals and geographies.

We have established ourselves as a leader in delivering end-to-end ideation-to-production services in the Payments and Financial Services and TMT verticals. Clients in the Payments and Financial Services vertical contributed to 57.1%52.3% and 56.8%50.7% of our total revenue in the 20172023 and 20182022 fiscal years, respectively. Clients in the TMT vertical contributed 30.5%21.9% and 28.1%25.0% of our total revenue in the 20172023 and 20182022 fiscal years, respectively. Clients in other verticals contributed 12.4%25.8% and 15.1%24.3% of our total revenue in the 20172023 and 20182022 fiscal years, respectively. We believe that we continue to have a significant untapped opportunity in these sectors and we plan to leverage this experience to expand our vertical reach.
We are likewise focused on geographic expansion, particularly in North America. In the 2018 fiscal year, 21.0% of our revenue came from clients in North America. With our 2017 acquisition of Velocity Partners, we increased our sales presence in the United States and added nearshore delivery capacity in Latin America, which we believe will allow us to further penetrate the North American market. Our ability to add new clients will depend on a number of factors, including market perception of our services, our ability to successfully add nearshore delivery center capacity, our ability to successfully integrate our acquisition of Velocity Partners and any future acquisitions, pricing, competition and overall economic conditions.
Attract, Retain and Efficiently Utilize Talent
We believe that our people are our most important asset. We grew our average operational headcount by 36.2%14.5% in the 20172023 fiscal year and 24.4%36.7% in the 20182022 fiscal year. We provide Endavans with training to develop their technical and soft skills in an environment where they are continually challenged and given opportunities to grow as professionals, and with tools and resources to innovate. However, there is significant competition for technology professionals in the geographic regions in which ourwe have delivery centers are locatedlocations and we expect that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. Further, in order to maintain our gross margin, we must maintain favorable utilization rates among our existing IT professionals, which depends on our ability to integrate and train new employees, efficiently transition employees from completed projects to new assignments, forecast demand for our services, deploy employees with appropriate skills and seniority to projects and manage employee attrition rates. The employee attrition rate is monitored throughout the year, with a target of being lower than 15% on a rolling 12-month basis. At the end of fiscal year 2023 attrition rate was 11.4% compared to 12.7% at the end of fiscal year 2022.

Expand Our Nearshore Delivery Capacity
We believe that Distributed Enterprise Agile at scale requires that we have teams based in locations with similar time zones to those of our clients since our delivery teams are in constant dialogue and interaction with our clients. While we believe that we have sufficient delivery centerlocation capacity to address our near-term needs and opportunities, as we continue to expand our relationships with existing clients and attract new clients, we will need to expand our teams at existing delivery centerslocations and open new delivery centerslocations in nearshore locations with an
67


abundance of technical talent. However, we compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry, but also with companies in other industries, and there is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow.
Continue to Innovate
We believe that our creative skills, deep digital technical engineering capabilities and leadership in next-generation technologies have allowed us to grow our business and maintain favorable gross margins. Sustaining our competitive differentiation will depend on our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technology trends.


56


Non-IFRS Measures and Management Metrics
We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our management metrics may be calculated in a different manner than similarly titled metrics used by other companies.

 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016
 (pounds in thousands)
Revenue growth rate at constant currency37.2% 28.5% 36.6%
Average number of employees involved in delivery of our services3,957
 3,181
 2,336
Revenue concentration41.5% 49.1% 53.7%
Number of large clients46
 34
 26
Adjusted profit before taxes margin15.4% 15.8% 19.7%
Free cash flow£28,727
 £11,186
 £10,115
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(pounds in thousands)
Revenue growth rate at constant currency(1)
16.6 %47.6 %29.6 %
Average number of employees involved in delivery of our services(2)
10,872 9,492 6,943 
Revenue concentration(3)
32.8 %33.8 %34.9 %
Number of large clients(4)
146 134 85 
Adjusted profit before taxes margin(5)
20.7 %21.1 %20.6 %
Adjusted free cash flow(6)
£111,525 £107,163 £82,660 
Revenue Growth Rate at Constant Currency
(1)    We monitor our revenue growth rate at constant currency. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates is highly    variable and difficult to predict, we believe revenue growth rate at constant currency allows us to better understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations on a period-over-period basis. We calculate revenue growth rate at constant currency by translating revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies into British Pounds using the comparable foreign currency exchange rates from the prior period. For example, the average rates in effect for the fiscal year ended June 30, 20172022 were used to convert revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 20182023 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended June 30, 2017,2022, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue growth rate at constant currency is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. See note 1While we believe that revenue growth rate at constant currency provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics” for a reconciliationsame manner as our management, our use of revenue growth rate at constant currency has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may report the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates differently, which may reduce the value of our revenue growth rate at constant currency as a comparative measure. The below table presents a reconciliation of revenue growth rate to revenue growth rate at constant currency, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.
Average Number of Employees Involved in Delivery of Our Services
68


Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(pounds in thousands)
Revenue£794,733£654,757£446,298
Revenue period-over-period growth rate21.4 %46.7 %27.2 %
Estimated impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations(4.8)%0.9 %2.4 %
Revenue growth rate at constant currency16.6 %47.6 %29.6 %

(2)    We monitor our average number of operational employees because we believe it gives us visibility into the size of both our revenue-producing base and our most significant cost base, which in turn allows us to better understand changes in our utilization rates and gross margins on a period-over-period basis. We calculate average number of operational employees as the average of our number of full-time employees involved in delivery of our services on the last day of each month in the relevant period.
Revenue Concentration
(3)    We monitor our revenue concentration to better understand our dependence on large clients on a period-over-period basis and to monitor our success in diversifying our revenue base. We define revenue concentration as the percentpercentage of our total revenue derived from our 10 largest clients by revenue in each period presented.
Number of Large Clients
(4)    We monitor our number of large clients to better understand our progress in winning large contracts on a period-over-period basis. We define number of large clients as the number of clients from whom we generated more than £1.0 million of revenue in the prior 12-month period.


57


Adjusted Profit Before Taxes Margin
(5)    We monitor our adjusted profit before taxes margin, or Adjusted PBT Margin, to better understand our ability to manage operational costs, to evaluate our core operating performance and trends and to develop future operating plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted PBT Margin facilitates comparisons of our operating performance on a period-over-period basis. Our Adjusted PBT Margin is our Adjusted PBT whichas a percentage of our total revenue. Our Adjusted PBT is our profit before taxes adjusted to exclude the impact of share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangible assets, realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses, restructuring costs and initial public offering expenses incurred (allfair value movement of contingent consideration, all of which are non-cash other thanitems except for the restructuring costs and realized foreign currency exchange gains and losses and initial public offering expenses)(gains), as a percentage of our total revenue.net. We do not consider these excluded items to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted PBT Margin is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. See note 5While we believe that Adjusted PBT Margin provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the sectionsame manner as our management, our use of this Annual ReportAdjusted PBT Margin has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. For example, Adjusted PBT Margin does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation nor does it reflect the potentially significant impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on Form 20-F titled “Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics” forour working capital. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may adjust their profit differently to capture their operating performance, which may reduce the value of Adjusted PBT Margin as a comparative measure. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted PBT to profit before taxes, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.IFRS, for each of the periods indicated:
Free Cash Flow

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(pounds in thousands)
Profit before taxes£114,163 £102,379 £54,368 
Share-based compensation expense31,058 35,005 24,427 
Amortization of acquired intangibles assets12,270 10,823 6,725 
Foreign currency exchange losses (gains), net10,729 (9,944)6,546 
Restructuring costs6,588 — — 
Fair value movement of contingent consideration(10,613)— — 
Adjusted PBT£164,195 £138,263 £92,066 

(6)    We monitor our adjusted free cash flow to better understand and evaluate our liquidity position and to develop future operating plans. Our adjusted free cash flow is our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, plus grant received, less purchases of non-current tangible and intangible assets. For a discussion of grant received, see “—Components of“Operating Results of Operations—Cost of Sales”
69


below. FreeAdjusted free cash flow is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. See note 6While we believe that adjusted free cash flow provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our liquidity position in the sectionsame manner as our management, our use of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS Measuresadjusted free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and Other Management Metrics”you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under IFRS. Further, other companies, including companies in our industry, may adjust their cash flows differently to capture their liquidity, which may reduce the value of free cash flow as a comparative measure. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS.IFRS, for each of the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities£124,518 £120,719 £87,668 
Grant received494 139 228 
Purchases of non-current assets (tangible and intangible)(13,487)(13,695)(5,236)
Adjusted free cash flow£111,525 £107,163 £82,660 

A. Operating Results.
The key elements of our results of operations include:
Revenue
We generate revenue primarily from the provision of our services and recognize revenue in accordance with International Accounting Standard 18, Revenue.IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts, rebates, taxes and duties. We generally enter into master services agreements, or MSAs, with our clients, which provide a framework for services and statements of work to define the scope, timing, pricing terms and performance criteria of each individual engagement under the MSA. Our services are generally performed under time-and-material based contracts (where materials consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses), and fixed-price contracts. The vast majority of our contracts are relatively short term in nature and managed service contracts. Our mix of contract types has historically not changed materially from period-to-period.have a single performance obligation.
In the 2018, 2017fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2016 fiscal years,2021, our 10 largest clients contributed, in the aggregate, £90.4£260.3 million, or 41.5%32.8%, £78.2£221.5 million, or 49.1%33.8%, and £62.0£155.9 million, or 53.7%34.9%, of our total revenue, respectively. The following table shows the number of our clients by revenue on a trailing 12-month basis for the periods presented:
RevenueFiscal Year Ended June 30,
2018 2017 2016 
Over £5 Million8
 5
 5
 
£2 - £5 Million22
 17
 11
 
£1 - £2 Million16
 12
 10
 
Less than £1 Million212
 154
 128
 
Total258
 188
 154
 


58


RevenueFiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
Over £5 Million33 24 19 
£2 - £5 Million57 38 26 
£1 - £2 Million56 72 40 
Less than £1 Million565 598 530 
Total711 732 615 
Cost of Sales
Direct cost of sales consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, bonuses, share-based compensation, benefits and travel expenses for our employees directly involved in delivery of our services, as well as software licenses and other costs that relate directly to the delivery of services. AllocatedIncluded in the allocated cost of sales consists ofis the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and property costs, including operating lease expense, related toequipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our services.clients. Our cost of sales is reported net of any income recognized from research and development credits and government grants arising from past or future operating activities where those activities are related directly to the delivery of services. We expect our cost of sales to remain relatively stable as a percentage of revenue.
In June 2013, we were awarded a grant of Romanian leu, or RON, 41.4 million (£7.94 million) from the Romanian Ministry of Finance for the creation of 500 new jobs in Romania between June 2013 and December 2015, subject to certain conditions, including continuing the newly created jobs for a five year period. To date, we have submitted claims and received £5.3 million under the grant and expect to receive approximately £1.7 million in the 2018 calendar year for submitted, but not yet paid, claims. Claims are subject to audit by the Romanian authorities and secured until the end of the five-year maintenance period by a letter of credit. We recognize the income from the grant over the five-year period we are required to maintain the positions as an offset to cost of sales. The receipt of a cash payment under the grant is recognized in the statement of cash flows as cash from a financing activity. To the extent the amount we received is greater or less than the amount recognized, the difference is recorded as working capital.
70


We are also eligible to receive credits from the United Kingdom taxing authorities for qualifying research and development expenditures on an annual basis. The credits are based on a fixed percentage (11% prior(13% from April 1, 2020 to DecemberMarch 31, 20172023, and 12%20% thereafter) of the cost of work that is directed and supervised from the United Kingdom and achieves an advance in technology that was uncertain at the outset of the work. We recognize the income from these credits as an offset to cost of sales. The receipt of credits is recognized in the statement of cash flows as cash from an operating activity.
Gross Profit
Gross profit and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, hashave been, and will continue to be, affected by various factors, including wage inflation and the impact of foreign exchange in the countries in which we operate. Inflation has not meaningfully impacted our profitability in the fiscal year 2023. As a result of the challenging macroeconomic environment and demand softness, we have managed to control our cost base, mainly by limiting wage increases, which has allowed us to maintain a solid margin.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, sales commissions and benefits are the most significant component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Included in selling, general and administrative expenses relating to sales and marketing expense are costs related to marketing programs and travel. Marketing programs consist of advertising, events, corporate communications and brand-building activities. Included in other selling, general and administrative expenses relating to general and administrative expense are external legal, accounting and other professional fees, as well as acquisition-related transaction costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include facilities-related and information technology hardware and software costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses includes share-based compensation expense for employees in our selling, general and administrative functions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes allocated operating lease expense and depreciation and amortization, which consists primarily of depreciation of property, plant and equipment, as well as the amortization of software and licenses and intangible assets acquired through acquisitions (client relationships and non-compete agreements). We expect our selling, general
Net Impairment Losses on Financial Assets
Net impairment losses on financial assets comprises net movements in the impairment of trade receivables and administrative expensesaccrued income. Such impairments represent allowances for expected credit losses from these financial assets. Allowances for expected credit losses are updated at each reporting date to increasereflect changes in absolute British Pounds as we continue to grow our business. We also anticipate that we will incur additional costs for personnel and consulting and professional fees related to preparation to become and operate as a public company.credit risk since initial recognition.
Net Finance (Costs)/IncomeIncome/(Expense)
Finance costs consistexpense consists primarily of interest expense on borrowings and leases, running costs related to our revolving credit facility and unwinding of the discount onand fair value re-measurements of acquisition holdbacksdeferred and contingent consideration, losses on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, dividends on preference shares classified as liabilities and reclassifications of amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income.consideration. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognized in profit or lossthe statement of comprehensive income using the effective interest method. Finance income consists of interest income on funds invested.invested and fair value re-measurements of acquisition deferred and contingent consideration. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss,the statement of comprehensive income, using the effective interest method.
Net finance (costs)/incomeincome/(expense) also reflects the net effect of realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Prior to June 30, 2016, we entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate for intercompany transactions between the British Pound and RON, with changes in the fair value of these forward contracts being recognized in profit or loss.


59


Provision for Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in the United Kingdom, Romania, the United States and numerous other jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes, which is reflected onin our statement of comprehensive income as “tax on profit on ordinary activities,” consists primarily of liabilities for taxes due to, or potential claims from, tax
71


authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the applicable reporting period.
Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate applicable to us primarily due to: differences between domestic and foreign jurisdiction tax rates; tax credits and non-taxable items; non-deductible share-based compensation expenses; and other non-deductible expenses. Changes in the geographic mix of revenue and changes in enacted tax rates can also cause our overall effective tax rate to vary from period to period. Tax expense is recognized in profit or loss based on the sum of deferred tax and current tax not recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equityequity.
CriticalRecent Accounting Policies and Significant Judgements and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.
Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We believe that the following accounting policies involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations. See note 3 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a description of our other significant accounting policies.
Business Combinations
Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method. The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination and allocate the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our best estimate of fair value. We determine the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern in which the economic benefits associated with the asset are expected to be consumed, which to date has approximated the straight-line method of amortization.
Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized in profit and loss.
Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Share-Based Compensation
We grant share incentive awards to certain of our employees and directors. These compensation arrangements are settled in equity, or in certain cases at our discretion, in cash, at a predetermined price and generally vest over a period of up to five years and, in certain cases, vest in full on a liquidity event involving our company. All vested share incentive awards have a term of five years before expiration. We measure share-based awards at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and we recognize it as a compensation expense over the vesting period. We determine the fair value of our share options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including assumptions about the expected life of share-based awards, share price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield and the fair value


60


of our ordinary shares. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, we relied, in part, on valuation reports prepared by unrelated third-party valuation firms to assist us in valuing our share-based awards.
In conducting these valuations, the third-party firm considered objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including its best estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed, a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors considered included:
• the prices at which our ordinary shares were transferred in contemporaneous arm’s length transactions;
• the lack of an active public market for our ordinary shares;
• the material risks related to our business and industry;
• our business strategy;
• the market performance of publicly traded companies in the technology services sectors; and
• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our ordinary shares, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions.
Following the completion of our initial public offering, the fair value of our ordinary shares will be determined based on the closing price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a description of the application of new and revised international financial reporting standards.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the periods presented.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income:
Revenue£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 
Cost of sales:
     Direct cost of sales(1)
(505,679)(414,411)(271,707)
     Allocated cost of sales(24,977)(22,415)(20,412)
          Total cost of sales(530,656)(436,826)(292,119)
Gross profit264,077 217,931 154,179 
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
(150,300)(121,808)(90,623)
Net impairment losses on financial assets(932)(739)(4)
Operating profit112,845 95,384 63,552 
Net finance income/(expense)1,318 6,995 (9,184)
Profit before tax114,163 102,379 54,368 
Tax on profit on ordinary activities(20,000)(19,286)(10,918)
Profit for the year and profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company£94,163 £83,093 £43,450 
(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
202320222021
(in thousands)
Direct cost of sales£20,927 £21,899 £14,760 
Selling, general and administrative expenses10,131 13,106 9,667 
Total£31,058 £35,005 £24,427 

72


The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the periods presented:
 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data:     
Revenue£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
Cost of sales:     
     Direct cost of sales(1)
(132,775) (98,853) (68,517)
     Allocated cost of sales(12,668) (9,907) (6,529)
          Total Cost of sales(145,443) (108,760) (75,046)
Gross profit72,170
 50.608
 40.386
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
(46,737) (27,551) (20,453)
Operating profit25,433
 23,057
 19,933
Net finance (costs)/income(783) (1,357) 898
Profit before tax24,650
 21,700
 20,831
Tax on profit on ordinary activities(5,675) (4,868) (4,125)
Net profit£18,975
 £16,832
 £16,706
________________
(1)Includes share-based compensation expense as follows:


61


 Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017 2016
 (in thousands)
Direct cost of sales£1,006
 £560
 £587
Selling, general and administrative expenses499
 294
 181
Total£1,505
 £854
 £768

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of comprehensive income data expressed as a percentage of total revenue:
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,202320222021
2018 2017 2016
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data:     
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income :Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income :
Revenue100 % 100 % 100 %Revenue100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales:     Cost of sales:
Direct cost of sales(61.0)% (62.0)% (59.4)% Direct cost of sales(63.6)%(63.3)%(60.9)%
Allocated cost of sales(5.8)% (6.2)% (5.7)% Allocated cost of sales(3.1)%(3.4)%(4.6)%
Total Cost of sales(66.8)% (68.2)% (65.0)%
Total cost of sales Total cost of sales(66.8)%(66.7)%(65.5)%
Gross profit33.2 % 31.8 % 35.0 %Gross profit33.2%33.3%34.5%
Selling, general and administrative expenses(21.5)% (17.3)% (17.7)%Selling, general and administrative expenses(18.9)%(18.6)%(20.3)%
Net impairment losses on financial assetsNet impairment losses on financial assets(0.1)%(0.1)%—%
Operating profit11.7 % 14.5 % 17.3 %Operating profit14.2%14.6%14.2%
Net finance (costs)/income(0.4)% (0.9)% 0.8 %
Net finance income/(expense)Net finance income/(expense)0.2%1.1%(2.1)%
Profit before tax11.3 % 13.6 % 18.0 %Profit before tax14.4%15.6%12.2%
Provision for income tax(2.6)% (3.1)% (3.6)%
Net profit8.7 % 10.6 % 14.5 %
Tax on profit on ordinary activitiesTax on profit on ordinary activities(2.5)%(2.9)%(2.4)%
Profit for the year and profit attributable to the equity holders of the CompanyProfit for the year and profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company11.8%12.7%9.7%
Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2016, 20172023 and 20182022
Revenue  
Year Ended June 30,% Change
2023 2022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Revenue£794,733 £654,757 21.4%
 Year Ended June 30, % Change
 2018   2017 2016 
2018 vs.
2017
 
2017 vs.
2016
 (pounds in thousands)    
Revenue£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
 36.5% 38.1%
2018 Compared to 2017.Revenue for 2018 was £217.62023 was £794.7 million, an increase of £58.2£140.0 million, or 36.5% 21.4%, over 2017.2022. In constant currency terms, revenue grew by 37.2%16.6% over 2017.2022. We achieved significant growth in revenue across all verticals. Revenue from clients in the Payments and Financial Services vertical increased by £32.6£84.2 million, or 35.8%25.4%, to £123.7 in 2018 from £91.1£416.0 million in 2017.2023 from £331.8 million in 2022. Growth in the Payments and Financial Services vertical was helped by our acquisition of Lexicon in Australia, which partially offset headwinds in the second half of the year from the macroeconomic slow down. Revenue from clients in the TMT vertical increased by £12.6£10.4 million, or 25.9%6.4%, to £61.1£173.9 million in 20182023 from £48.5£163.5 million in 2017. 2022. TMT faced particular headwinds this year, especially in North America, as clients became more cautious about spend driven by a higher interest rate environment. Revenue from clients in our Other vertical also grew significantly, increasingother verticals increased by £13.1£45.4 million, or 66.1%28.5%, to £32.8£204.8 million in 20182023 from £19.8£159.4 million in 2017. The acquired operations of Velocity Partners contributed £15.3 million of revenue2022. Growth in 2018, particularly withinthe Healthcare vertical was a significant contributor to the overall growth in our TMT vertical and in North America. other verticals. Revenue also grew across all geographies. Revenue from clients based in Europe (other than the United Kingdom) increased by £19.9£44.5 million, or 37.3%32.3%, to £73.4£182.6 million in 20182023 from £53.5£138.0 million in 2017.2022 largely driven by Payments and Financial Services and Other. Revenue from clients based in the United Kingdom increased by £18.6£38.5 million, or 23.3%14.2%, to £98.6£309.4 million in 20182023 from £79.9£270.8 million in 2017.2022. Revenue from clients based in North America increased by £19.7£30.0 million, or 75.8%13.2%, to £45.6£258.1 million in 20182023 from £25.9£228.1 million in 2017, principally2022. Revenue from clients based in the RoW increased by £26.9 million, or 151.2%, to £44.7 million in 2023 from £17.8 million in 2022, largely due to our acquisition of Velocity Partners and due to growthLexicon in revenue from clients in the Payments and Financial Services vertical in North America. 85.9% of our 2018 revenue came from clients who were also our clients during 2017.Australia. Revenue from our top 10 clients in 20182023 increased by £12.2£38.8 million, or 15.5%17.5%, to £90.4£260.3 million compared to £78.2£221.5 million in revenue from our top 10 clients in 2017.

2022.

73
62



2017 Compared to 2016. Revenue for 2017 was £159.4 million, an increase of £43.9 million, or 38.1%, over 2016. Exchange rate fluctuations with respect toThere is little change in the Euro and the U.S. Dollar, dueclients named in part to the United Kingdom’s decisionour top 10 revenue contributors year on year. Clients in a June 23, 2016 referendum to leave the European Union, positively affected revenue growth as measured in British Pounds. In constant currency terms, revenue grew by 28.5% over 2016. We achieved significant growth in revenue across verticals. Revenue from clientsthis group are growing well, particularly those in the Payments and Financial Services vertical increased by £27.4 million, or 43.1%, to £91.1 million in 2017 from £63.7 million in 2016. Revenue from clients in our Other vertical also grew significantly, albeit from a low base, increasing by £10.4 million, or 111.6%, to £19.8 million in 2017 from £9.3 million in 2016. Revenue also grew across all geographies. Revenue from clients based in Europe increased by £33.3 million, or 164.6%, to £53.5 million in 2017 from £20.2 million in 2016 and revenue from clients based in North America increased by £5.0 million, or 24.1%, to £25.9 million in 2017 from £20.9 million in 2016. 90.5% of our 2017 revenue came from clients who were also our clients during 2016. Revenue from our top 10 clients in 2017 increased by £16.3 million, or 26.3%, to £78.2 million compared to £62.0 million in revenue from our top 10 clients in 2016.sector.
Cost of Sales  
Year Ended June 30,% Change
20232022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Cost of sales
     Direct cost of sales£(505,679)£(414,411)22.0%
     Allocated cost of sales(24,977)(22,415)11.4%
          Total cost of sales£(530,656)£(436,826)21.5%
Gross margin33.2%33.3%
 Year Ended June 30, % Change
 2018   2017 2016 
2018 vs.
2017
 
2017 vs.
2016
 (pounds in thousands)    
Cost of sales         
     Direct cost of sales£(132,775) £(98,853) £(68,517) 34.3% 44.3%
     Allocated cost of sales(12,668) (9,907) (6,529) 27.9% 51.7%
          Total Cost of sales(145,443) (108,760) (75,046) 33.7% 44.9%
Gross margin33.2% 31.8% 35.0%    
2018 Compared to 2017.Total cost of sales increased by £36.7£93.8 million, or 33.7%21.5%, in 20182023 compared to 2017.2022. The increase consisted of a £33.9£91.3 million increase in direct cost of sales, primarily as a result of increased personnel costs, which reflected an increase in the average number of employees involved in delivery of our services from 3,1819,492 in 20172022 to 3,95710,872 in 2018.  Our growth in operational headcount consisted of new employees located in Latin America, acquired in connection with the acquisition of Velocity Partners, as well as continued organic growth in the number of employees at our existing delivery centres. Of the £36.7 million increase in total cost2023. Cost of sales £8.5in 2023 also includes £5.5 million of restructuring costs related to the operationsbusiness optimization actions of Velocity Partners.management. Grant income decreasedincreased by £0.06£2.3 million in 20182023 compared to 20172022 and research and development credits decreased by £0.3 million in 2018 compared to 2017. Additionally, allocated cost(in respect of salesinnovative work we carried out for contract customers) increased by £2.8 million in 20182023 compared to 2017, or 27.9%, primarily as a result of increased property costs as a result of increased headcount. Gross margin increased to 33.2% in 2018 from 31.8% in 2017.
2017 Compared to 2016. Total cost of sales increased by £33.7 million, or 44.9%, in 2017 compared to 2016.2022. The increase consisted of a £30.3 million increase in direct cost of sales, primarily as a result of increased personnel costs, which reflected an increase in the average number of employees involved in delivery of our services from 2,336 in 2016 to 3,181 in 2017. Our growth in operational headcount consisted of new employees located in the Netherlands, Romania and Bulgaria acquired in connection with the acquisition of ISDC, as well as continued organic growth in the number of employees at our existing delivery centers. Grant income increased by £0.6 million in 2017 compared to 2016 and research and development credits increased by £0.2 millionwas due to general growth in 2017 comparedthe size and number of projects and our ability to 2016. Additionally,forecast a higher proportion of our work being qualifying activities based on the latest submitted claim. Included in the allocated cost of sales is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our clients. This increased by £3.4£2.6 million in 20172023 compared to 2016,2022, or 51.7%, primarily as a result of increased property costs as a result of increased headcount, our acquisition of ISDC and the impact of foreign exchange rates as a result of the weakening of the British Pound relative11.4% due to the Euroincrease in the size of our delivery organization. Gross margin was stable at 33.2% in 2023 and the U.S. dollar. Consequently, gross margin decreased to 31.8%33.3% in 2017 from 35.0% in 2016.2022.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Year Ended June 30,% Change
20232022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative expenses(150,300)(121,808)23.4%
% of revenue(18.9)%(18.6)%
 Year Ended June 30, % Change
 2018 2017 2016 
2018 vs.
2017
 
2017 vs.
2016
 (pounds in thousands)    
Selling, general and administrative expenses£(46,737) £(27,551) £(20,453) 69.6% 34.7%
% of revenue(21.5)% (17.3)% (17.7)%    


63


2018 Compared to 2017.Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by £19.2£28.5 million, or 69.6%23.4%, in 20182023 compared to 2017.2022.  The increase in total selling, general and administrative expenses is primarily related to an increase of £15.2£12.4 million in general and administrative expenses (including £4.6as a result of increased support functions costs in line with growth. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2023 also includes £1.1 million of restructuring costs incurred in connection with our initial public offering) and an increase of £3.7 million in salesrelated to business optimization actions taken by management. Sales and marketing expenses.expenses increased by £10.2 million. Depreciation and amortization increased by £1.1£2.2 million, or 57.4%17.0%, in 20182023 compared to 2017,2022, primarily as a result of a £1.0£1.4 million increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets acquired.assets.  As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 17.3%18.6% in fiscal year 2022 to 21.5% (of which 2.1% relates18.9% in fiscal year 2023.

Net Impairment Losses on Financial Assets
74


Year Ended June 30,% Change
20232022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Net impairment losses on financial assets£(932)£(739)26.1 %
% of revenue(0.1)%(0.1)%
Net impairment losses on financial assets increased by £0.2 million in 2023 compared to our initial public offering), reflecting additional costs2022. In fiscal year 2023, the aggregate charge was higher compared to fiscal year 2022 due to the integration of Velocity Partners and increased expenditures in anticipation of us becoming a public company.
2017 Compared to 2016. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by £7.1 million, or 34.7%, in 2017 compared to 2016. The increase in total selling, general and administrative expenses primarily related to an increase of £2.1 million in sales and marketing expenses, an increase of £3.2 million in general and administrative expenses and an increase of £1.1 million in facilities-related expenses, largely related to our increased headcount. Depreciation and amortization increased by £0.7 million, or 51.6%, in 2017 compared to 2016, primarily as a result of a £0.6 million increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets acquired and a £0.1 million increase in depreciation of property, plant and equipment. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 17.7% to 17.3%, reflecting improved leverage in our fixed cost base and the impact of favorable changes in currency exchange rates.debtor balances and client financial positions.

Net Finance (Cost)/Income
Year Ended June 30,% Change
20232022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Net finance income£1,318 £6,995 (81.2)%
% of revenue0.2 %1.1 %
 Year Ended June 30, % Change
 2018 2017 2016 
2018 vs.
2017
 
2017 vs.
2016
 (pounds in thousands)    
Net finance (cost)/income£(783) £(1,357) £898
 (42.3)% (251.1)%
% of revenue(0.4)% (0.9)% 0.8%    
2018 ComparedNet finance income decreased by £5.7 million in 2023 compared to 2017.2022. In 2018,2023, we recognized net finance costincome of £0.8£1.3 million, which includes £11.8 million income related to fair value movement of financial liabilities (re-measurements of acquisition deferred and contingent consideration and discount unwind to present value) and £3.5 million interest income on bank deposits. The income was offset by £1.7 million interest charge on leases, £1.7 million running costs related to our revolving credit facility and £10.7 million foreign exchange net losses for the period. The foreign exchange loss includes £5.1 million loss arising from an Argentina blue chip swap transaction, which was used to allow repatriation of cash from Argentina following payment of outstanding intercompany receivables. In 2022, we recognized net finance income of £7.0 million, which included £0.02a charge to lease interest of £1.1 million and a £9.9 million gain related to changes in foreign exchange rates and £0.6 million related to interest payable on amounts outstanding under our credit facility. In 2017, we recognized net finance cost of £1.4 million, which included £1.0 million related to changes in foreign exchange rates and £0.3 million related to interest payable on amounts outstanding under our credit facility.rates.
2017 Compared to 2016. In 2017, we recognized net finance cost of £1.4 million, which included £1.0 million related to changes in foreign exchange rates and £0.3 million related to interest payable on amounts outstanding under our credit facility. In 2016, we recognized net finance income of £0.9 million, which included a £1.0 million fair value gain on forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading, partially offset by interest payable on our borrowings of £0.1 million.

Provision for Income Tax
Year Ended June 30,% Change
20232022
2023 vs.
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Provision for income taxes£(20,000)£(19,286)3.7 %
 Year Ended June 30, % Change
 2018 2017 2016 
2018 vs.
2017
 
2017 vs.
2016
 (pounds in thousands)    
Provision for income taxes£(5,675) £(4,868) £(4,125) 16.6% 18.0%
2018 Compared to 2017. Provision for income taxes increased by £0.8£0.7 million, or 16.6%3.7%, in 20182023 compared to 2017.2022. Our annual effective tax rate for 20182023 was 23.0%17.5%, compared to an annual effective tax rate of 22.4%18.8% for 2017. In 2018, our2022. The 2023 effective tax rate has benefited from the non-taxable fair value movement on financial liabilities and provision for income taxes increased comparedthe benefit of carrying forward certain U.K. losses to 2017 primarily due to non-deductible expenses arisingbe used in relation to our initial public offering.future periods when the enacted statutory rate is higher than the current year rate.
2017 Compared to 2016. Provision for income taxes increased by £0.7 million, or 18.0%, in 2017 compared to 2016. Our annual effective tax rate for 2017 was 22.4%, compared to an annual effective tax rate of 19.8% for 2016. In 2017, our effective tax rate and provision for income taxes increased compared to 2016 primarily due to adjustments to prior periods and withholding tax on dividends paid.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for eachComparison of the eight quarters in the period endedYears Ended June 30, 2018. We have prepared the quarterly financial data on the same basis as the audited2022 and 2021



64


consolidated financial statements includedA comparison of fiscal years 2022 and 2021 can be found in thisItem 5.A—Operating Results” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F. In our opinion,20-F for the quarterly financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
 Three Months Ended
 June 30,
2018
 March 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
 September 30,
2017
 June 30,
2017
 March 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
 September 30,
2016
 (pounds in thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income:               
Revenue£61,473
 £58,598
 £50,011
 £47,531
 £43,046
 £42,909
 £38,934
 £34,479
Cost of sales:               
Direct cost of sales(36,671) (35,783) (30,904) (29,417) (26,161) (26,720) (24,351) (21,621)
Allocated cost of sales(3,387) (3,235) (3,099) (2,947) (2,964) (2,660) (2,372) (1,911)
Total cost of sales(40,058) (39,018) (34,003) (32,364) (29,125) (29,380) (26,723) (23,532)
Gross profit21,415
 19,580
 16,008
 15,167
 13,921
 13,529
 12,211
 10,947
Selling, general and administrative expenses(14,982) (13,705) (9,832) (8,218) (7,558) (6,895) (7,159) (5,939)
Operating profit6,433
 5,875
 6,176
 6,949
 6,363
 6,634
 5,052
 5,008
Net finance (costs) / income247
 (370) (153) (507) (842) (426) 380
 (469)
Profit before tax6,680
 5,505
 6,023
 6,442
 5,521
 6,208
 5,432
 4,539
Tax on profit on ordinary activities(1,782) (1,286) (1,250) (1,357) (1,239) (1,392) (1,219) (1,018)
Net profit£4,898
 £4,219
 £4,773
 £5,085
 £4,282
 £4,816
 £4,213
 £3,521
Other Financial Data:               
Profit before tax margin10.9% 9.4% 12% 13.6% 12.8% 14.5% 14% 13.2%
Non-IFRS Measures:               
Adjusted profit before taxes margin(1)
15.7% 14.5% 15.0% 16.4% 16.1% 16.7% 14.4% 16.1%
_______________
(1)Adjusted profit before taxes margin, or Adjusted PBT Margin, is our Adjusted PBT, which is our profit before taxes adjusted to exclude the impact of share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangible assets, realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses and initial public offering expenses (all of which are non-cash other than realized foreign currency exchange gains and losses and initial public offering expenses), as a percentage of our total revenue. We do not consider these excluded items to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted PBT Margin is not a measure calculated in accordance with IFRS. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted PBT to profit before taxes, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS for each of the periods indicated. See note 5 in the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS Measures and Other Management Metrics” for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted PBT Margin.


65


 Three Months Ended
 June 30,
2018
 March 31,
2018
 December 31,
2017
 September 30,
2017
 June 30,
2017
 March 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
 September 30,
2016
 (in thousands)
Profit before tax£6,680
 £5,505
 £6,023
 £6,442
 £5,521
 £6,208
 £5,432
 £4,539
Share-based compensation expense479
 306
 354
 366
 178
 197
 231
 248
Amortization of acquired intangible assets849
 844
 479
 481
 459
 456
 459
 341
Foreign exchange (gains) losses, net(528) 64
 44
 437
 755
 298
 (500) 415
Initial public offering expenses2,171
 1,787
 604
 81
 
 
 
 
Adjusted PBT£9,651
 £8,506
 £7,504
 £7,807
 £6,913
 £7,159
 £5,622
 £5,543
For the three monthsfiscal year ended June 30, 2018, £320,000 of2022, which was filed with the share-based compensation expense was included within direct cost of sales (three months ended June 30, 2017: £112,000).SEC on October 31, 2022.
Quarterly Trends
The sequential increases in our quarterly revenue were primarily due to increased revenue growth across all verticals and geographies. Our operating expenses generally have increased sequentially for the periods presented due primarily to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support our growth.
75


B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Capital Resources
To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of information technology services, as well as borrowings under our revolving credit facilities.facilities and through our initial public offering, which we completed in July 2018. As of June 30, 2018,2023, we had £15.0£164.7 million in cash and cash equivalents.
In December 2017,February 2023, we entered into a secured Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement, or the Facility Agreement, with National Westminster Bank plc as agent, HSBC UK Bank PLC,plc, DNB (UK) Limited, Keybank National Association, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., London Branch and Fifth Third Bank, National Association as arranger, HSBC Bank PLC, as security agent, certain subsidiaries party theretomandated lead arrangers, bookrunners and the financial institutions listed therein.original lenders. The Facility Agreement, provides for a £50.0which replaced our previous £200.0 million primaryunsecured facility, is an unsecured revolving credit facility $12.1in the amount of £350.0 million with an initial period of line of credit capacity and €9.5 million of guarantee capacity, which we collectively refer to as the Facility.three years. The Facility Agreement also provides for uncommitted accordion options for up to an incremental facility, which may not exceed £40.0 million.aggregate of £150.0 million in additional borrowing. The Facility matures on December 19, 2020.Agreement is intended to support our future capital investments and development activities, and is guaranteed by members of the Endava group from time to time in accordance with a typical guarantor coverage threshold mechanic. Loans under the Facility Agreement bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either the LIBORSONIA rate, the EURIBOR rate or the EURIBORSOFR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.8%1.00% to 1.40%1.65% per annum, baseddepending upon the net leverage ratio. Our obligations under the Facility are guaranteed by some of our subsidiaries. The Facility Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary default provisions, affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the facility parties and our consolidated subsidiaries. Under the terms of the Facility Agreement, we are required to comply with net leverage ratio and interest coverage covenants. The Facility Agreement contains customary events of default and is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets. As of June 30, 2018,2023, there was £0.0 million and $26.0 millionno amount outstanding under the £50.0£350.0 million primary facility $6.0apart from £8.8 million was drawnutilized for bank guarantees issued by HSBC UK Bank plc, and we were not in breach of the $12.1 million line of credit facility and €9.3 million was drawn from the €9.5 million guarantee facility, respectively.
On completion of our initial public offering, we received £40.2 million net proceeds. A portion of the net proceeds were used to repay all amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility in August 2018.any covenants.
Future Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from our operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.months and over the long term. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate and any acquisitions we may complete. In
Material Cash Requirements
The following table summarizes our material cash requirements as of June 30, 2023 and the eventeffect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows:
Less than 1 Year1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than 5 YearsTotal
(in thousands)
Lease liabilities£14,573 £27,483 £17,542 £17,063 £76,661 
Short-term leases1,532 — — — 1,532 
Leases contracted, but not yet commenced27 65 65 41 198 
Other long-term liabilities— — — 516 516 
Total£16,132 £27,548 £17,607 £17,620 £78,907 
As of June 30, 2023, we have property leases that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may be unable to raise the funds on acceptable terms, ifexpire at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

various dates through October 2031.

76
66



Cash Flows
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018:2021.
Year Ended June 30,Year Ended June 30,
2018 (£) 2017 (£) 2016 (£)202320222021
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year£23,571
 £12,947
 £13,362
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year£162,806 £69,884 £101,327 
Net cash from operating activities33,984
 14,740
 10,897
Net cash from operating activities124,518 120,719 87,668 
Net cash used in investing activities(31,792) (19,499) (7,260)Net cash used in investing activities(110,851)(23,875)(106,410)
Net cash from / (used in) provided by financing activities(10,732) 14,838
 (4,618)
Net cash used in financing activitiesNet cash used in financing activities(10,998)(5,078)(11,920)
Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents17
 545
 566
Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(772)1,156 (781)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year£15,048
 £23,571
 £12,947
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year£164,703 £162,806 £69,884 
Operating Activities
Operating activities provided £34.0£124.5 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2018,2023, primarily from profit before tax of £24.7£114.2 million a U.K. research and development credit receivedother non-cash items of £1.9£49.2 million, offset by tax paid of £22.7 million and net changes in working capital of £6.8 million and other non-cash items of £6.2 million, partially offset by tax paid of £5.6£16.1 million. The net changes in working capital were primarily driven by an increasea decrease in accruals of £16.4£11.5 million, partially offset by a net increase in trade receivables and accrued income of £4.0£3.7 million, a decrease in other creditors of £3.3 million and an increase in prepayments of £2.3£1.1 million and a decrease in trade payables and deferred income of £0.2 million.
Operating activities provided £14.7£120.7 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2017,2022, primarily from profit before tax of £21.7£102.4 million, a U.K. research and development credit received of £0.3 million and other non-cash items of £3.5£53.8 million, partially offset by tax paid of £5.5£14.0 million and net changes in working capital of £5.0£21.8 million. The net changes in working capital were primarily driven by a net increase in trade receivables and accrued income of £7.7£34.2 million and a decreasean increase in deferred incomeprepayments of £2.1£2.7 million, partially offset by an increase in trade payablesaccruals of £2.0£5.2 million and accrualsan increase in other liabilities (including VAT / sales tax and payroll related liabilities) of £2.6£9.1 million.
Operating activities provided £10.9£87.7 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2016,2021, primarily from profit before tax of £20.8£54.4 million, and a U.K. research and development credit received of £1.1£2.9 million partiallyand other non-cash items of £54.9 million, offset by tax paid of £(3.8)£3.1 million and net changes in working capital and adjustments of other non-cash items of £(7.2)£21.4 million. The net changes in working capital were primarily driven by a net increase in trade receivables and accrued income of £5.8 million, an increase in prepayments of £1.0£24.0 million and a decrease in accruals of £1.0£1.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in prepayments of £1.3 million and an increase in provisionstrade payables and deferred income of £1.3£0.8 million.
Investing Activities
Investing activities used £31.8£110.9 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2018,2023, including £26.4£30.2 million (net of the cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of Velocity Partners, £3.7Lexicon, £6.8 million (net of cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of Mudbath, £33.5 million (net of cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of DEK, £2.2 million for settling the deferred consideration payable related to the acquisition of Levvel, £3.5 million for the settlement of the CDS deferred consideration payable and £3.4 million on the settlement of the Five deferred consideration payable. We also used £21.2 million on the settlement of a promissory note payable acquired with DEK and £13.5 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment relating to our office spaces, partially offset by 3.5 million interest received on bank deposits.
Investing activities used £23.9 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2022, including £4.8 million (net of cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of BAC, £2.1 million for settling the contingent consideration payable related to the acquisition of Five, £3.0 million for settling the contingent consideration payable related to the acquisition of Levvel and £0.4 million for the settlement of the Exozet deferred consideration payable and £14.0 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment relating to our delivery centerslocations, partially offset by £0.2 million interest received on bank deposits and £1.8£0.3 million for purchasesproceeds from disposal of software and licenses.non-current assets.
77


Investing activities used £19.5£106.4 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2017,2021, including £8.1£35.9 million (net of the cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of ISDC, £4.1Levvel, £47.3 million (net of the cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of Comtrade Digital Services and £14.4 million (net of the cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of Five, £2.0 million for settling the contingentdeferred consideration payable related to the acquisition of Intuitus and £1.7 million for settling the deferred consideration payable from the acquisition of PS Tech and £0.8 million for settling the contingent consideration from the acquisition of Nickelfish, £5.0Exozet, £5.4 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment relating to our delivery centers and £1.4 million for purchases of software and licenses.
Investing activities used £7.3 million in cash in the year ended June 30, 2016, including £4.2 million (net of the cash acquired) to fund the acquisition of Nicklefish, £0.4 million for settling the deferred consideration from the acquisition of PS Tech, £2.6 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment relating to our delivery centers andlocations, partially offset by £0.1 million for purchases of software and licenses.


67


interest received on bank deposits.
Financing Activities
Financing activities used £10.7£11.0 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2018,2023, including £10.3£13.5 million repayment of net borrowings under our credit facilitylease liabilities and £0.6£4.0 million of interest payments,and debt financing costs paid, partially offset by £0.1£5.6 million proceeds from issue of shares for settling option plans, £0.5 million in grants received from the Macedonian government.Romanian and Croatian governments and proceeds from property subleases in Romania and Germany of £0.4 million.
Financing activities provided £14.8used £5.1 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2017,2022, including £13.5£13.8 million repayment of lease liabilities and £0.9 million of net borrowings under our credit facility and £2.9interest payments, partially offset by £8.9 million proceeds from issue of shares for settling option plans, £0.1 million in grants received from the Romanian, MinistryGerman and Croatian governments and proceeds from property subleases in Romania and Germany of Finance, partially offset by £1.2 million for share repurchases and £0.4 million of interest payments.£0.6 million.
Financing activities used £4.6£11.9 million of cash in the year ended June 30, 2016,2021, including £18.2£11.8 million in dividendsrepayment of lease liabilities and £0.1£0.9 million of interest payments, partially offset by £11.7 million of net borrowings and £1.9£0.2 million in grants received from the Romanian, MinistrySerbian, North Macedonian and German governments and proceeds from property subleases in Romania and Germany of Finance.£0.6 million.


C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.D. Trend Information.
For a discussion of trends, see “Item 5.A—Operating Results” and “Item 5.B—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.Critical Accounting Estimates
We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our commitments to settle contractual obligations at June 30, 2018:
 Less than 1 Year 
1 to 3
Years
 
3 to 5
Years
 More than 5 Years Total
 (in thousands)
Revolving credit facility£19,700
 £
 £
 £
 £19,700
Finance leases44
 20
 
 
 64
Operating leases10,384
 19,011
 12,800
 6,469
 48,664
Other long-term liabilities and provisions
 277
 
 
 277
Total£30,128
 £19,308
 £12,800
 £6,469
 £68,705
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timingFor a description of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.
In connection withcritical accounting estimates, see note 3D to our acquisition of Velocity Partnersconsolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in December 2017, we may be obligated to pay (1) up to $6.0 million cash consideration, which was held back to secure indemnification obligations and (2) contingent consideration of $15.8 million, which contingent consideration may be paid in the form of equity or cash depending


68


on a number of conditions. In addition, we may be obligated to pay certain continuing employees of Velocity Partners up to $5.1 million in the form of equity or cash, depending on a number of conditions.
We lease our facilities under non-cancellable operating leases. As of June 30, 2018, we have leases that expire at various dates through March 2029.
G. Safe Harbor.
Thisthis Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”20-F.
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

78


A. Directors and Senior Management.
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of September 30, 2018:
August 15, 2023.
NameAgePosition(s)
Executive Officers
John Cotterell62Chief Executive Officer, Director
Mark Thurston59Chief Financial Officer, Director
Rohit Bhoothalingam50General Counsel
Julian Bull53Chief Operating Officer
David Churchill(1)
40Chief People Officer
Matt Cloke(1)
49Chief Technology Officer
NameNon-Employee DirectorsAgePosition(s)
Executive Officers
John Cotterell57Chief Executive Officer, Director
Mark Thurston54Chief Financial Officer, Director
Rob Machin45Chief Operating Officer
Julian Bull48Chief Commercial Officer
Non-Employee Directors
Trevor Smith6468Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew Allan(2)
6267Director
Ben DruskinPatrick Butcher5055Director
Mike KintonSulina Connal7155Director
Ben Druskin55Director
Kathryn Hollister63Director
David Pattillo5863Director
(1) Mr. Churchill and Mr. Cloke were each appointed as executive officers, effective July 1, 2023.
(2) Mr. Allan will retire from the board of directors, effective as of the date of our 2023 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

Unless otherwise indicated, the current business addresses for our executive officers and directors is c/o Endava plc, 125 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom.
Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected or qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
Executive Officers
John Cotterellfounded our company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in February 2000. Mr. Cotterell holds a B.Eng. from the University of Bristol and an M.B.A. from the Alliance Manchester Business School. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Cotterell’s leadership of our company since its inception and experience with information technology companies prior to founding our company provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
Mark Thurstonhas served as our Chief Financial Officer and as a member of our board of directors since April 2015.  From May 2011 to March 2015, Mr. Thurston served as Group Finance Director at Paragon Education and Skills Ltd. 


69


Mr. Thurston holds a Physics degree from Durham University and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Thurston’s perspective and experience as our Chief Financial Officer provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
Rob Machin
79


Rohit Bhoothalingam has served as our General Counsel since March 2019 and is responsible for Legal, Company Secretarial and Compliance across the Group. Prior to joining Endava, he served as the Associate General Counsel for VEON, a Nasdaq and Euronext-listed digital and telecommunications company, and in senior legal roles in the natural resources and financial services sectors. Mr. Bhoothalingam previously worked in private practice at US law firms Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe and Wilmer Hale. He studied law at Cambridge University and holds a Masters in Law from Georgetown University Law Center.
Julian Bullhas served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 20172023 and previously served as a member of our board of directors from September 2013 to June 2016. Mr. Machin originally joined Endava in 2000 as our Chief Technical Officer. From September 2007 to September 2010, Mr. Machin served as an Executive Director at UBS Investment Bank. Mr. Machin re-joined Endava in 2010 as our U.K. Managing Director. Mr. Machin is a Fellow of the British Computer Society and a Chartered IT Professional. Mr. Machin holds a first class honours degree from Durham University in Mathematics and Philosophy (B.Sc. Nat Sci).
Julian Bullhas served as our Chief Commercial Officer since July 2016. From April 2001 to June 2016, Mr. Bull served as our Sales and Marketing Director.
David Churchill has served as our Chief People Officer since July 2021, and was promoted to the executive team in the same position in July 2023. Mr. Churchill joined Endava in July 2016 as Head of People and Organization. Prior to joining Endava, Mr. Churchill led across multiple HR disciplines in listed and privately owned media, telecommunications and technology businesses in the United Kingdom and Europe, holding people strategy and operations positions with BT from 2008 to 2013 and Arqiva from 2013 to 2016 as they moved through change of ownership. Mr. Churchill holds a 2:1 (B.A) in Business and French from Bournemouth University.
Matt Cloke has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2023. Mr. Cloke joined Endava in 2014 and has served in various positions prior to his appointment as Chief Technology Officer, including most recently serving as our Chief Catalyst. Prior to joining Endava, Mr. Cloke was an Executive Director at UBS Investment Bank where he was responsible for the Investment Banks P&L financial reporting technology. Between 1997 and 2005, Mr. Cloke was a Principal Consultant at American Management Systems, latterly purchased by CGI. Mr. Cloke holds a 2:1 (B.Sc.) inComputer Science and Psychology from Brunel University.
Non-Employee Directors

Trevor Smith has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013 and as our chairman since July 2016. Prior to his retirement, Mr. Smith held various roles at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment bank, including Chief Information Officer for the EMEA Region from January 2000 to September 2009 and in a part-time Business Resiliency & Crisis Management and Special Project role from March 2010 until June 2013. Mr. Smith holds a B.Sc. in Economics from UCW Aberystwyth. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Smith’s experience in information technology and delivery of large projects provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
Andrew Allan has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2006, having previously served as a member of the board of Brains Direct Ltd, which we acquired in April 2006. HeMr. Allan will retire from the board of directors at the end of his current term, and will, therefore, not be seeking re-election at our 2023 Annual General Meeting. Mr. Allan currently serves as Managing Partner at Fairways Corporate Finance, a position he has held since May 2003. Mr. AllanHe is a qualified Chartered Accountant and a current member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Mr. Allan holds a Bachelor’s degreeB.S. in Finance from the University of Strathclyde.

Patrick Butcher has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2023. Mr. Butcher most recently served as Group Chief Financial Officer of the Headlam Group plc from April 2022 until March 2023. From January 2019 to November 2020, he served as Group Chief Financial Officer at Capita plc. Prior to that, Mr. Butcher served as Chief Financial Officer at various companies including The Go-Ahead Group plc, Network Rail Limited, English, Welsh and Scottish Railway and Mapeley Limited. Mr. Butcher received his B. Compt. (Hons) in Accounting and Finance from the University of South Africa and is a qualified Chartered Accountant (South Africa). Our board of directors believes that Mr. Allan’s businessButcher’s financial expertise and his significant leadership experience provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Sulina Connal has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Since April 2020, she has been working on partnerships at Google and is currently Managing Director of News and Books Partnerships for EMEA. Previously, Ms. Connal served as the Director of Mobile and Connectivity Partnerships at Facebook from October 2017 to April 2020. Prior to that, from April 2014 until September 2017, she served as the Senior Vice President of Strategic Partnerships at Orange. Ms. Connal holds an M.A. from the University of Oxford. Our board
80


of directors believes that Ms. Connal’s business experience provides her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
Ben Druskin has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2017. Mr. Druskin retired from Citigroup in August 2017. From 2014 until his retirement, Mr. Druskin served as the Chairman of the Global Technology, Media and Telecom Investment Banking Group. Prior to becoming Chairman, Mr. Druskin was co-head of the Global Technology, Media and Telecom Investment Banking Group. Mr. Druskin has served as a member of the board of directors of Zensar Technologies since November 2017.2017, and served as a member of the board of directors of Global Synergy Acquisition Corp. between October 2020 and August 2022. Mr. Druskin holds a B.A. in Economics from Rutgers College and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Stern School of Business at New York University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Druskin’s expertise in capital raising and mergersmerger and acquisitionsacquisition transactions provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
Mike KintonKathryn Hollisterhas served as a member of our board of directors since April 2006.October 2022. Since July 1999, Mr. Kinton has served as Managing Director at Kinton Technology Ltd. Mr. KintonJune 2021, Ms. Hollister has served as a member of the board of directors of PaperRound HND Services Ltd, since February 2005Clear Secure, Inc. and Prmax Ltd.as a member of the board’s audit and compensation committees. From March 2021 to May 2022, Ms. Hollister served as a member of the board of directors of First Solar, Inc. and as a member of the board’s audit and compensation committees. Ms. Hollister was an active partner at Deloitte for over 25 years until September 2020, where she served as the Chief Strategy Officer of Deloitte Global Tax and Legal practice from 2015 until 2019 and in a variety of leadership roles, including Chief Strategy Officer of Deloitte Tax LLP (USA), since March 2007. Mr. Kintonmanaging partner of the U.S. Business Tax Service line, and served both public and private clients. Ms. Hollister was a member of the Board of Directors of Deloitte U.S. from 2008 to 2015 and of Deloitte’s Global Board of Directors from 2010 to 2015. In the community, Ms. Hollister served multiple academic and charitable organizations and currently serves on the boards of trustees of Duke University, University of Cincinnati Health Foundation, and the Cincinnati Museum Center. A lawyer (licensed, registered inactive, in State of Ohio) and a certified public accountant (licensed, active in the State of Ohio), Ms. Hollister holds an M.A.a B.A. from Duke University and a J.D. from the University of Cambridge and a M.S. from London Business School.Cincinnati College of Law. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Kinton’sMs. Hollister’s significant experience as a director and in the information technology industry, as well as his valuable experience gained from prior and current board service,corporate leadership positions provides himher with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.
David Pattillohas served as a member of our board of directors since January 2017. SinceFrom February 2014 to January 2019, Mr. Pattillo has served as the Chief Financial Officer and member of the board of directors of ClearStar, Inc. From June 2012August 2010 to December 2013,present, Mr. Pattillo servedserves as Manager of Dapa, LLC. Mr. Pattillo holds a B.S. from Clemson University and an MBAM.B.A. from the University of Georgia – Terry College of Business. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Pattillo’s knowledge of the information technology industry provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.


70


B. Compensation.
The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in-kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to our directors, executive officers and non-employee directors for services in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries into money purchase plans for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors, members of our senior management and non-employee directors.
The following information on directors’ remuneration has been prepared in accordance with disclosure requirements for the company as a “quoted company” under the Companies Act.
Compensation of Directors
The table below details compensation paid or payable to our directors during the financial year ended June 30, 2023, and in the case of Messrs. Cotterell and Thurston, our executive directors, reflects the compensation paid for services as members of our senior management.
81


£000sSalary and fees
Benefits(1)
Pension(2)
Bonus(3)
Multi-year service variable(4)(5)
TotalTotal fixed compensationTotal variable compensation
Executive Directors
John Cotterell2023500 12 48 100 288 949 560 388 
Mark Thurston2023300 11 24 60 95 489 335 155 
Non-Executive Directors
Trevor Smith202375 — — — 143 218 75 143 
Andrew Allan202355 — — — 143 198 55 143 
Ben Druskin(6)
202358 — — — 143 201 58 143 
David Pattillo(6)
202364 — — — 143 207 64 143 
Sulina Connal202355 — — — 143 198 55 143 
Kathryn Hollister(6)(7)
202339 — — — 143 182 39 143 
Patrick Butcher(7)
2023— — — — 9  
(1)     Messrs. Cotterell and Thurston receive a car allowance of £10,000 and £7,500 respectively, and also receive medical insurance, life assurance and income protection.
(2) In line with other U.K. employees, the executive director pensions are based on an employer contribution of 7.5% of salary. Mr. Cotterell receives a cash allowance in lieu of pension and, taking into account a downward adjustment for the increased employer National Insurance contributions, receives an amount equal to 6.47% of salary (reduced from 13% prior to 1 January 2023 to reflect the new remuneration policy).  Mr. Thurston makes a pension contribution of 7.5% via salary sacrifice and, taking into account an upward adjustment for the reduced employer National Insurance contributions, receives a contribution equal to 8.02% of salary.  Both of these adjustments are in line with adjustments made to pension benefits for other UK employees.
(3) Messrs. Cotterell and Thurston will receive 20% of the maximum bonus for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 in line with the remuneration policy of £100,000 and £60,000, respectively, which is payable in September 2023.
(4) For the executive directors, represents the value of performance share units, or PSUs, granted under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or EIP, on December 13, 2022, excluding 50% of the total award that is subject to a 3-year performance condition which will be disclosed, to the extent it vests, in the report for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2025. The performance condition for the 1-year performance condition award was partially met and 25% of this award will be eligible to vest. The awards subject to the one-year performance condition will vest in two equal tranches in October 2023 and October 2024. For the purpose of this table, awards have been valued using a three-month average share price up to June 30, 2023 ($53.75) converted to GBP (£42.95).
(5) For the non-executive directors, represents the value of restricted share units, or RSUs, granted on February 10, 2023. These awards will vest (subject to satisfaction of the service condition) in December 2023. For the purposes of this table awards have been valued using the 10 day average share price used to determine the number of shares to be granted ($80.59) converted to GBP (£65.84).
(6) For the three non-executive directors based in the U.S., annual fees for 2023 have been converted to GBP using a USD:GBP exchange rate of 1:0.831489, being the average exchange rate over the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023.
(7)    Annual fees were prorated for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023 for Ms. Hollister, who was appointed to the board effective October 31, 2022, and Mr. Butcher, who was appointed to the board effective May 2, 2023.

Non-Executive Director Service Agreements

We engage independent directors using standard terms as set out in our template letter of appointment. Independent directors are engaged from the commencement date of the letter of appointment for an initial term, until the conclusion of our next annual general meeting. Under the service agreements, Messrs. Allan and Butcher and Ms. Connal are entitled to receive an annual fee of £55,000, Mr. Smith is entitled to receive an annual fee of £75,000, Mr. Druskin and Ms. Hollister are entitled to receive an annual fee of $70,000, and Mr. Pattillo is entitled to receive an annual fee of $77,000, in each case inclusive of fees payable for all duties. Our independent directors are generally entitled to receive restricted share units for each term of their engagement, at the remuneration committee’s sole discretion. Following termination of their appointment, independent directors are subject to a six-
82


month non-competition restrictive covenant, a 12-month non-poach restrictive covenant and a 12-month non‑solicitation restrictive covenant and are not eligible to receive benefits upon termination.
Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors
Aggregate Compensation
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018,2023, the aggregate compensation granted, accrued or paid to the members of our board of directors and ournon-director, executive officers for services in all capacities was £2.0£1.2 million. We do not set aside or accrue amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to members of our board of directors or executive officers.
Executive Service Agreements
We engage executive officers using standard terms as set out in our executive service agreement. This agreement entitles the executive officer to receive an annual base salary, which is inclusive of any director’s fees payable to the executive officer. This agreement also entitles the executive officer to participate in a bonus scheme, the amount of any such bonus to be determined at the remuneration committee’s sole discretion. This agreement also entitles the executive officer to participate in our equity incentive plans, the amount of such equity participation and any associated performance targets to be determined at the remuneration committee’s sole discretion. We also contribute a certain percentage of the executive officer’s basic salary to a group personal pension scheme. The executive officer is entitled to a number of additional benefits, including death in service life insurance, private health insurance, permanent health insurance and a car allowance.
This agreement may be terminated by either party giving the other eithersix to 12 months’ notice in writing. We reserve the right to place the executive officer on garden leave at any time after notice has been given by either party, and to pay in lieu of notice. We may terminate the agreement without notice or payment in lieu of notice in certain circumstances as a result of the executive officer’s behavior or conduct, including for example, repeated breach of the service agreement after warning from us, dishonesty, gross misconduct or willful neglect in the discharge of their duties under the service agreement. On termination of this agreement, the executive officer is required to resign from our board of directors.
This agreement contains standard intellectual property and confidentiality provisions, which survive termination. This agreement also contains a power of attorney by which the executive officer appoints each of our directors as attorney with authority to execute documents in relation to the assignment of intellectual property rights, and execute documents to make the executive officer’s resignation from our board of directors effective.
This agreement contains a six-month non-competition restrictive covenant, a 12-month non-poach restrictive covenant and a 12-month non-solicitation restrictive covenant, which may be reduced by any time spent on garden leave.
Non-Executive Director Service Agreements2023 Annual Bonus
We engage independent directors using standard terms as set out in our template letterAnnual bonuses for 2023 were subject to an Adjusted PBT performance measure. No bonus is payable unless a threshold level of appointment. Independent directorsperformance was achieved. Payout levels are engaged frommeasured on a straight-line basis based on the commencement dateoutcome for Adjusted PBT between the threshold and maximum performance goals, starting at 0% for meeting the performance threshold.
The formulaic outcome against the Adjusted PBT target was 15% of maximum but, taking into account a holistic review of the letterfinancial and strategic performance of appointment for an initial term, until the conclusionCompany during the year as well as the wider stakeholder experience, the Remuneration Committee exercised discretion to adjust the outcome to 20% of our nextmaximum. The Remuneration Committee considered this outcome to be a fair and appropriate reflection of performance achieved during the year. Accordingly, 20% of the bonus payment was payable, which equated to £100,000 and £60,000, to John Cotterell and Mark Thurston, respectively. The same adjustment was applied to all employee annual general meeting. Under the service agreements, Messrs. Allan and Kinton are entitled to receive an annual fee of £55,000, Mr. Smith is entitled to receive an annual fee of £60,000, Mr. Druskin is entitled to receive an annual fee of $70,000, and Mr. Pattillo is entitled to receive an annual fee of $77,000, in each case inclusive of fees payable for all duties. Our independent directors are generally entitled to receive restricted share units for each term of their engagement, at the remuneration committee’s sole discretion. Following termination of their appointment, independent directors are subject to a six-month non-competition restrictive covenant, a 12-month non-poach restrictive covenant and a 12-month non‑solicitation restrictive covenant.
Endava Executive Bonus Scheme
We have implemented the Endava Executive Bonus Scheme that is designed to incentivize higher levels of growth. The Executive Bonus Scheme applies to employees of senior manager grade and above who have not served or been given notice of termination, and is applied pro-rata to those working part-time, on maternity leave or on sick leave. There is no automatic entitlement tobonuses under the Executive Bonus Scheme, and eligibilityScheme.
For the avoidance of doubt, any charitable sponsorship that qualifies for a tax credit in Romania is determined each year and determined

ignored for the purposes of calculating the Adjusted PBT used for director remuneration purposes.

83
71



by reference to profit before tax. At the level of profit where the bonus scheme begins, there will be a £0 cash payment. The bonus cash payment will then increase as the profit before tax increases.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018,2023, the aggregate amounts expected to be paid at the end of September 2023 to our executive officers (other than Messrs. Cotterell and Thurston) under the Executive Bonus scheme was £0.7is £0.13 million.
Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercises
DuringPerformance Share Units
Awards of PSUs were made under the EIP to the executive directors on December 13, 2022, which are broken into two equally weighted tranches.
The first tranche is based on a 1-year performance period. For the fiscal year endedending June 30, 2018, we have2023 the award vesting was based on a combination of revenue, Adjusted PBT and Order Book goal achievement. Based on performance, the earned shares will vest in October 2023 (50%) and October 2024 (50%).
The second tranche is based on a 3-year performance period. Awards granted 18,750 Class A ordinaryin the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023 may vest in October 2025, based on a combination of three-year revenue, Adjusted PBT and relative total shareholder return goal achievement. Following vesting, any earned shares are subject to a two-year holding period through to October 2027.

Awards represent 815% of base salary for the CEO and 447% of base salary for the CFO, in each divided into two tranches. The EIP award values were established in June 2022 based on a 10-day volume weighted average share price. The awards were subsequently granted in December 2022 following approval of the Remuneration Policy at our AGM.
ParticipantNumber of awards
Share price used for grant(1)
Face value(2)
$000
Date of grantEnd of Performance Period
John Cotterell3
26,8035
$93.55$2,507December 13, 2022June 30, 2023
26,8046
$93.55$2,508December 13, 2022June 30, 2025
Mark Thurston4
8,8185
$93.55$825December 13, 2022June 30, 2023
8,8196
$93.55$825December 13, 2022June 30, 2025
(1)     Based on the 10-day volume weighted average share price to June 22, 2022, equal to £76.03 when converted to GBP using the respective 10-day average exchange rate.
(2)     Based on the share price used to determine the number of shares to our executive officersbe granted ($93.55) multiplied by the number of shares under award.
(3)    £2,037,872 (1-year performance element) and directors under our Non-Executive Director Plan.£2,037,948 (3-year performance element) when converted to GBP using the respective 10-day average exchange rate up to June 22, 2022 used to determine the number of shares to be granted (£76.03).
As(4)    £670,446 (1-year performance element) and £670,522 (3-year performance element) when converted to GBP using the respective 10-day average exchange rate up to June 22, 2022 used to determine the number of shares to be granted (£76.03).
(5)    50% of awards granted in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018, our executive officers2023 are subject to 12-month performance against Revenue (35%), Adjusted PBT (40%) and Order Book (25%) performance goals. The proportion of the awards subject to each performance metric are assessed on a straight-line basis between threshold performance (at which vesting will be 0%) and maximum performance (at and beyond which vesting will be 100%). The specific targets are commercially sensitive and are therefore not disclosed. However, full details of the targets and performance against those targets will be disclosed at such time when it is no longer considered commercially sensitive.
(6)    50% of awards granted in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023 are subject to the achievement of three-year performance conditions based on Revenue (50%), Adjusted PBT (30%) and relative total share return against a sector peer group and the constituents of the S&P 500 Information Technology Sector Index (20%). The proportion of the awards subject to each performance metric are assessed on a straight-line bases between threshold performance (being median performance relative to peer group at which vesting will be 25%) and maximum performance (being upper quartile relative to peer group at and beyond which vesting will be 100%). The specific targets for the Revenue and Adjusted PBT goals are commercially sensitive and are therefore not disclosed. However, full details of the targets and performance against those targets will be disclosed at such time when it is no longer considered commercially sensitive.

The formulaic outcome against the targets was 12% of maximum but, taking into account a holistic review of the financial and strategic performance of the Company during the year as well as the wider stakeholder experience, the Remuneration Committee exercised discretion to adjust the outcome to 25% of maximum. Accordingly, 25% of these awards will vest. The first tranche of the PSU awards, subject to the 1-year performance conditions will vest in
84


equal tranches on October 31, 2023 and October 31, 2024, with the remaining tranche, subject to achievement of three-year performance conditions, vesting on October 31, 2025.
Restricted Share Units
Awards of RSUs were made under the EIP to the non-executive directors held 1,087,470 Class A ordinaryon February 10, 2023.
The RSUs vest subject to the participant remaining in service to the Company for the duration of the Appointment Period, which is the period of time from the participant’s appointment at the Company’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, or AGM, to the next AGM the following year.
ParticipantNumber of awards
Share price used for grant(1)
Face value(2)
$000
Date of grant
Date of vesting(3)
Trevor Smith2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
Andrew Allan2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
Ben Druskin2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
David Pattillo2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
Sulina Connal2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
Kathryn Hollister2,171 $80.59$175February 10, 2023December 14, 2023
(1) Based on the 10-day average share price up to January 23, 2023 used to determine the number of shares held in trust under our Joint Share Ownership Plan, orto be granted (equal to £65.84 when converted to GBP using the JSOP, 100,000 Class A ordinaryrespective 10-day average exchange rate).
(2) Based on the share price used to determine the number of shares to be granted ($80.59) multiplied by the number of shares under our Endava Limited 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan,award.
(3) Awards vest on October 31, 2023 or, if later, the 2015 Plan, 18,750 Class A ordinary shares under our Non-Executive Director Plandate of the 2023 AGM (actual date to be confirmed), and will therefore vest (provisionally) on December 14, 2023.

Executive Directors’ Share Awards Outstanding at the 2023 Financial Year End
85


Award typeHeld at June 30, 2022Granted in yearLapsed in yearVested in yearHeld at June 30, 2023Date of grantOption price
Market price on settlement date(1)
Vest DateDate of expiry
John Cotterell
FY2019 EIP PSU(2)
22,500 — — 22,500 — July 26, 2018— £62.96(3)N/A
FY2020 EIP PSU(4)
27,894 — — 13,947 13,947 July 31, 2019— £62.96(5)N/A
FY2021 EIP PSU(6)
34,020 — — 11,340 22,680 September 16, 2020— £62.96(7)N/A
FY2022 EIP PSU(8)
35,713 — — 8,928 26,785 August 9, 2021— £62.96(9)N/A
FY2023 EIP PSU(10)
— 53,607 20,103 — 33,504 December 13, 2022— — (11)N/A
FY2022 SSP(12)
82 — — — 82 November 5, 2021£92— December 1, 2024December 1, 2031
FY2023 SSP(12)
— 155 — — 155 November 24, 2022£57.40— December 1, 2025December 1, 2032
Mark Thurston
FY2019 EIP PSU(2)
11,250 — — 11,250 — July 26, 2018— £57.38(3)N/A
FY2021 EIP PSU(6)
13,948 — — 6,974 6,974 July 31, 2019— £57.38(5)N/A
FY2022 EIP PSU(8)
17,010 — — 5,670 11,340 September 16, 2020— £57.38(8)N/A
FY2023 EIP PSU(10)
14,243 — — 3,560 10,683 August 9, 2021— £57.38(9)N/A
2022 EIP PSU(10)
— 17,637 6,614 — 11,023 December 13, 2022— — (11)N/A
FY2022 SSP(12)
82 — — — 82 November 5, 2021£92— December 1, 2024December 1, 2031
FY2023 SSP(12)
— 155 — — 155 November 24, 2022£57.40— December 1, 2025December 1, 2032
(1) Converted to GBP using the prevailing exchange rate on the date of settlement.
(2) These awards were subject to a PBT performance condition over the 2019 financial year. The performance condition was met
in full and as such 100% of this award vested.
(3) Fully vested.
(4) These awards were subject to a PBT performance condition over the 2020 financial year. The performance condition was met in full and as such 100% of this award vested.
(5) Awards vest in four equal tranches from October 31, 2020 to October 31, 2023.
(6) These awards were subject to multiple weighted performance metrics over the 2021 financial year. The performance condition was met in full and as such 100% of this award vested. The performance condition was met in full and as such 100% of this award vested. The specific targets are commercially sensitive and therefore are not disclosed prospectively. However, full details of the target and performance against that target will be disclosed at such time when it is no sharelonger considered commercially sensitive.
(7) Awards vest in four equal tranches from October 31, 2021 to October 31, 2024.
(8) These awards were subject to multiple weighted performance metrics over the 2022 financial year. The performance conditions were met in full and as such 100% of this award vested. The performance condition was met in full and as such 100% of this award vested. The specific targets are commercially sensitive and therefore are not disclosed prospectively. However, full details of the target and performance against that target will be disclosed at such time when it is no longer considered commercially sensitive.
(9) Awards vest in four equal tranches from October 31, 2022 to October 31, 2025.
(10) These awards were subject to multiple weighted performance metrics over the 2023 financial year as described above. The performance conditions for the one-year performance condition award were partially met and 25% of this award will be
86


eligible to vest. The specific targets are commercially sensitive and therefore are not disclosed prospectively. However, full details of the target and performance against that target will be disclosed at such time when it is no longer considered commercially sensitive.
(11) Awards subject to achievement of 1-year performance goals will vest in two equal tranches from October 31, 2023 to October 31, 2024. Awards subject to achievement of 3-year performance goals will vest, subject to achievement, on October 31, 2025.
(12)     Discounted ‘Share Success’ options to purchase Class A ordinary shares.
On July 26, 2018, we granted 217,000 Class A ordinary shares under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan to all eligible employees, maturing on December 1, 2024 and 37,500 Class A ordinary sharessubject to continued employment only. Non-discounted All-Employee ‘Share Success’ options granted under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-PlanEquity Incentive Plan to our executive officersall eligible employees, maturing on December 1, 2025 and directors.subject to continued employment only.

Directors’ Current Shareholdings and Interests in Shares
The table below provides details on the Directors’ current shareholdings as well as their interests in outstanding share awards as of June 30, 2023.
Unconditionally-owned shares(1)
Shareholding guideline (% base salary)
Percentage of salary/fees applicable to share ownership requirement(2)
Share Awards
Share Options(8)
EIP (unvested; still subject to performance)EIP (unvested; subject only to service condition)SSP (unvested options; not subject to performance)Total
Executive Directors
John Cotterell
8,991,236(3)
300%74109%
26,804(4)
70,112(5)
23797,153
Mark Thurston32,355300%671%
8,819(4)
31,201(5)
23740,257
Non-Executive Directors
Shareholding guideline ($ value)(6)
% guideline met(7)
Trevor Smith71,293 $300,000 1268%2,171 — 2,171 
Andrew Allan220,000 $300,000 3835%2,171 — 2,171 
Ben Druskin47,177 $300,000 852%2,171 — 2,171 
David Pattillo31,677 $300,000 584%2,171 — 2,171 
Sulina Connal3,007 $300,000 89%2,171 — 2,171 
Kathryn Hollister— $300,000 37%2,171 — 2,171 
Patrick Butcher— $300,000 0%— — — 
(1)      Represents shares in which no connected persons hold any interests.
(2)     This value includes all unconditionally-owned shares, plus the value of outstanding tranches of prior EIP awards that are subject to service conditions only (on a net of tax basis), valued using the share price at the end of the fiscal year ($51.79) converted to GBP of £41.04. Executive Directors are required to build and maintain a shareholding to the value of 300% of salary within five years of appointment.
(3)     Includes 2,000,000 shares held in trust.
(4)     Includes a number of EIP awards granted on December 13, 2022, subject to a performance period ending June 30, 2025
(5)    Includes a number of EIP awards granted on July 31, 2019, of which 100% vested based on performance up to June 30, 2020. Includes a number of EIP awards granted on September 16, 2020, of which 100% vested based on performance up to June 30, 2021. Includes a number of EIP awards granted on August 9, 2021, of which 100% vested based on performance up to June 30, 2022. Includes a number of EIP awards granted on December 13, 2022, of which 25% qualifies for vesting based on performance up to June 30, 2023.
(6)     Following shareholder approval of the Remuneration Policy at the December 2022 AGM, non-executive directors are required to build and maintain a share holding equivalent to $300,000 from the approval of the policy or, if later, their date of appointment.
(7)    Shareholding valued using the share price at June 30, 2023 of $51.79.
(8)    There are no vested but unexercised options.

87


Equity Compensation Arrangements
We have granted options and equity incentive awards under our (1) Endava Share Option Plan, or the Share Option Plan, (2) Joint Share Ownership Plan, or the JSOP, (3) 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, and (4) Non-Executive Director Long Term Incentive Plan, or the Non-Executive Director Plan, (5) the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, (6) the 2018 Non-Employee Sub Plan, or the 2018 Sub Plan, (7) the 2018 Sharesave Plan, the Sharesave Plan and (8) 2018 International Sub-Plan to the 2018 Sharesave Plan, or the International Sharesave Plan. We refer to the Share Option Plan, the JSOP, the 2015 Plan, and the Non-Executive Director Plan, the 2018 Plan, the 2018 Sub Plan, the Sharesave Plan and International Sharesave Plan together as the Plans. We adopted the Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, prior to the completion of our initial public offering. As of June 30, 2018,2023, there were 4,853,7102,758,463 Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the Plans, 4,203,98023,455 of which are held by the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust, or the Employee Benefit Trust. At any time between twelve and eighteen months following the completion of our initial public offering offering, we intend to cause the Employee Benefit Trust to sell up to 500,000 Class A ordinary shares. We expect to use the net proceeds from such sales to pay discretionary cash bonuses to our employees.EBT.
Endava Share Option Plan
On May 7, 2014, our board of directors adopted the Share Option Plan and, as a schedule to the Share Option Plan, the Endava Approved Share Option Plan, which is intended to qualify as a “company share option plan” that meets the requirements of Schedule 4 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or the CSOP. Options granted under the Share Option Plan have no tax advantages. Options granted under the CSOP are potentially U.K. tax-favored options up to an individual limit of £30,000£60,000 from April 6, 2023 (£30,000 prior) calculated by reference to the market value of the shares under option at the date of grant. All of our employees may participate in the Share Option Plan at the discretion of the board of directors. Employees who meet the CSOP legislative requirements may participate in the Share Option Plan at the discretion of the board of directors.
Options granted under the Share Option Plan may have any exercise price, provided that where the exercise of an option is to be satisfied by newly issued shares, the exercise price shall not be less than the nominal value of a share. Options granted under the CSOP must have an exercise price equal to the market value of a share on the date of grant. Options may be granted by the board of directors at any time up to the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the Share Option Plan and may not be transferred other than on death to the option holder’s personal representative.
The Share Option Plan replaced the Endava Limited Enterprise Management Incentives Plan, under which we previously granted share option awards to our employees. Following the adoption of the Share Option Plan, we no longer grant awards under the Endava Limited Enterprise Management Incentives Plan.
Awards
Options are exercisable in whole or in part at the times and subject to the vesting schedule set forth in the option agreement.


72


If a participant dies, a personal representative of the participant may exercise any option granted by the company to the participant to the extent set out in the option agreement for a period of twelve months from the date of death, after which the option shall lapse. If a participant ceases employment with the company due to ill health, injury, disability, retirement, the sale of the participant’s employer company or undertaking out of the company, the participant may exercise any option granted by the company to the extent set out in the option agreement for a period of three months, after which the option shall lapse.
In the event of any increase or variation of the company’s share capital or a rights issue, the board of directors may adjust the number of shares subject to an option and/or the exercise price.
Corporate Transactions
For options granted under the Share Option Plan, if any person obtains control of the company as a result of making a general offer for the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the company, options may be exercised within 30 days, or such earlier date as the board of directors shall determine, of the change of control or, at the sole discretion of the board of directors, during any period specified by the board of directors ending before the change of
88


control. Alternatively, and with the agreement of the option holder, options may be exchanged for options to acquire shares in the acquiring company.
For options granted under the CSOP, if a person obtains control of the company and in consequence the shares no longer meet the legislative CSOP requirements, options may be exercised no later than 20 days after the change of control. Alternatively, the board of directors may permit the option holders to exercise their options within the period of 20 days prior to the change of control. Alternatively, and with the agreement of the option holder, options may be exchanged for CSOP options over shares in the acquiring company.
If the board of directors considers that a listing of the shares on a stock exchange is likely to occur, the board of directors shall have discretion to permit options to be exercised and to waive any exercise conditions. The board of directors may also require that options may not be exercised until the end of any lock up period or require that some or all of the shares acquired on exercise of these options may not be transferred until the end of any lock up period. Alternatively, the board of directors may require options to continue following a listing of the shares, and the board of directors would have discretion to waive any remaining exercise conditions. On May 3, 2017, our Board exercised its discretion and has permitted that CSOP options may be exercised at the end of the lock up period.
Amendment
The board of directors may amend the Share Option Plan save that no amendment shall take effect that would materially affect the liability of any option holder or which would materially affect the value of his subsisting option without the prior written consent of the option holder. Subject to restrictions in the CSOP legislation, the board of directors may similarly amend the CSOP.
Joint Share Ownership Plan
On June 28, 2011, our board of directors adopted the Joint Share Ownership Plan, or the JSOP. Under the JSOP, our executive directors and employees have the ability to acquire shares jointly with the trustees of the Employee Benefit Trust,EBT, which operates in conjunction with the JSOP. The beneficiaries of the Employee Benefit TrustEBT are our employees, including former employees, and executive directors. The trustee of the Employee Benefit TrustEBT is Equiom (Guernsey) Limited, or the Trustee, which is an independent trustee. Awards under the JSOP are documented in individual JSOP agreements executed as deeds by the relevant participant, the Trustee and the company.
Awards
Participants in the JSOP hold a restricted beneficial interest in a specified number of shares, or the JSOP Shares. A participant has the right to the future increase in value of those JSOP Shares above an agreed threshold amount. The Trustee is the legal owner of the JSOP Shares. The Trustee and the participant hold their beneficial interests in the JSOP Shares in specified proportions.


73


Neither the Trustee nor the participant can transfer their interest in the JSOP Shares without the consent of the other. The JSOP Shares can only be transferred or disposed of or dealt with in accordance with the terms of the JSOP agreement.
The JSOP Shares shall include any other shares or securities that may be acquired in addition to, or in place of, such shares as a result of any variation in the share capital of the company, other than as a result of a rights issue. In the event of a rights issue in respect of the JSOP Shares, the Trustee shall notify the participant and they may agree between themselves in writing that the Trustee shall contribute funds (some or all of which may come from the participant) sufficient to take up the rights and the shares received shall not form part of the JSOP Shares, but shall be held by the Trustee for the Trustee and the participant in proportion to the funds contributed by the Trustee and the participant to fund the take up of the rights. In the absence of such agreement, the Trustee shall sell sufficient of the rights (nil paid) to fund the exercise of the balance of the rights.
The participant and the Trustee may agree between themselves how to exercise votes attaching to the JSOP Shares.
Dividends on JSOP Shares are paid and belong to the Trustee unless the Trustee agrees with the company to waive such dividends.
89


Corporate Transactions
Certain events terminate the joint ownership arrangement with the Trustee, including (a) a sale of the company; (b) following a listing on a recognized stock exchange, such as our initial public offering, when the participant gives a specific notice to the Trustee and the company in respect of the JSOP Shares; (c) the expiry of 25 years from the date of the applicable trust deed; and (d) the participant leaving employment with the company when the market value of the JSOP Shares is less than the threshold amount. We refer to these events as “Trigger Events.”
On the date of a Trigger Event, the Trustee has an option to acquire the beneficial interest belonging to the participant. If the Trustee exercises this option, the Trustee will then either transfer shares of a value equal or pay cash to the participant in an amount equal to the value of the option, calculated according to the terms of the JSOP. On and from the date of any Trigger Event, and if and for so long as the Trustee has not exercised the option referred to above, the Trustee will use reasonable endeavors to sell the JSOP Shares and distribute the net proceeds of sale between the Trustee and the participant in the proportions calculated according to the terms of the JSOP.
Amendment
The board of directors, with the consent of the Trustee, may make certain amendments to the JSOP agreement that it considers necessary or appropriate to benefit the administration of the JSOP, to take account of a change in legislation or regulatory law or relevant accounting practice or principles or to obtain or maintain favourablefavorable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for the participant, the Trustee or any member of the company.
No alteration may be made that would materially increase the liability of the participant, the Trustee or the company or materially increase or decrease the value of the JSOP Shares, without the approval of the person concerned.
Endava Limited 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan
On June 30, 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan. Awards under the 2015 Plan may be in the form of a conditional right to acquire shares at no cost to the participant, or a Conditional Share Award, or an option to acquire shares with an exercise price which may be zero.
The aggregate number of shares over which 2015 Plan awards can be made is limited to such amounts as agreed by shareholders from time to time. The aggregate number of shares approved by shareholders as at the date of adoption of the 2015 Plan was 1,000,000.
Employees of the company may participate in the 2015 Plan at the discretion of the board of directors. 2015 Plan awards may be granted by the board of directors up to the tenth anniversary of adoption of the 2015 Plan or until the date of a listing of the shares and are not capable of transfer other than on death to the employee’s personal representative.


74


Awards
Awards under the 2015 Plan are expressed to “bank” (meaning a 2015 Plan award has become eligible to “vest”). “Vest” means an option can be exercised or, for a Conditional Share Award, shares will be transferred. Vesting occurs on or after an “Exit Event,” which includes a sale of all of the shares or all or substantially all of the assets of the company or a listing of the shares on a stock exchange, such as our initial public offering. The board of directors also has power to declare that an Exit Event has occurred such that all of a banked 2015 Plan award, or such proportion as the board of directors shall determine, may vest immediately or on a specified future date, subject to such further conditions as the board of directors may require which may include that an option may lapse if not exercised within a specified period.
Unless otherwise specified by the board of directors at the date 2015 Plan awards are made, 2015 Plan awards bank in five equal tranches based on the satisfaction of performance targets for each financial year, including threshold, target and targetmaximum achievement levels.
90


Between threshold and targetmaximum achievement levels, the proportion of a tranche that banks is calculated on a straight line basis, with fractional shares rounded down to the nearest whole number. The date of banking is the date the board of directors determines the level of achievement of the applicable performance targets, and the board of directors determines threshold, target and targetmaximum achievement levels each year.
The board of directors, in its absolute discretion, may determine that all unbanked 2015 Plan awards bank in full or in part immediately or on a specified future date, subject to such further conditions as the board of directors shall reasonably require.
Upon a variation in the share capital of the company, the number and description of shares subject to 2015 Plan awards and any award/exercise price will be adjusted proportionately.
If the holder of a 2015 Plan award ceases employment with the company, no further banking of his 2015 Plan award will occur and the award will lapse, except that upon death or where the individual is a “Good Leaver,” only his unbanked 2015 Plan award would lapse, and his banked awards would vest and be exercisable during the period of six months after the date of cessation of employment or six months after the date of leaving (if later), or during the period of 12 months on death. “Good Leaver” is defined to include cessation of employment by reason of injury, ill health, disability, retirement, his employing company or undertaking being sold out of the company or cessation of employment in any other circumstances if the board of directors so decides.
Corporate Transactions
Where the Exit Event is a sale of the company, the board of directors may at its discretion determine that all or a proportion of unbanked 2015 Plan awards will bank. Banked 2015 Plan awards will vest on the date of the change of control and the board of directors may impose a condition that any proceeds of disposal of the shares shall be subject to deferral on such terms as are intended to be consistent with the vesting schedule specified in the 2015 Plan award certificate. An option that vests in these circumstances may be exercised within 30 days of the change of control or such longer period as determined by the board of directors and shall lapse at the end of such period unless the board of directors determines otherwise.
The board of directors has power to net settle 2015 Plan awards and 2015 Plan awards may be exchanged for equivalent awards over shares in an acquiring company.
Amendment
The board of directors has power to amend the 2015 Plan, including to adopt sub-plans for the benefit of employees located outside the United Kingdom. Without the prior approval of the company at a general meeting, an amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future 2015 Plan award holders relating to the limit on the aggregate number of shares over which 2015 Plan awards may be made or to the 2015 Plan provision regarding amendments.


75


Non-Executive Director Long Term Incentive Plan
On June 21, 2017, our board of directors adopted the Non-Executive Director Long Term Incentive Plan, or the Non-Executive Director Plan. The aggregate number of shares over which Non-Executive Director Plan awards can be made is limited to such amounts as agreed by shareholders from time to time.
The Non-Executive Director Plan is similar to the 2015 Plan described above, except that only non-executive directors of the company may participate, and references to employment are replaced with references to continuous service as a non-executive director of the company.
Awards
Unless otherwise specified by the board of directors at the date Non-Executive Director Plan awards are made, the Non-Executive Director Plan award certificate will provide that Non-Executive Director Plan awards will bank in three equal tranches based on continuous service on the anniversaries of the date of award. Unless otherwise
91


specified by the board of directors at the date the Non-Executive Director Plan awards are made, Non-Executive Director Plan awards will vest as follows:
DateLevel of vesting
Date of Exit EventBanked award x 50%(A)
1st anniversary of Exit Event
(Cumulative banked awards x 100%) – A(B)
If the first anniversary of the Exit Event occurs prior to the date the Non-Executive Director Plan award will become banked, the Non-Executive Director Plan award will continue to bank in accordance with the Non-Executive Director Plan rules, and banked Non-Executive Director Plan awards not previously vested will vest on the date of banking. Cumulative banked Non-Executive Director Plan awards will take account of all Non-Executive Director Plan awards banked on or before the relevant vesting date.
Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which became effective prior toor the completion2018 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on April 16, 2018 and approved by our initial public offering,shareholders on May 3, 2018. The 2018 Plan allows for the grant of equity-based incentive awards to our employees, and directors,including employees who are also serve as our employees.directors. The material terms of the 2018 Plan are summarized below:
Eligibility and Administration
Our employees and directors, who are also our employees, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, referred to as service providers are eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan is administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations imposed under the 2018 Plan, and other applicable laws and stock exchange rules. The plan administrator has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the 2018 Plan, to interpret the 2018 Plan and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the 2018 Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator also has the authority to determine which eligible service providers receive awards, grant awards, set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2018 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2018 Plan.
Shares Available for Awards
The maximum number of Class A ordinary shares that may be issued under our 2018 Plan as of June 30, 20182023 is 5,530,000,6,892,567 which includes Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan described below. No more than 16,050,000 Class A ordinary shares may be issued under the 2018 Plan upon the exercise of incentive share options. In addition, the number of Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2028, in an amount equal to 2% of the total number of shares outstanding on December 31 of the


76


preceding calendar year. Our board may act prior to January 1 of a given year to provide that there will be no increase for such year or that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of Class A ordinary shares. Class A ordinary shares issued under the 2018 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.
If an award under the 2018 Plan, including the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan, expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any unused shares subject to the award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2018 Plan. Awards granted under the 2018 Plan in substitution for any options or other equity or equity-based awards granted by an entity before the entity’s merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of the entity’s property or stock will not reduce the number of Class A ordinary shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan, but will count against the maximum number of Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive options.
92


Awards
The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of options, share appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units, or RSUs, performance restricted share units, or PSUs, and other share-based awards. All awards under the 2018 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms, change of control provisions and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.
Options and SARs. Options provide for the purchase of our Class A ordinary shares in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR.
Restricted Shares, RSUs and PSUs. Restricted shares are an award of nontransferable Class A ordinary shares that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs and PSUs are contractual promises to deliver our Class A ordinary shares in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted shares, RSUs and PSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the 2018 Plan.
Other Share-Based Awards. Other share-based awards are awards of fully vested Class A ordinary shares and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, our Class A ordinary shares or other property. Other share-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other share-based awards, which may include any purchase price, performance goal, transfer restrictions and vesting conditions.
Performance Criteria
The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period.
Certain Transactions
In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our ordinary shares, including a change of control, another similar corporate transaction or event, another unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting us or our financial statements or a change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2018 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to


77


which awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2018 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2018 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.
In the event of a change of control where the successor or acquirer entity does not agree to assume, continue or rollover the awards, the awards will vest in full effective immediately prior to the change of control. Additionally, where a successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary, assumes the awards or substitutes them for awards covering their equity securities, with appropriate adjustments, as determined by the plan administrator, and a participant is terminated without cause by us (or our successor or applicable subsidiary thereof) on or within 12 months following the effective date of the change of control, such participant’s awards will immediately vest effective on the date of their termination.
93


Plan Amendment and Termination
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2018 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2018 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2018 Plan without the consent of the affected participant and shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. Further, the plan administrator cannot, without the approval of our shareholders, amend any outstanding option or SAR to reduce its price per share or cancel any outstanding option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award under the 2018 Plan with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original option or SAR. The 2018 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of its effective date unless earlier terminated by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan after its termination.
Transferability and Participant Payments
Except as the plan administrator may determine or provide in an award agreement, awards under the 2018 Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the plan administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2018 Plan, and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of options under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or cheque, our ordinary shares that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a “market sell order,” such other consideration as the plan administrator deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.
Non-U.S. Participants
The plan administrator may modify awards granted to participants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the United States or establish sub-plans or procedures to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.
2018 Non-Employee Sub Plan
The 2018 Non-Employee Sub Plan was adopted by our board of directors on April 16, 2018 and approved by our shareholders on May 3, 2018. The 2018 Non-Employee Sub Plan governs equity awards granted to our non-executivenon-employee directors, consultants, advisers and other non-employee service providers. The 2018 Non-Employee Sub Plan was adopted under the 2018 Plan and provides for awards to be made on identical terms to awards made under our 2018 Plan.
Endava plc 2018 Sharesave Plan
The 2018 Sharesave Plan, which became effective prior toor the completionSharesave Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on April 16, 2018 and approved by our initial public offering,shareholders on May 3, 2018. The Sharesave Plan is a U.K. tax advantaged share option plan and is intended to comply with the requirements of Schedule 3 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or Schedule 3. The 2018 Sharesave Plan may be extended to award similar benefits to employees outside the U.K.United Kingdom. The material terms of the 2018 Sharesave Plan are summarized below:
Shares available for options
The maximum number of Class A ordinary shares that may be issued under our 2018 Sharesave Plan as of June 30, 20182023 is 2,675,0007,175,588 Class A ordinary shares, which includes Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance under any overseas plan described below. In addition, the number of Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Sharesave Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2028, in an amount equal to 2% of the total number of shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year. Our board of directors may act prior to January 1 of a given year to provide that there will be no increase for such year or that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of Class A ordinary shares.


94
78



Eligibility and participation
The 2018 Sharesave Plan provides that our employees and full-time directors who are U.K. resident taxpayers are eligible to participate. The board of directors may at its discretion extend participation under the 2018 Sharesave Plan to other employees and directors who do not meet these requirements, subject to the rules of the plan.requirements. The 2018 Sharesave Plan provides that the board may require employees to have completed a qualifying period of employment (of up to five years) before they may apply for the grant of an option to purchase Class A ordinary shares.
Participation in the 2018 Sharesave Plan requires employees to agree to make regular monthly contributions to an approved savings contract of three or five years (or such other period permitted by the governing legislation). Subject to the following limits, the board of directors will determine the maximum amount that an employee may contribute under a savings contract linked to options to purchase Class A ordinary shares granted under the 2018 Sharesave Plan. Monthly savings by an employee under the 2018 Sharesave Plan and all savings contracts linked to options granted under any Schedule 3 tax-advantaged scheme may not exceed the statutory maximum (currently £500 per month in aggregate).The. The number of Class A ordinary shares over which an option is granted will be such that the total option price payable for these shares will normally correspond to the proceeds on maturity of the related savings contract.
No options to purchase Class A ordinary shares may be granted under the 2018 Sharesave Plan more than 10 years after the 2018 Sharesave Plan has been approved by shareholders.    
The option price per Class A ordinary share under the 2018 Sharesave Plan will be the market value of a Class A ordinary share when options to purchase Class A ordinary shares are granted under the 2018 Sharesave Plan less a discount of up to 20%, or such other maximum discount permitted under the governing legislation.
Exercise and lapse of options
Options granted under the 2018 Sharesave Plan will normally be exercisable for a six-month period from the end of the relevant three or five year savings contract. Any options not exercised within the relevant exercise period will lapse.
An option may be exercised before the end of the relevant savings period, for a limited period, on the death of a participant or on his or her ceasing to hold office or employment with Endava by reason of injury, disability, redundancy, retirement, the sale or transfer out of the group of his or her employing company or business, their employer ceasing to be an associated company or for any other reason (provided in such case the option was granted more than three years previously).
Options are not assignable or transferrable.transferable.
Certain transactions
Rights to exercise options early for a limited period also arise if another company acquires control of Endava as a result of a takeover or upon a scheme of arrangement or becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares under the compulsory acquisition provisions. An option may be exchanged for an option over shares in the acquiring company if the participant so wishes and the acquiring company agrees.
In the event of any variation in our share capital, the board of directors may make such adjustment as it considers appropriate to the number of Class A ordinary shares under option and/or the price payable on the exercise of an option.
2018 Sharesave Plan amendment
Our board of directors may, at any time, amend the provisions of the 2018 Sharesave Plan in any respect, provided that the prior approval of shareholders is obtained for any amendments that are to the material disadvantage of participants in respect of the rules governing eligibility, limits on participation, the overall limits on the issue of shares or the transfer of treasury shares, the basis for determining a participant’s entitlement to, and the terms of, the shares to be acquired and the adjustment of options.


95
79



Overseas plans2018 International Sub-Plan
Our board of directors may at any time and without further formality establish further plans or schedulesThe 2018 International Sub-Plan to the 2018 Sharesave Plan in overseas territories, any such plan or schedule to bewas adopted by our board of directors on October 24, 2018. The 2018 International Sub-Plan is similar to the 2018 Sharesave Plan but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice. Class A ordinary shares made available under any such plan or schedulethe 2018 International Sub-Plan will count against the limit on the number of new Class A ordinary shares that may be issued under the 2018 Sharesave Plan.
Insurance and Indemnification
To the extent permitted by the Companies Act, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. We maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities. In connection with our initial public offering in July 2018, weliabilities and have entered into a deed of indemnity with each of our directors and executive officers.
Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our board of directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
C. Board Practices
Composition of our Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of sevennine members. Our board of directors has determined that fiveseven of our sevennine directors, Messrs.Andrew Allan, Patrick Butcher, Sulina Connal, Ben Druskin, Kinton,Kathryn Hollister, David Pattillo and Trevor Smith, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or senior management.
In accordance with our amended and restated articles of association, that were adopted immediately prior to the completion of our initial public offering, each of our directors serves for a term of one year and retires from office at every annual general meeting of shareholders. If at any such meeting the place of a retiring director is not filled, the retiring director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been reelected. If it is resolved not to fill such vacated office, or a motion for the re-election of such director shall have been put to the meeting and lost, the director shall not be re-elected unless this would result in the number of directors falling below the minimum number of directors required.
Committees of our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a remuneration committee and a nomination committee.
Audit Committee
The audit committee, which currently consists of Messrs. Allan, Butcher, Pattillo and Smith, assists the board of directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. Mr. Allan will retire from the board of directors at the end of his current term, and will therefore not be seeking re-election at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in December 2023. Mr. Allan will step down from the audit committee following the filing of this report. Mr. Pattillo serves as chairman of the committee. The audit committee consists exclusively of members of our board of directors who are financially literate, and Mr. Pattillo is considered an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of the audit committee satisfy the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The audit committee is governed by a charter that complies with New York Stock Exchange rules.


96
80



The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
assessing, reviewing and discussing with the executive officers, the board of directors and the independent auditor our financial statements and our financial reporting process, including significant issues regarding accounting principles, policies and practices;
monitoring and reviewing with executive officers and the independent auditor the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;
evaluating and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit services;
approving the audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditor;
evaluating the independent auditor’s qualifications, performance and independence, and presenting its conclusions to the full board of directors on at least an annual basis; and
reviewing and discussing with the executive officers, the board of directors and the independent auditor our financial statements and our financial reporting process; and
approving or ratifying any related person transaction (as defined by applicable rules and regulations) in accordance with our applicable policies.policies, as well as review management’s efforts to monitor compliance with company programs and policies adhering to applicable rules and regulations.
The audit committee meets as often as one or more members of the audit committee deem necessary, but in any event will meetmeets at least four times per year. The audit committee meets at least once per year with our independent accountant, without our senior management being present.
Remuneration Committee
The remuneration committee, which currently consists of Messrs. Cotterell, Allan, KintonDruskin and Smith and Ms. Hollister, assists the board of directors in determining senior managementexecutive officer compensation. Mr. KintonAllan serves as chairman of the committee. Mr. Allan will retire from the Board of Directors at the end of his current term, and will therefore not be seeking re-election at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in December 2023. Mr. Allan will step down as chairman of the remuneration committee following the filing of this report, following which Ms. Hollister will chair the remuneration committee. Mr. Allan will remain a member of the remuneration committee until the end of his current term. Under SEC and New York Stock Exchange rules, there are heightened independence standards for members of the remuneration committee, including a prohibition against the receipt of any compensation from us other than standard board member fees. Although foreign private issuers are not required to meet this heightened standard with respect to all members, we have determined that each of Messrs. Allan, Kinton and Smithall members meet this heightened standard, while Mr. Cotterell does not meet this heightened standard.
The remuneration committee’s responsibilities include:
approving, modifying and overseeing our overall compensation strategy and policies;
reviewing and recommending to the board of directors for approval the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to the members of our board of directors;
sole responsibility for the appointment, selection, retention, termination and oversight of any compensation consultants and other advisors retained by the remuneration committee;
reviewing, evaluating and approving all compensatory agreements and arrangements, elements of compensation, and performance goals and objectives related to compensation of our senior management,executive officers, including our chief executive officer;Chief Executive Officer;
reviewing and approving the goals and objectives of our senior management,executive officers, including our chief executive officer,Chief Executive Officer, and evaluating their performance in light of relevant performance goals and objectives;
97


having the full power and authority of our board of directors to adopt, amend, terminate and administer our equity awards, pension, and profit sharing plans, bonus plans, benefit plans and similar programs; and
periodically reviewing with our chief executive officer the succession plans for our executive officers and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the selection of appropriate individuals to succeed to these positions; and
reviewing and assessing risks arising from our compensation policies and practices.


81


Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee, which currently consists of Messrs. Allan, Druskin Kinton and Smith and Mses. Connal and Hollister, assists our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors consistent with criteria established by our board of directors and in developing our corporate governance principles. Mr. Smith serves as chairman of the committee.
The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:
identifying and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors, including nomination of incumbent directors for reelection;
reviewing and evaluating the size and composition of our board of directors;
recommending nominees for election to our board of directors and its corresponding committees;
overseeing the evaluation and periodically reviewing the performance of the board of directors and management, including committees of the board of directors, and reporting the results of such assessment to the board of directors; and
assisting the board of directors in overseeing our corporate governance functions, including developing, updating and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance principles.principles; and
periodically reviewing with our Chief Executive Officer the succession plans for our executive officers and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the selection of appropriate individuals to succeed to these positions.
D. Employees
As of June 30, 2018, 20172023, 2022 and 2016,2021 we had 4,819, 3,74412,063, 11,853 and 2,7958,883 employees (including directors), respectively. We have collective bargaining agreements with our employees in Romania. We believe our employee relations are good and we have not experienced any work stoppages. In connection with COVID-19, our workforce has transitioned to a hybrid working model. We anticipate that a significant number of our employees will continue to work from home at least part time, as part of this hybrid working model.
98


At each date shown, we had the following employees (including directors), broken out by department and geography:
As of June 30,
202320222021
Function:
Employees involved in delivery of our services10,938 10,844 8,059 
Selling, general and administrative1,125 1,009 824 
Total12,063 11,853 8,883 
Geography:
Western Europe(1)
659 602 493 
Central Europe - EU Countries5,693 6,093 4,469 
Sub-total: Western Europe & Central Europe - EU Countries(1)
6,352 6,695 4,962 
Central Europe - Non-EU Countries2,689 2,842 2,361 
Latin America1,661 1,927 1,244 
North America324 348 311 
Asia-Pacific(2)
1,032 38 
Middle East— 
Total12,063 11,853 8,883 
 As of June 30,
 2018 2017 2016
Function:     
Employees Involved in Delivery of Our Services4,368
 3,433
 2,578
Selling, General and Administrative451
 311
 217
Total4,819
 3,744
 2,795
Geography:     
Western Europe232
 233
 237
Central Europe - EU Countries2,578
 2,314
 1,572
Sub-total: EU Countries (Western & Central Europe)2,810
 2,547
 1,809
Central Europe - Non-EU Countries1,279
 1,073
 928
Latin America665
 68
 
North America65
 56
 58
Total4,819
 3,744
 2,795
(1)        The increased headcount in Western Europe from 2022 to 2023 includes 69 acquired employees in connection with our acquisition of DEK in June 2023.

(2)        The increased headcount in Asia-Pacific from 2022 to 2023 includes acquired employees in connection with our acquisitions of Lexicon in October 2022 (135 employees), Mudbath in May 2023 (112 employees) and DEK in June 2023 (656 employees).

E. Share Ownership.
For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, see “Item 6.B.—Compensation—Outstanding equityEquity Awards, as of June 30, 2018”Grants and Option Exercises” and “Item 7.A—Major Shareholders.”


F. Disclosure of a Registrant’s Actions to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation
82

Not applicable.

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major Shareholders.
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our shares as of September 30, 2018: August 15, 2023:
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our Class A ordinary shares;
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our Class B ordinary shares;
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our Class C ordinary shares;
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our Class A ordinary shares Class B ordinary shares and Class CB ordinary shares in the aggregate;
each of our executive officers;
each of our directors; and
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
99


The percentage ownership and voting power information shown in the table is based upon 11,994,98042,433,779 Class A ordinary shares 27,257,215and 15,317,210 Class B ordinary shares and 13,780,945 Class C ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2018.August 15, 2023.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the vesting of restricted stock units and the exercise of share options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before November 29, 2018,October 14, 2023, which is 60 days after September 30, 2018.August 15, 2023. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. In addition, the total number of Class A ordinary shares in the table below does not give effect to the potential conversion of any Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares. See the section entitled “Key Provisions in our Articles of Association-Shares and Rights Attaching to Them-Share Conversion” and “Key Provisions in our Articles of Association-Shares and Rights Attaching to Them-Restrictions on Transfer” in Exhibit 2.3(a) to this Annual Report on Form 20-F (Description of Share Capital) for a discussion of the entitlement of holders of Class B ordinary shares to convert them into Class A ordinary shares and limitations on such entitlement. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.


100
83



Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Endava plc, 125 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom.
 Class A Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Class B Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Class C Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Total Voting Power
 Shares % Shares % Shares % %
Name of Beneficial Owner
5% or Greater Shareholders
Employee Benefit Trust (1)
4,703,980
 39.2
 
 
 
 
 1.58
Alex Day(2)

 
 3,419,610
 12.6
 
 
 11.46
Goran Stevanovic(3)

 
 1,662,500
 6.1
 
 
 5.57
David Heron(4)

 
 894,570
 3.28
 2,105,430
 15.28
 3.70
Sarah Fraser(5)

 
 
 
 1,273,595
 9.24
 *
Norman Fraser(6)

 
 
 
 1,120,600
 8.13
 *
Robert Spittal(7)

 
 
 
 1,023,890
 7.43
 *
David Feltham(8)

 
 
 
 898,390
 6.52
 *
Ken Watt(9)

 
 
 
 750,000
 5.44
 *
Simon Rust(10)

 
 
 
 771,505
 5.6
 *
              
Executive Officers and Directors:            
John Cotterell(11)

 
 9,891,475
 36.3
 
 
 33.15
Mark Thurston(12)
500
 * 4,250
 *
 
 
 *
Rob Machin(13)

 
 561,335
 2.1
 
 
 1.88
Julian Bull(14)

 
 1,153,010
 4.23
 
 
 3.86
Andrew Allan(15)

 
 412,700
 1.51
 
 
 1.38
Ben Druskin(16)
25,000
 * 11,375
 *
 
 
 *
Michael Kinton(17)

 
 2,370,390
 8.7
 
 
 7.95
David Pattillo(18)
10,000
 * 11,375
 *
 
 
 *
Trevor Smith(19)
2,000
 * 61,375
 *
 
 
 *
All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)(20)
37,500
 * 14,477,285
 53.11
 
 
 48.54
 Class A Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Class B Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned 
Total Voting Power
 Shares % Shares % %
Name of Beneficial Owner
5% or Greater Shareholders
Alex Day— — 2,051,766 13.4 10.5 
Goran Stevanovic— — 1,662,500 10.9 8.5 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and related entities(1)
8,254,362 19.5 — — 4.2 
Grandeur Peak Global Advisors, LLC(2)
2,583,084 6.1 — — 1.3 
BAMCO Inc./Ronald Baron/Baron Capital Group, Inc.(3)
2,426,810 5.7 — — 1.2
Executive Officers and Directors:        
John Cotterell(4)
491,236 1.2 8,500,000 55.5 43.7 
Mark Thurston(5)
28,105 *4,250**
Rohit Bhoothalingam(6)
5,300 *— — *
Julian Bull(7)
2,383 *461,204 3.0 2.4 
David Churchill(8)
— — — — — 
Matt Cloke(9)
2,318 *— — *
Andrew Allan(10)
20,000 *200,000 1.3 1.0 
Patrick Butcher(11)
— — — — — 
Sulina Connal(12)
3,007 *— — *
Ben Druskin(13)
35,802 *11,375**
Kathryn Hollister(14)
— — — — — 
David Pattillo(15)
20,302 *11,375**
Trevor Smith(16)
9,918 *61,375**
All current executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(17)
618,371 1.5 9,249,579 60.4 47.6 
________________
*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
*    Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
†    Represents the voting power with respect to all of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares, voting as a single class. Each Class A ordinary share and each Class C ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per share. The Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders.
(1)    Based solely on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2023. Consists of ADSs representing Class A ordinary shares. According to the filing, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., or Price Associates, has (i) sole voting power over 1,372,162 ADSs and (ii) sole dispositive power over 8,254,362 ADSs, and T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc., or New Horizons Fund, has (i) sole voting power over 6,597,229 ADSs and (ii) sole dispositive power over zero ADSs. Price Associates does not serve as custodian of the assets of any of its clients; accordingly, in each instance only the client or the client’s custodian or trustee bank has the right to receive dividends paid with respect to, and proceeds from the sale of, such securities. The ultimate power to direct the receipt of dividends paid with respect to, and the proceeds from the sale of, such securities, is vested in the individual and institutional clients which Price Associates serves as investment adviser. Any and all discretionary authority which has been delegated to Price Associates may be revoked in whole or in part at any time. Not more than 5% of the class of such securities is owned by any one client subject to the investment advice of Price Associates. With respect to securities owned by any one of the registered investment companies sponsored by Price Associates for which it also serves as investment adviser, or T. Rowe Price Funds, only the custodian for each of such T. Rowe Price Funds has the right to receive dividends paid with respect to, and proceeds from the sale of, such securities. No other person is entitled to one vote per share and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary share will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders.
(1)Consists of (1) 3,440,465 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of participants in the JSOP, including (a) 241,160 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Day, (b) 394,185 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Spittal, (c) 665,825 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Cotterell, (d) 194,880 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Machin, (e) 74,825 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Bull, (f) 50,970 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Allan, (g) 50,970 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Kinton and (h) 50,000 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Smith, (2) 763,515 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of participants in our 2015 Plan and (3) 500,000 Class A ordinary shares held in trust for purposes of payment of discretionary cash bonuses. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Joint Share Ownership Plan” for a description of the JSOP and “Management—Equity Compensation Arrangements” for a description of the discretionary cash bonuses. The Employee Benefit Trust has joint ownership interest and certain voting rights with respect to these shares. The principal business address of the Employee Benefit Trust is Equiom (Guernsey) Limited, PO Box 175, Frances House, Sir William Place, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4HQ. As of September 30, 2018, the Employee Benefit Trust held 8.9% of our ordinary shares.


101
84



(2)
Excludes (1) 241,160 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Day by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (2) 12,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Day under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(3)
Excludes 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Stevanovic under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(4)Consists of (1) 894,570 Class B ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Heron and (2) 2,105,430 Class C ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Heron.
(5)Consists of 1,273,595 Class C ordinary shares held directly by Ms. Fraser.
(6)Consists of 1,120,600 Class C ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Fraser.
(7)Excludes 394,185 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Spittal by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP. See footnote (1).
(8)Excludes 1,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Feltham under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(9)Consists of 750,000 Class C ordinary shares held directly by Mr Watt.
(10)Consists of 771,5065 Class C ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Rust.
(11)Consists of (1) 7,891,475 Class B ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Cotterell, (2) 2,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held in a trust of which Mr. Cotterell is a trustee. Excludes 665,825 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Cotterell by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (3) 90,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Cotterell under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(12)Excludes (1) 100,000 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Thurston by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the 2015 Plan and (2) 45,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Thurston under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava Limited 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2015 Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(13)Excludes (1) 194,880 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Machin by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (2) 36,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Machin under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(14)Excludes (1) 74,825 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Bull by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (2) 36,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr Bull under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
(15)Excludes (1) 3,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan, (2) 50,970 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Allan by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (3) 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Allan under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Non-Executive Director Plan” for a description of the Non-Executive Director Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.
(16)Excludes (1) 3,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan and (2) 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Druskin under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Non-Executive Director Plan” for a description of the Non-Executive Director Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.
(17)Excludes (1) 3,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan, (2) 50,970 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Kinton by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (3) 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Kinton under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Non-Executive Director Plan” for a description of the Non-Executive Director Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.
(18)Excludes (1) 3,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan and (2) 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Pattillo under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Non-Executive Director Plan” for a description of the Non-Executive Director Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.


known to have such right, except that the shareholders of each such Fund participate proportionately in any dividends and distributions so paid. The address of Price Associates and New Horizons Fund is 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.
85(2)    Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2023. Consists of ADSs representing Class A ordinary shares held of record by Grandeur Peak Global Advisors, LLC. The address of Grandeur Peak Global Advisors, LLC is 136 S. Main Street, Suite 720, Salt Lake City, UT 84101.
(3)    Based solely on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2023. Consists of ADSs representing Class A ordinary shares held of record by BAMCO Inc., or BAMCO, Baron Capital Group, Inc., or BCG, Baron Capital Management, Inc., or BCM, and Ronald Baron, who have shared voting power and shared dispositive power over the shares. BAMCO and BCM are subsidiaries of BCG, and Ronald Baron owns a controlling interest in BCG. The principal business address for each of BAMCO, BCM, BCG and Ronald Baron is 767 Fifth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, NY 10153.


(4)    Consists of (1) 6,500,000 Class B ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Cotterell and (2) 2,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held in a trust of which Mr. Cotterell is a trustee. Excludes (1) 192,549 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(19)Excludes (1) 3,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan, (2) 50,000 Class A ordinary shares held in trust on behalf of Mr. Smith by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the JSOP and (3) 7,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable to Mr. Smith under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan. See footnote (1). See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Non-Executive Director Plan” for a description of the Non-Executive Director Plan. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements—Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.
(20)Excludes (1) 1,087,470 Class A ordinary shares held in trust by Equiom pursuant to the JSOP, (2) 100,000 Class A ordinary shares held in trust by the Employee Benefit Trust pursuant to the 2015 Plan, (3) 18,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Non-Executive Director Plan, (4) 207,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and 37,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Non-Employee Sub-Plan.
(5)    Excludes 76,399 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(6)    Excludes (1) 47,562 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan and (2) 86 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Sharesave Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(7)    Excludes 66,158 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(8)    Excludes 17,700 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(9)    Excludes 17,081 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(10)    Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(11)    Mr. Butcher was appointed as a director, effective May 2, 2023 and does not hold any ordinary shares as of the date of this report.
(12) Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(13)    Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(14)    Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023
(15)    Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(16) Excludes 2,171 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, none of which are issuable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.
(17)    Excludes (1) 417,449 Class A ordinary shares issuable under the 2018 Plan, and (2) 86 Class A Shares issuable under the Sharesave Plan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2023.

David Heron, Robert Spittal, Sarah Fraser, Norman Fraser, David Feltham and Simon Rust, each of whom beneficially owned more than 5% of our share capital as of August 31, 2019, each ceased to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our share capital as of August 15, 2020. Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 11, 2021, Massachusetts Financial Services Company no longer beneficially owned more than 5% of our ordinary shares. Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on January 11, 2021, FMR LLC no longer beneficially owned more than 5% of our ordinary shares. To our knowledge, other than as disclosed above, no major shareholder has disclosed a significant change in its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares during the three years ended June 30, 2023.
We are not aware of any arrangement whereby we are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly, nor are we aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
102


Record Holders.Holders
As of September 30, 2018, approximately 15.9%August 15, 2023, 57,750,989 of our ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) were issued and outstanding. To our knowledge, less than 1.0% of our total outstanding Class A ordinary shares were held by nine20 record holders in the United States. As of August 15, 2023, to our knowledge, approximately 1.3% of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares are held by three record holders in the United States. Additionally, approximately 88.0% of our total outstanding Class A ordinary shares are held by a nominee of the depositary for the ordinary shares underlying our ADSs. The actual number of holdersbeneficial owners of the ADSs in the United States is greaterlikely to be much larger than these numbersthe number of record holders and includesof our ordinary shares in the United States as the calculation of record holders does not include beneficial owners whose ordinary shares or ADSs are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include holders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
B. Related Party Transactions.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

We have adopted a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For the purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we or any of our subsidiaries and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 or which is unusual in its nature or conditions. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any enterprise that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, our company; and associate (i.e., any unconsolidated enterprise in which we have a significant influence or which has significant influence over us); any individual owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of our share capital that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; any key management personnel (i.e., those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our activities, including directors and senior management and close members of such individuals’ families; or enterprise in which a substantial interest in the voting power of our share capital is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in the prior two clauses or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, including enterprises owned by our directors or major shareholders and enterprises that have a member of key management in common with us.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third- party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant shareholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 20172022 to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Transactions with the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust
On June 28, 2011, we established the Employee Benefit Trust to operate in conjunction with our JSOP and other incentive arrangements. The beneficiaries of the Employee Benefit Trust are our employees, including former employees, and directors. The Trustee is an independent trustee. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Joint Share Ownership Plan.”
As of June 30, 2018, the Employee Benefit Trust held 4,703,980 of our Class A ordinary shares. The Employee Benefit Trust acquires Class A ordinary shares to be held by the Trustee and the applicable beneficiary of the Employee Benefit Trust together as tenants in common pursuant to a trust deed. In connection with each acquisition, the applicable beneficiary pays a per share price to the Trustee in cash.
Since July 1, 2017 there were no transactions between our executive officers and directors and holders of more than 5% of any class of our share capital and the Employee Benefit Trust.
Share Option Grants and Equity Incentive Awards to Directors and Executive Officers
103


We have granted share options and equity incentive awards to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the share options and awards granted to our directors and named executive officers see “Directors,“Item 6.B-Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation.Employees-Compensation.
Transaction with ClearStar
Through its acquisition of Velocity Partners in December 2017, we acquired a customer relationship with ClearStar Inc., a company at which David Pattillo holds the position of Chief Financial Officer. All transactions with ClearStar were entered into on an arms-length basis and in the ordinary course of business. The total revenue generated by Endava as a result of this relationship was $0.5 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.
Participation in U.S. Initial Public Offering


86


As part of the initial public offering, certain of our existing executive directors and officers purchased 38,000 of our ADSs at the initial public offering price of $20.00 per share. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares that our directors and officers purchased:
ParticipantNumber of ADSs
Ben Druskin25,500
David Pattillo10,000
Trevor Smith2,000
Mark Thurston500

Indemnity Agreements
We have entered into deeds of indemnity with each of our directors and executive officers. See “Item 6.B-Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Compensation-Insurance and Indemnification.”
Transactions with Google
Since April 2020, one of our directors, Sulina Connal, has been employed by Google, currently serving as its Managing Director of News and Books Partnerships for EMEA.. In the ordinary course of its business, from time to time Endava enters into agreements for cloud service or other solutions provided by Google in connection with our initial public offering. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Insurance and Indemnification.”services provided by Endava to its clients. All transactions with Google were entered into on an arms-length basis. For the year ended June 30, 2023, the aggregate cost incurred by Endava to Google for such services was £0.6 million.
Related Person Transaction Policy
Our audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related party transactions, which are transactions between us and related persons in which we or a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.
D. C. Interests of Experts and Counsel.
Not applicable.
Item 8. Financial Information
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.
Consolidated Financial Statements
Our consolidated financial statements are appended as part of this annual report at the end of this annual report, starting at page F-1.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently acurrently party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken togethercould have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
Dividend Distribution Policy
Our dividends are declared at the discretion of our board of directors. We declared an aggregate of £18.2 million in dividends during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. We did not pay any dividends in the fiscal years ended June 30,from 2017 and June 30, 2018to 2023 and do not anticipate paying any dividends for the foreseeable future. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Payment of cash dividends, if any, in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors in compliance with applicable legal requirements and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, our strategic goals and plans to expand our


87


business, applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our revolving credit facility with HSBC Bank PLC limits our ability to pay dividends, with certain exceptions. See “Risk FactorsWe do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ADSs.”
B. Significant Changes
Since June 30, 2015, the following2023, no significant change has occurred:occurred.
In July 2018 we sold 7,291,000 ADSs, each representing one Class A ordinary share, nominal value £0.02 per ordinary share, in our initial public offering at a public offering price of $20.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $145.8 million. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $9.7 million, offering expenses totaling approximately $7.5 million and onward payments to selling shareholders of $75.6 million, were approximately $53.0 million. The offering commenced on June 29, 2018 and the effective date of the registration statement, File No. 333-226010, for our initial public offering of ADSs was July 26, 2018. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters.
104


Item 9. The Offer and Listing.
A. Offer and Listing Details.
The ADS have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DAVA” since July 27, 2018. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for ADSs or our ordinary shares. Our initial public offering was priced at $20.00 per ADS on July 26, 2018. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per ordinary share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange:
 Per ADS
 High Low
Month Ended:   
October 2018 (through October 9, 2018)$30.74
 $26.16
September 2018$29.80
 $25.45
August 2018$30.43
 $25.50
July 2018 (beginning July 28, 2018)$25.20
 $23.25
On October 9, 2018, the last reported sale price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange was $26.16 per share.
B. Plan of Distribution.
Not applicable
C. Markets.
The ADS have been listedtrading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DAVA” since July 27, 2018.
D. Selling Shareholders.
Not applicable
E. Dilution.
Not applicable


88


F. Expenses of the issue.
Not applicable.
Item 10. Additional Information.

A. Share Capital
Not applicable.
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
The information required by this section, including a summary of certain key provisions of our articles of association, is set forth in our prospectus dated July 26, 2018, filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b), under the headings “DescriptionExhibit 2.3(a) (Description of Share CapitalCapital) filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and Articles of Association—Key Provisions in our Articles of Association” and “Differences in Corporate Law” is incorporated herein by reference.
C. Material Contracts
WeIn February 2023, we entered into a Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement, or the Facility Agreement, with certain lenders, as outlined in “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”. The Facility Agreement, which replaced a previous £200.0 million unsecured facility, is an underwriting agreement among Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLCunsecured revolving credit facility in the amount of £350.0 million with an initial period of three years. The Facility Agreement also provides for uncommitted accordion options for up to an aggregate of £150.0 million in additional borrowing. The Facility Agreement is intended to support the Company’s and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as representativesits subsidiaries' future capital investments and development activities, and is guaranteed by members of the underwriters on July 26, 2018,Endava group from time to time in accordance with respecta typical guarantor coverage threshold mechanic. Loans under the Facility Agreement bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either the SONIA rate, the EURIBOR rate or the SOFR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.65% per annum, depending upon the net leverage ratio. The Facility Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary default provisions, affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the ADSs sold infacility parties and our initial public offering. We have agreed to indemnifyconsolidated subsidiaries.

For additional information on our material contracts, please see “Item 4. Information on the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.Company,” “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” and “Item 7.B. Related Party Transactions” of this Annual Report on 20-F.
105


D. Exchange Controls.
There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or our articles of association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.
E. Taxation
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders
The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs by U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion applies to U.S. Holders that purchasehold our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs and hold such Class A ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes.purposes (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, and the income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States, or the Treaty, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There can be no assurance the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ADSs. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to specific U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, or to U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks and certain other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers or traders in securities or otherpension plans, cooperatives, persons that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt entities or governmental organizations, retirement plans, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, grantor trusts, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities, currencies or notional principal contracts, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, persons who hold our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security”security,” or integrated investment, persons that received our ADSs pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, persons who are subject to the tax accounting rules of Section 451(b) of the Code, persons that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10% or more (by vote or value) of our equity, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences, or any U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax consequences.


89


consequences or the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income.
As used in this discussion, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (4) a trust (x) with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (y) that has elected under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in such Class A ordinary shares orour ADSs will depend upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity and a partner in any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it (and, as applicable, its partners) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs.
U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.
106


The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. Generally, a holderU.S. Holder of anour ADS should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as holding the Class A ordinary shares represented by the ADS. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized upon an exchange of our ADSs for our Class A ordinary shares. The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the holder of the ADS’s beneficial ownership of the underlying security. Accordingly, the creditability of foreign taxes, if any, as described below, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holders of ADSs and us if, as a result of such actions, the holders of ADSs are not properly treated as beneficial owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with
U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the claimingU.S. federal, state, and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the reduced rateownership and disposition of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders.our ADSs in their particular circumstances.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
In general, a corporation organized outside the United States will be treated as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income,” or the PFIC income test, or (2) on average at least 50% of its assets, determined on a quarterly basis, are assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, or the PFIC asset test. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and gains from the sale or exchange of property that givegives rise to passive income. Assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income generally include cash, even if held as working capital or raised in a public offering, marketable securities, and other assets that may produce passive income. Generally, in determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.
Although PFIC status is determined on an annual basis and generally cannot be determined until the end of the taxable year, based on the nature of our current and expected income and the current and expected value and composition of our assets, we believe we were not a PFIC for our 20182022 tax year and we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. There can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in future taxable years. Even if we determine that we are not a PFIC for a taxable year, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our conclusion, and that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position.position, and that a court would not sustain the IRS’s challenge. Because of the uncertainties involved in establishing our PFIC status, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion regarding our PFIC status.
If we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges under the “PFIC excess distribution regime” upon (1) a distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs,


90


and (2) any gain recognized on a sale, exchange, or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC. Under the PFIC excess distribution regime, (i) the tax on such distribution or gain would be determined by allocating the distribution or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. TheADSs, (ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year (i.e., the year in which the distribution occurs or the gain is recognized) and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income earned in the current taxable year. Theyear, and (iii) the amount allocated to each other taxable yearsyear will be taxed at the highest marginal rates in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, to ordinary income for each such taxable year, and an interest charge, generally applicable to underpayments of tax, will be added to the tax.
If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, we must generally continue to be treated as a PFIC by that holder for all succeeding taxable years during which the U.S. Holder holds such Class A ordinary shares orour ADSs, unless we cease to meet the requirements for PFIC status and the U.S. Holder makes a valid “deemed sale” election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. If the election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to sell our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs it holds at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain recognized
107


from such deemed sale would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or ADSs would not be treated as shares of a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs and one of our non-United Statesnon-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions by the lower-tier PFIC and on gain from the disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. Any of our non-United States subsidiaries that have elected to be disregarded as entities separate from us or as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes would not be corporations under U.S. federal income tax law and accordingly, cannot be classified as lower-tier PFICs. However, a non-United States subsidiary that has not made the election may be classified as a lower-tier PFIC if we are a PFIC during your holding period and the subsidiary meets the PFIC income test or the PFIC asset test.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs, the U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions or gain recognized on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs if a valid “mark-to-market” election is made by the U.S. Holder for our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. An electing U.S. Holder generally would take into account as ordinary income for each taxable year, the excess of the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs held at the end of such taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such Class A ordinary shares or ADSs.ADSs at the end of such taxable year. The U.S. Holder would also take into account, as an ordinary loss for each taxable year, the excess of the adjusted tax basis of such Class A ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value of such ADSs at the end of thesuch taxable year, but only to the extent of the excess of amountsany net mark-to-market gain previously included in income over ordinary losses deducted as a result of the mark-to-market election.income. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs would be adjusted annually to reflect any income or loss recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain from a sale, exchange, or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income and any loss from such sale, exchange, or other disposition would be treated first as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income) and thereafter as capital loss. If, after having been a PFIC for a taxable year, we cease to be classified as a PFIC because we no longer meet the PFIC income or the PFIC asset test, the U.S. Holder would not be required to take into account any latent gain or loss in the manner described above and any gain or loss recognized on the sale or exchange of the Class A ordinary shares or ADSs would be classified as a capital gain or loss.
A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Holder only forif our ADSs are “marketable stock.” Generally, stockour ADSs will be considered marketable stock if it isthey are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. A class of stock is regularly traded during any calendar year during which such class of stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter.
Our ADSs will be marketable stock as long as they remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are regularly traded. A mark-to-market election will not apply to the Class A ordinary shares orour ADSs for any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but will remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year in which we become a


91


PFIC. Such election will not apply to any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime with respect to any lower-tier PFICs notwithstanding the U.S. Holder’s mark-to-market election for our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs.
The tax consequences that would apply if we are a PFIC would also be different from those described above if a U.S. Holder were able to make a valid qualified“qualified electing fund, or “QEF,”QEF, election. As we do not expect to provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election, a U.S. holderholders should assume that a QEF election will not be available.
Each U.S. person that is an investor in a PFIC generally is required to file an annual information return on IRS Form 8621 containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. The failure to file IRS Form 8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax.
The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary sharesor ADSs, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the Class A ordinary sharesorour ADSs if we were a PFIC, and the IRSall related information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares or ADSs of a PFIC.obligations.
108


Distributions on Our ADSs
Subject to the discussion above under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” a U.S. Holder that receives a distribution with respect to our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be required to include the gross amount of such distribution in gross income as a dividend when actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder (or in the case of ADSs, the depositary) to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our current and/or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent a distribution received by athe U.S. Holder is not a dividend because it exceeds the U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital and reduce (but not below zero) the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. To the extent the distribution exceeds the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, the remainder will be taxed as capital gain. Because we may not account for our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should expect all distributions from us to be reported to them as dividends. The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by the Company in respect of United Kingdom taxes. 
Distributions on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs that are treated as dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States and passive category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes andpurposes. Recently issued U.S. Treasury regulations, which apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after December 28, 2021, may in some circumstances prohibit a U.S. person from claiming a foreign tax credit with respect to certain non-U.S. taxes that are not creditable under applicable income tax treaties. In lieu of claiming a U.S. foreign tax credit, a U.S. Holder may, at such U.S. Holder’s election, deduct foreign taxes in computing their taxable income, subject to generally will constitute passive category income. Subject to applicable limitations someunder U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of which vary depending uponclaiming U.S. foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, any United Kingdom income taxes withheld from dividends on Class A ordinary shares or ADSs at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the Treaty will be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.taxable year. The rules governing U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes, including any United Kingdom income tax, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.
Distributions paid on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs will not be eligible for the “dividends received’’ deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividendsDividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation’’ to non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible, as “qualified dividend income,” for taxation at a reduced capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income, provided that acertain holding period requirement (more than 60 days of ownership, without protection from the risk of loss, during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain other requirements are met. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends toin its particular circumstances. However, if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year (see discussion above under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules’’), we will not be treated as a qualified foreign corporation, and therefore the reduced capital gains tax rate described above will not apply.
A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation


92


with respect to any dividend it pays on Class A ordinaryits shares or ADSs that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.
U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential capital gains tax rate on dividends paid by us. Distributions on our ADSs that are treated as dividends generally will be included in the income of a U.S. Holder of our ADSs on the date of the U.S. Holder’s actual or constructive receipt of such dividends. The amount of any dividend income that is paid in British Pounds will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt (actual or constructive), a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt (actual or constructive).
Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Class A Ordinary Shares or ADSs
Subject to the discussion above under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,’’ a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange, or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received) on the sale, exchange, or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain taxable at a reduced rate for non-corporate U.S. Holders or long-term capital loss if, on the date of sale, exchange, or other
109


disposition, the Class A ordinary shares or ADSs were held by the U.S. Holder for more than one year. Any capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be gain or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Medicare Tax
Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their net investment income, which may include their gross dividend income and net gains fromIf the disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs. If you are aproceeds received by the U.S. Holder are not paid in U.S. dollars, the amount realized will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received determined by reference to the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale, exchange, or other disposition. However, if the ADSs are traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder is either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer that has made a special election to determine the amount realized using the spot rate on the settlement date (which must be consistently applied from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS), the U.S. Holder will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in a non-U.S. dollar currency by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale, exchange, or other disposition. If the U.S. Holder is an accrual basis taxpayer that is an individual, estatenot eligible to make or trust, you are encourageddoes not make the special election, the U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency gain or loss to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicabilityextent of this Medicare tax to your incomeany difference between the U.S. dollar amount realized on the date of sale, exchange, or other disposition and gains in respectthe U.S. dollar value of your investment in our Class A ordinary sharesthe amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale, exchange, or ADSs.other disposition.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). In addition, as described above under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. U.S. Holders that paid more than $100,000 for our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs may be required to file IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) reporting the payment. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting.
Dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs generally have to be reported to the IRS unless the U.S. Holder establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to amounts subject to reporting if the holderU.S. Holder (1) fails to provide an accurate U.S. taxpayer identification number or otherwise establish a basis for exemption or (2) is described in certain other categories of persons. However, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.
U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.


93


EACH U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES. IN ADDITION, SIGNIFICANT CHANGES INCIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF U.S. FEDERAL, INCOMESTATE AND LOCAL TAX LAWS WERE RECENTLY ENACTED.  U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CHANGES IN U.S. TAX LAW AS WELL AS POTENTIAL CONFORMING CHANGES IN STATEAND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.
U.K. Taxation
The following is intended as a general guide to current U.K. tax law and HM Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, published practice applying as at the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F (both of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retrospective effect) relating to the holding of ADSs. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all U.K. tax considerations relating to the holding of ADSs, or all of the circumstances in which holders of ADSs may benefit from an exemption or relief from U.K. taxation. It is written on the basis that the company does not (and will not) directly or indirectly derive 75% or more of its qualifying asset value from U.K. land, and that the company is and remains solely resident in the U.K.United Kingdom for tax purposes and will therefore be subject to the U.K. tax regime and not the U.S. tax regime save as set out above under “U.S. Federal Income Taxation.Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders.
Except to the extent that the position of non-U.K. resident persons is expressly referred to, this guide relates only to “U.K. Holders”, being persons who are resident (and, in the case of individuals, domiciled or deemed domiciled)domiciled and to whom split-
110


year treatment does not apply) for tax purposes solely in the U.K.United Kingdom and do not have a permanent establishment, branch, agency (or equivalent) or fixed base in any other jurisdiction with which the holding of the ADSs is connected, or U.K. Holders, who are absolute beneficial owners of the ADSs (where the ADSs are not held through an Individual Savings Account or a Self-Invested Personal Pension) and who hold the ADSs as investments.
This guide may not relate to certain classes of U.K. Holders, such as (but not limited to):
persons who are connected with the company;
financial institutions;
insurance companies;
charities or tax-exempt organizations;
collective investment schemes;
pension schemes;
market makers, intermediaries, brokers or dealers in securities;
persons who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their ADSs by virtue of an office or employment or who are or have been officers or employees of the company or any of its affiliates; and
individuals who are subject to U.K. taxation on a remittance basis.
The decision of the First-tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber) in HSBC Holdings PLC and The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation v HMRC (2012) has cast some doubt on whether a holder of a depositary receipt is the beneficial owner of the underlying shares. However, based on published HMRC guidance we would expect that HMRC will regard a holder of ADSs as holding the beneficial interest in the underlying shares and therefore these paragraphs assume that a holder of ADSs is the beneficial owner of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and any dividends paid in respect of the underlying Class A ordinary shares (where the dividends are regarded for U.K. purposes as that person’s own income) for U.K. direct tax purposes.
THESE PARAGRAPHS ARE A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.K. TAX CONSIDERATIONS AND ARE INTENDED AS A GENERAL GUIDE ONLY. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALL HOLDERS OF ADSs OBTAIN ADVICE AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ADSs IN THEIR OWN SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES FROM THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS. IN


94


PARTICULAR, NON-U.K. RESIDENT OR DOMICILED PERSONS ARE ADVISED TO CONSIDER THE POTENTIAL IMPACT OF ANY RELEVANT DOUBLE TAXATION AGREEMENTS.
Dividends
Withholding Tax
Dividends paid by the company will not be subject to any withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.
Income Tax
An individual U.K. Holder may, depending on his or her particular circumstances, be subject to U.K. tax on dividends received from the company. An individual holder of ADSs who is not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should not be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company unless he or she carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the U.K.United Kingdom through a branch or agency to which the ADSs are attributable. There are certain exceptions for trading in the U.K.United Kingdom through independent agents, such as some brokers and investment managers.
111


All dividends received by an individual U.K. Holder from us or from other sources will form part of that U.K. Holder’s total income for income tax purposes and will constitute the top slice of that income. A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £2,000£1,000 of taxable dividend income received by the individual U.K. Holder in athe tax year.year 2023/2024. Income within the nil rate band will be taken into account in determining whether income in excess of the £2,000£1,000 tax-free allowancesallowance falls within the basic rate, higher rate or additional rate tax bands.
Dividend income in excess of the tax-free allowance will (subject to the availability of any income tax personal allowance) be taxed at 7.58.75 per cent to the extent that the excess amount falls within the basic rate tax band, 32.533.75 per cent to the extent that the excess amount falls within the higher rate tax band and 38.139.35 per cent to the extent that the excess amount falls within the additional rate tax band. The annual tax-free dividend allowance will be reduced to £500 with effect from the commencement of the tax year 2024-2025.
Corporation Tax
A corporate holder of ADSs who is not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should not be chargeable to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company unless it carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ADSs are attributable.
Corporate U.K. Holders should not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on any dividend received from the company so long as the dividends qualify for exemption, which should be the case, although certain conditions must be met. If the conditions for the exemption are not satisfied, or such U.K. Holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax will be chargeable on the amount of any dividends (at the currentmain rate of 25% for companies with profits in excess of £250,000, or the small profits rate of 19%) for companies with profits of £50,000 or less, with marginal relief from the main rate available to companies with profits between £50,000 and £250,000 subject to meeting certain criteria).
Chargeable Gains
A disposal or deemed disposal of ADSs by a U.K. Holder may, depending on the U.K. Holder’s circumstances and subject to any available exemptions or reliefs (such as the annual exemption), give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. capital gains tax and corporation tax on chargeable gains.
If an individual U.K. Holder who is subject to U.K. income tax at either the higher or the additional rate is liable to U.K. capital gains tax on the disposal of ADSs, the current applicable rate will be 20%. For an individual U.K. Holder who is subject to U.K. income tax at the basic rate and liable to U.K. capital gains tax on such disposal, the current applicable rate would be 10%, save to the extent that any capital gains when aggregated with the U.K. Holder’s other taxable income and gains in the relevant tax year exceed the unused basic rate tax band. In that case, the rate currently applicable to the excess would be 20%.
If a corporate U.K. Holder becomes liable to U.K. corporation tax on the disposal (or deemed disposal) of ADSs, U.K. corporation tax would apply (at the main rate of U.K. corporation tax (currently25% for companies with profits in excess of £250,000, or the small profits rate of 19%) would apply. Indexation allowance is not for companies with profits of £50,000 or less, with marginal relief from the main rate available in respect of disposals of ADSs acquired on or after January 1, 2018 (and only covers the movement in the retail prices index up until 31 December 2017, in respect of assets acquired prior to that date)companies with profits between £50,000 and £250,000 subject to meeting certain criteria).


95


A holder of ADSs which is not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should not normally be liable to U.K. capital gains tax or corporation tax on chargeable gains on a disposal (or deemed disposal) of ADSs unless the person is carrying on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a corporate holder of ADSs, through a permanent establishmentestablishment) to which the ADSs are attributable. However, an individual holder of ADSs who has ceased to be resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom for a period of less than five years and who disposes of ADSs during that period may be liable on his or her return to the United Kingdom to U.K. tax on any capital gain realized (subject to any available exemption or relief).
112


Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
The discussion below relates to the holders of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs wherever resident, however it should be noted that (i) special rules may apply to certain persons such as market makers, brokers, dealers or intermediaries.intermediaries, and (ii) in respect of our Class A ordinary shares, this discussion applies only to issues or transfers occurring on or before December 31, 2023 (for a discussion in respect of issues or transfers of our Class A ordinary shares to depositary receipt issuers or clearance services after that date, please see the paragraph below entitled “Issues or Transfers of Shares from January 1, 2024”).
Issues of Shares
No U.K. stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax, or SDRT, is generally payable on the issue of the underlying Class A ordinary shares in the company.
Issues or Transfers of ADSs
No U.K. stamp duty or SDRT is payable on the issue or transfer of (including an agreement to transfer) ADSs in the Company.
Transfers of Shares
An unconditional agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares in certificated form will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer. The purchaser of the shares is liable for the SDRT. Transfers of Class A ordinary shares in certificated form are generally also subject to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5.00). Stamp duty is normally paid by the purchaser. The charge to SDRT will be canceled or, if already paid, repaid (generally with interest), where a transfer instrument has been duly stamped within six years of the charge arising (either by paying the stamp duty or by claiming an appropriate relief) or if the instrument is otherwise exempt from stamp duty.
An unconditional agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes the issue of depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services will generally be subject to SDRT (or, where the transfer is effected by a written instrument, stamp duty) at a higher rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given for the transfer unless the clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A of the U.K. Finance Act 1986, or a section 97A election. It is understood that HMRC regards the facilities of DTC as a clearance service for these purposes and we are not aware of any section 97A election having been made by DTC.
Based on current published HMRC practice following case law in respect of the European Council Directives 69/335/EEC and 2008/7/EC, or the Capital Duties Directives, However, no stamp duty or SDRT is generally payable where the transfer of Class A ordinary shares to a clearance service or depositary receipt system is an integral part of an issue of share capital (although the relevant judgment refers to transfers which are integral to the raising of capital). In addition, a recent Court of Justice of the European Union judgment (Air Berlin plc v HMRC (2017)) held on the relevant facts that the Capital Duties Directives preclude the taxation of a transfer of legal title to shares for the sole purpose of listing those shares on a stock exchange which does not impact the beneficial ownership of the shares, but, as yet, the U.K. domestic law and HMRC’s published practice remain unchanged and, accordingly, we anticipate that amounts on account of SDRT will continue to be collected by the depositary receipt issuer or clearance service. Holders of Class A ordinary shares should consult their own independent professional advisers before incurring or reimbursing the costs of such a 1.5% SDRT charge.capital.
Any stamp duty or SDRT payable on a transfer of Class A ordinary shares to a depositary receipt system or clearance service will in practice generally be paid by the transferors or participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system. Any

Issue of ADSs

96


No U.K. stamp duty or SDRT is payable on the issue of ADSs in the company.
Transfers of ADSs
No SDRT should be required to be paid on a paperless transfer to aof ADSs through the clearance service facilities of DTC, provided that no section 97A election has been made by DTC, and such ADSs are held through DTC at the time of any agreement for their transfer.
No U.K. stamp duty will in practice be payable on a written instrument transferring an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Where these conditions are not met, the transfer of, or depositary receipt systemagreement to transfer, an ADS could, depending on the circumstances, attract a charge to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. If it is necessary to pay stamp duty, it may also be necessary to pay interest and penalties.
Issues or Transfers of Shares from January 1, 2024
113


Under recently-enacted U.K. legislation, the U.K. stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax treatment of the issue and transfer of Class A ordinary shares thatin the company will be represented by ADSs to be soldchange with effect from January 1, 2024, unless action is taken by the selling shareholdersU.K. government or Parliament to retain the treatment set out in the preceding paragraphs.
If this change in treatment does occur (i) an unconditional agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes the issue of depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services will ultimatelygenerally be bornesubject to SDRT (or, where the transfer is effected by a written instrument, stamp duty) at the selling shareholders.higher rate of 1.5%, and (ii) SDRT will also generally arise (at the same higher rate of 1.5%) on the issue of Class A ordinary shares to such persons.
F. Dividends and paying agents.Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G. Statement by Experts
Not applicable.
H. Documents on display.Display
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements willissuers. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC.Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, we will file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with and opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm, and we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC’s Form 6-K.
We also maintain a corporate website at http://www.endava.com. We intend to post our Annual Report on Form 20-F on our website promptly following it being filed with the SEC. Information contained on,in, or that can be accessedaccessible through, our website doesis not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We have included20-F, and the inclusion of our website address in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is solely as an inactive textual reference.
You may also review a copy of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including exhibits and any schedule filed herewith, and obtain copies of such materials at prescribed rates, at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Room 1580, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as Endava, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
With respect to references made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract or other document of Endava, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F for copies of the actual contract or document.
I. Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
J. Annual Report to Security Holders
If we are required to provide an annual report to security holders in response to the requirements of Form 6-K, we will submit the annual report to security holders in electronic format in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.

114


Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as well as, to a lesser extent, interest rates and inflation.


97


Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We conduct business in multiple countries and currencies, which exposes us to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Our reporting currency is the British Pound, but we transact business in other currencies as well, principally the Euro, U.S. Dollar and the RON. Any necessary foreign currency transactions, principally retranslationre-translation of monetary items such as short-term inter-company balances and borrowings, are effected using the exchange rates prevailing on the dates of the transactions.transactions and are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income. In addition, the assets and liabilities of each of our subsidiaries are translated into British Pounds at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date and operations accounts are translated using the average exchange rate for the relevant period. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accounted for as a component of comprehensive income and reflected in the foreign exchange translation reserve and in comprehensive income onin the statement of changes in equity.
In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, 40.3%2023, 37.8% of our sales were denominated in the British Pound, 21.2%34.0% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars, 36.0%22.8% were denominated in Euros and the balance werewas in other currencies. Conversely, during the same time period, 70.3%57.2% of our expenses were denominated in Euros (or in currencies that largely follow the Euro, including the RON) orand 10.8% in U.S. Dollars.dollars. As a result, strengthening of the Euro orrelative to the British Pound and weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British Pound presentspresent the most significant riskrisks to us. Any significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a material impact on our business.
Prior to June 30, 2016, we entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate for intercompany transactions between the British Pound and the RON, with changes in the fair value of these forward contracts being recognized in profit or loss.
We have not engaged in the hedging of foreign currency transactions since the start of fiscal year 2017, although we may choose to do so in the future.
See note 31 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for an evaluation of the sensitivity of profit and equity to changes in the British Pound to RON exchange rate.
Interest Rate Risk
We had cash and cash equivalents of £15.0£164.7 million as of June 30, 2018,2023, which consisted of readily available bank deposits in various currencies, principally Euro, U.S. Dollar, British Pound and RON. These investments earn interest at variable rates and, as a result, decreases in market interest rates would generally result in decreased interest income.
We also have a revolving credit facility that bears interest based on LIBORSONIA, EURIBOR and EURIBORSOFR plus a variable margin. Changes in the applicable rate result in fluctuations in the required cash flows to service this debt. For example, a 1% (one hundred basis points) increase in the applicable market interest rate would result in an additional £1.4£3.5 million in interest expense if the maximum borrowable amount under the revolving credit facility werewas outstanding for the entire fiscal year.
We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.
Inflation Risk
A large proportion of our services are delivered from locations in Central Europe and Latin America. Consequently, we are exposed to the risks associated with economies that are undergoing rapid growth with evolving controls and regulations, which can drive inflationary pressure. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and selling, general and
115


administrative expenses as a percentage of sales if the selling prices of our services do not increase in line with increases in costs.
Concentration of Credit and Other Risk
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 20172023, 2022 and 2018,2021, our 10 largest clients based on revenue accounted for 53.7%32.8%, 49.1%33.8%, and 41.5%34.9% of our total revenue, respectively. WorldpayMastercard was our largest client forduring the year ended June 30, 2023, contributing 10.7% of our revenue in the year, compared to less than 10% of our revenue in each of the lastyears ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.



98


three fiscal years contributing 15.6%, 13.0% and 10.8% of our total revenue in fiscal 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Credit losses and write-offs of trade receivable balances have historically not been material to our consolidated financial statements.
See note 31 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for more details on financial instruments risk.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.
A. Debt Securities.
Not applicable.
B. Warrants and Rights.
Not applicable.
C. Other Securities.
Not applicable.
D. American Depositary Shares.
Certain of the information required by this section is set forth in Exhibit 2.3(b) (Description of American Depositary Shares) filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and is incorporated herein by reference.
Citibank, N.A., as depositary, registers and delivers American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial ownership interests in, one Class A ordinary share that is on deposit with the Citibank, N.A., London Branch, located at 25 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, the custodian for the depositary.
Each ADS will also representrepresents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial interests in, any other property received by the depositary or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will beare administered is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.
A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and the ADS holders sets out the ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADRs. A copy of the Agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Fees and Expenses
Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, the holders of ADSs will be required to pay the following fees:
116


ServiceFees
Issuance of ADSs (e.g., an issuance of ADS upon a deposit of Class A ordinary shares or upon a change in the ADS(s)-to-Class A ordinary shares ratio), excluding ADS issuances as a result of distributions of Class A ordinary sharesUp to $0.05 per ADS issued
Cancellation of ADSs (e.g., a cancellation of ADSs for delivery of deposited property or upon a change in the ADS(s)-to-Class A ordinary shares ratio, or for any other reason)Up to $0.05 per ADS cancelled
Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (e.g., upon a sale of rights and other entitlements)Up to $0.05 per ADS held
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (i) share dividends or other free share distributions, or (ii) exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSsUp to $0.05 per ADS held
Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (e.g., upon a spin-off)Up to $0.05 per ADS held
ADS ServicesUp to $0.05 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary


99


ADS holders will also be responsible to pay certain charges such as:
taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;
the registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of Class A ordinary shares on the share register and applicable to transfers of Class A ordinary shares to or from the name of the custodian, the depositary, or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;
certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses;
the expenses and charges incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency;
the fees and expenses incurred by the depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to Class A ordinary shares, ADSs, and ADRs; andtheand the fees and expenses incurred by the depositary, the custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of deposited property.
ADS fees and charges payable upon (i) the issuance of ADSs, and (ii) the cancellation of ADSs are charged to the person for whom the ADSs are issued (in the case of ADS issuances) and to the person for whom ADSs are cancelled (in the case of ADS cancellations). In the case of ADSs issued by the depositary into DTC, the ADS issuance and cancellation fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participant(s) receiving the ADSs being issued or the DTC participant(s) holding the ADSs being cancelled, as the case may be, on behalf of the beneficial owner(s) and will be charged by the DTC participant(s) to the account of the applicable beneficial owner(s) in accordance with the procedures and practices of the DTC participants as in effect at the time. ADS fees and charges in respect of distributions and the ADS service fee are charged to the holders as of the applicable ADS record date. In the case of distributions of cash, the amount of the applicable ADS fees and charges is deducted from the funds being distributed. In the case of (i) distributions other than cash and (ii) the ADS service fee, holders as of the ADS record date will be invoiced for the amount of the ADS fees and charges and such ADS fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made to holders of ADSs. For ADSs held through DTC, the ADS fees and charges for distributions other than cash and the ADS service fee may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participants in accordance with the procedures and practices prescribed by DTC and the DTC participants in turn charge the amount of such ADS fees and charges to the beneficial owners for whom they hold ADSs.
In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder. Certain depositary fees and charges (such as the ADS services fee) may become payable shortly after the closing of the ADS offering.Note that the fees and charges you may be required to
117


pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary. You will receive prior notice of such changes. The depositary may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program, by making available a portion of the ADS fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary agree from time to time.
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.
Not applicable.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.
Initial Public OfferingNot applicable.
In July 2018 we sold 7,291,000 ADSs, each representing one Class A ordinary share, nominal value £0.02 per ordinary share, in our initial public offering at a public offering price of $20.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds to us of approximately $145.8 million. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $9.7 million, offering expenses totaling approximately $7.5 million and onward


100


payments to selling shareholders of $75.6 million, were approximately $53.0 million. The offering commenced on June 29, 2018 and did not terminate before all of the securities registered in the registration statement were sold. The effective date of the registration statement, File No. 333-226010, for our initial public offering of ADSs was July 26, 2018. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters.
A portion of the net proceeds from our initial public offering was used for general corporate purposes. The balance is held in cash and cash equivalents and is intended to also be used for general corporate purposes. None of the net proceeds of our initial public offering were paid directly or indirectly to any director, officer, general partner of ours or to their associates, persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities, or to any of our affiliates.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures.Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our chief executive officerdisclosure controls and chief financial officer, after evaluatingprocedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management recognizes that any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain judgments and assumptions and cannot provide absolute assurance that its objectives will be met. Similarly, an evaluation of controls cannot provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of June 30, 2018, have2023. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2023 were effective and ensured that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officerChief Executive Officer and chief financial officer,Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.
This annual report does not include a reportManagement's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d15(f) under the Exchange Act) and for the assessment of management’s assessment regardingthe effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), assessed our internal control over financial reporting or an attestation reportbased upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the company’sTreadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2023.

Our management has excluded Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd, Lexicon Vietnam Company Limited, Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd, Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd, DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023, as the companies were acquired between October 2022 and June 2023. The companies are included in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2023 and constituted £37.0 million or 4.8% of total assets and £15.6 million or 2.0% of revenue, respectively.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our independent registered public accounting firm, due to a transition period established by rulesPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, have audited the effectiveness of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s report is included on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
118



Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 15T. Controls and Procedures.
Not applicable.
Item 16. Reserved
Not applicable.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.
Our Boardboard of directors has determined that Mr. Pattillo is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules.in Item 16A(b) of Form 20-F. Mr. Pattillo is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. For information relating to Mr. Pattillo’s qualifications and experience, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management.”
Item 16B. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, that is applicable to all of the directors, executives, employees and independent contractors of Endava and our subsidiaries. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.endava.com. The audit committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for directors, executives, employees and independent contractors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
KPMGPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firmaccountant since December 2022 and has audited our consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2016, 2017 and 2018. Our accountantsthe year ended June 30, 2023. Aggregate fees for professional services inprovided to us for the fiscal years 2017 and 2018 are:year ended June 30, 2023 were as follows:

Year Ended June 30,
2023
(pounds in thousands)
Audit Fees(1)
£3,081 
Audit-Related Fees(2)
440 
Tax Fees(3)
377 
All Other Fees(4)
202 
Total£4,100


101


 Year Ended June 30,
 2018 2017
 (pounds in thousands)
Audit Fees£522
 £215
Audit-Related Fees655
 
Tax fees
 
Other fees
 
Total1,177
 215
“Audit(1) “Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees for the audit of our annual financial statements. This category also includes services that generally the independent accountant provides, such as consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.
(2) “Audit-Related Fees” are the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit and are not reported under Audit Fees. Audit-Related fees for the year ended June 30,2023 relate to transition and quarterly review fees.
(3) “Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance.
(4) “All Other Fees” are any additional amounts for products and services provided by the principal accountant, mainly ESG assurance services.
Our audit committee reviews and pre-approves the scope and the cost of audit services related to us and permissible non-audit services performed by the independent auditors. All of the services related to us provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during the last fiscal year have been pre-approved by the audit committee.
119


Prior Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Aggregate fees for professional services provided to us for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 by KPMG LLP were as follows:
Year Ended June 30,
2022
(pounds in thousands)
Audit Fees(1)
£2,947 
Audit-Related Fees(2)
— 
Tax Fees(3)
— 
All Other Fees(4)
— 
Total£2,947
(1) “Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees for the audit of our annual financial statements. This category also includes services that generally the independent accountant provides, such as consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC. Auditors remuneration in respect of the financial year ended June 30, 2022 has been amended to reflect additional fees payable to KPMG in respect of the audit for that financial year.
(2) “Audit-Related Fees” are the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit and are not reported under Audit Fees.
“Tax(3) “Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning related services.compliance.
(4) “All Other Fees” are any additional amounts for products and services provided by the principal accountant. There were no “Audit Related Fees,” or “Tax Fees” during 2017 or 2018.
Neither our audit committee nor our board of directors has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent accountant to perform certain audit and non-audit services.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
Not applicable.
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
Not applicable.As previously reported, the Company proposed to its shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting (as defined below) in December 2022 that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) be appointed to serve as the Company’s U.K. statutory auditor and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023. This decision was taken following a competitive audit tender.

On November 10, 2022, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, tendered its resignation, effective immediately, ahead of the Company’s 2022 Annual General Meeting on December 12, 2022 (the “Annual General Meeting”). Upon KPMG’s resignation, the Company’s board of directors appointed PwC as the Company’s U.K. statutory auditor and independent registered public accounting firm, subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting. On December 12, 2022, the Company’s shareholders approved the appointment of PwC as the Company’s U.K. statutory auditor and independent registered public accounting firm at the Annual General Meeting.

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, KPMG did not issue any reports on the financial statements of the Company that contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the auditors’ reports of KPMG qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

In addition, during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 and the subsequent interim period through November 10, 2022, there were no disagreements on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to KPMG’s satisfaction
120


would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F (and the related instructions thereto), or any “reportable event” as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v)(A) through (D) of Form 20-F, except that KPMG advised the Company of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting disclosed in Item 15 of the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on September 28, 2021. The material weakness related to the lack of an effective risk assessment process over the design and implementation of process level controls regarding the impact of events after the reporting period on the allowance for credit losses related to trade receivables.

During the two fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 and the subsequent interim period through November 10, 2022, neither the Company nor anyone acting on the Company’s behalf consulted with PwC regarding: (1) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed; (2) the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that PwC concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (3) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F).

During the two fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 and the subsequent interim period through November 10, 2022 there are no “reportable events” (as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F), except that during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, PwC provided certain services which advised the registrant on the internal controls necessary for the Company to develop reliable financial statements.

The Company provided KPMG with a copy of the foregoing disclosure in connection with the filing of the Company’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K (File No. 001-38607) filed on December 13, 2022 (the “Form 6-K”) and requested that they furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of KPMG’s letter, dated December 13, 2022, was filed as Exhibit 15.1 to the Form 6-K.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance.
As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC, we are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices, instead of certain corporate governance practices required by the New York Stock Exchange for U.S. domestic issuers. While we intend to follow most New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards, we follow U.K. corporate governance practices in lieu of New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards as follows:
Exemption from the requirement to have a compensation committee comprised solely of independent members of the board of directors;
Exemption from quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. Such quorum requirements are not required under English law. In accordance with generally accepted business practice, our amended and restated articles of association provide alternative quorum requirements that are generally applicable to meetings of shareholders;law;
Exemption from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards applicable to domestic issuers requiring disclosure within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of


102


the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers. Although we will require board approval of any such waiver, we may choose not to disclose the waiver in the manner set forth in the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards, as permitted by the foreign private issuer exemption; and
Exemption from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including shareholder approval of share option plans.
We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules and listing standards.
Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They are, however, subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.
121


Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure.
Not applicable.
Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
Item 16J. Insider Trading Policies
Not applicable.

Item 16K. Cybersecurity
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements.
See pages F-1 through F-46F-74 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Not applicable.


103


Item 19. Exhibits.Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
1.1
Articles of Association of Endava plc, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-226010), filed with the Commission on June 29, 2018 (the “F-1 Registration Statement”))
2.1
Form of Deposit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of our Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form F-6 registration statement (File No. 333-226021), filed with the Commission on July 18, 2018 (the “F-6 Registration Statement”))2018)
2.2
Form of American Depositary Receipt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of our F-6 Registration Statement)
2.3(a)
Description of Share Capital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3(a) of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2020 (File. No. 00138607), filed with the Commission on September 15, 2020)
2.3(b)
Description of American Depositary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3(b) of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2019 (File. No. 00138607), filed with the Commission on September 25, 2019 (the “2019 20-F”))
4.1+
Endava Share Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.2+
Endava Joint Share Ownership Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.3+
Endava Limited 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.4+
Endava Limited 2017 Non-Executive Director Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.5+
Endava plc 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
122


4.6+
Endava plc 2018 Sharesave Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.74.7+
Endava plc 2018 International Sub-Planto the Endava 2018 SharesavePlan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of our 2019 20-F)
4.8
Form of Deed of Indemnity for Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
4.84.11
4.98.1*
4.10
Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement between Endava Limited and HSBC Bank PLC, dated December 19, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our F-1 Registration Statement)
8.1*
12.1*
12.2*
13.1**
15.1*
15.2*
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover page interactive data file (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
________________
*    Filed herewith.
**    Furnished herewith.
+    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
123


*Filed herewith.INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
+Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.


104


ENDAVA PLC
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
ENDAVA PLC
For the Years EndedConsolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2018, 20172023 and 20162022 and for the three years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021



F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Endava plc

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Endava plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2023, and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd, Lexicon Vietnam Company Limited, Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd, Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd, DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during the year ended June 30, 2023. We have also excluded
F-2


Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd, Lexicon Vietnam Company Limited, Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd, Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd, DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd, Lexicon Vietnam Company Limited, Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd, Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd, DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd are wholly-owned subsidiaries whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent £37.0m or 4.8% and £15.6m or 2.0%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended June 30, 2023.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of client relationships - acquisitions of Lexicon, Mudbath and DEK

As described in Notes 3D and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended June 30, 2023, the Group completed acquisitions of Lexicon, Mudbath and DEK (together “the acquisitions”), and recognised intangible assets for client relationships of £4.5 million, £3.0 million and £16.5 million respectively. The multi period excess earnings method was applied to determine the fair value of the client relationship intangible asset for Lexicon and Mudbath. Management applied significant judgement in estimating the fair value of the Lexicon and Mudbath client relationship intangible assets acquired, which required developing assumptions with respect to the timing and amounts of customer attrition rates and discount rates. The fair value of the client relationship intangible asset for DEK was estimated by management by applying an assumed client relationship fair value as a proportion of the total consideration transferred based on comparable historical acquisitions. Management applied judgement in determining the appropriate valuation method and assessing the comparability of historical acquisitions.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of client relationships - acquisitions of Lexicon, Mudbath and DEK is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgements made by management in developing the fair value estimate of the client relationships; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating a) the significant assumptions related to
F-3


the customer attrition rates and discount rates for Lexicon and Mudbath, and b) the valuation method and comparability of historical acquisitions for DEK; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialised skills and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of client relationships acquired and recognised as intangible assets, including controls over the development of assumptions. These procedures also included, among others, (i) reading the share purchase agreements, (ii) testing management’s process for determining the fair value of the acquired intangible assets, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation methods adopted by management, (iv) testing the mathematical accuracy of the models, (v) testing the completeness and accuracy of data used in the models and (vi) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions used by management in estimating the customer attrition rates and discount rates for Lexicon and Mudbath. Evaluating whether the customer attrition rates were reasonable for Lexicon and Mudbath involved considering the acquired businesses’ recent and forecasted financial performance, the Group’s recent and forecast financial performance, along with assessing assumptions for consistency with external market and industry data. Professionals with specialised skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of management’s valuation methods and discount rate. Evaluating the fair value of the client relationship intangible for DEK also involved considering historical acquisitions made by the Group and their similarity to the DEK acquisition in nature, to determine whether they should be included in the analysis prepared by management in calculating the provisional fair value to apply to the client relationship intangible asset acquired.




/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Reading, United Kingdom
September 19, 2023
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.











F-4


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Endava plc

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet of Endava plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”)Company) as of June 30, 2018 and 2017,2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑two‑year period ended June 30, 20182022, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidatedconsolidated financial statements”)statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2018 and 2017,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑two‑year period ended June 30, 2018,2022, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.Board (“IFRS”).

Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.




/s/ KPMG LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2016 to 2022.

London, United Kingdom

October 31, 2022
F-5
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.
London, United Kingdom
11 October 2018


F-2




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the years ended 30 June 2018, 20172023, 2022 and 20162021
Note2023
£'000
2022
£'000
2021
£'000
Revenue5 794,733 654,757 446,298 
Cost of sales
Direct cost of sales(505,679)(414,411)(271,707)
Allocated cost of sales(24,977)(22,415)(20,412)
Total cost of sales(530,656)(436,826)(292,119)
Gross profit264,077 217,931 154,179 
Selling, general and administrative expenses(150,300)(121,808)(90,623)
Net impairment losses on financial assets19 (932)(739)(4)
Operating profit6 112,845 95,384 63,552 
Finance expense(14,826)(3,142)(9,305)
Finance income10 16,144 10,137 121 
Net finance income/(expense)1,318 6,995 (9,184)
Profit before tax114,163 102,379 54,368 
Tax on profit on ordinary activities11 (20,000)(19,286)(10,918)
Profit for the year and profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company94,163 83,093 43,450 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations(9,999)6,580 (9,782)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company84,164 89,673 33,668 
Earnings per share (EPS):13 
Basic EPS£1.64£1.48 £0.79 
Diluted EPS£1.62£1.43 £0.76 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic57,314,839 56,272,036 55,220,298 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted58,082,388 58,018,200 57,050,613 
 Note 2018
£'000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Revenue5
 217,613
 159,368
 115,432
Cost of sales
 
 
 
Direct cost of sales
 (132,775) (98,853) (68,517)
Allocated cost of sales
 (12,668) (9,907) (6,529)
Total cost of sales
 (145,443) (108,760) (75,046)
Gross profit
 72,170
 50,608
 40,386
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 (46,737) (27,551) (20,453)
Operating profit6
 25,433
 23,057
 19,933
Finance costs9
 (818) (1,375) (170)
Finance income10
 35
 18
 1,068
Net finance (expense) / income
 (783) (1,357) 898
Profit before tax
 24,650
 21,700
 20,831
Tax on profit on ordinary activities11
 (5,675) (4,868) (4,125)
Profit for the year and profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company
 18,975
 16,832
 16,706
Earnings per share (EPS):13
      
Basic EPS
 £0.42
 £0.37
 £0.37
Diluted EPS
 £0.38
 £0.34
 £0.34
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic
 45,100,165
 45,258,750
 45,389,210
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted
 50,426,216
 49,292,520
 49,318,045
Other comprehensive income
      
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
      
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 (409) 2,520
 4,184
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company
 18,566
 19,352
 20,890
There is no tax impact of the amounts recognised through other comprehensive income.


The notes hereto form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.










F-6
F-3




CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of 30 June 20182023 and 2017
 Note 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Assets - Non current     
Goodwill14
 41,062
 16,198
Intangible assets16
 30,787
 16,029
Property, plant and equipment17
 8,584
 7,486
Deferred tax assets12
 2,488
 867
Other assets - non-current  
 14
Total  82,921
 40,594
Assets - Current     
Inventories  16
 62
Trade and other receivables19
 52,352
 41,494
Corporation tax receivable  677
 661
Cash and cash equivalents  15,048
 23,571
Total  68,093
 65,788
Total assets  151,014
 106,382
Liabilities - Current     
Borrowings22
 19,744
 29,402
Trade and other payables20
 40,243
 24,358
Corporation tax payable  1,488
 1,000
Contingent consideration  5,259
 
Deferred consideration  4,401
 
Total  71,135
 54,760
Liabilities - Non-current     
Borrowings22
 20
 63
Deferred tax liabilities12
 2,832
 2,586
Contingent consideration  7,251
 
Other liabilities - non current  277
 253
Total  10,380
 2,902
Equity     
Share capital25
 996
 996
Share premium  2,678
 2,678
Merger relief reserve  4,430
 4,430
Retained earnings  59,260
 38,072
Other reserves  4,410
 4,819
Investment in own shares  (2,275) (2,275)
Total  69,499
 48,720
Total liabilities and equity  151,014
 106,382

2022
Note2023
£'000
2022
£'000
Assets - Non-current
Goodwill14 240,818 145,916 
Intangible assets16 66,216 56,189 
Property, plant and equipment17 25,940 21,260 
Lease right-of-use assets23 65,084 50,818 
Deferred tax assets12 20,156 17,218 
Financial assets and other receivables19, 235,242 2,276 
Total423,456 293,677 
Assets - Current
Trade and other receivables19 177,866 162,671 
Corporation tax receivable4,042 2,309 
Financial assets23 56 392 
Cash and cash equivalents164,703 162,806 
Total346,667 328,178 
Total assets770,123 621,855 
Liabilities - Current
Lease liabilities23 14,573 11,898 
Trade and other payables20 91,159 98,252 
Corporation tax payable5,940 3,477 
Contingent consideration15 7,650 4,183 
Deferred consideration15 1,267 10,604 
Total120,589 128,414 
Liabilities - Non-current
Lease liabilities23 54,441 43,999 
Deferred tax liabilities12 14,623 10,826 
Contingent consideration15 3,809 4,331 
Deferred consideration15 4,837 1,062 
Other liabilities516 500 
Total78,226 60,718 
Equity
Share capital24 1,155 1,135 
Share premium27 14,625 9,152 
Merger relief reserve27 42,805 30,003 
Retained earnings522,926 398,102 
Other reserves27 (10,176)(5,514)
Investment in own shares(27)(155)
Total571,308 432,723 
Total liabilities and equity770,123 621,855 
The notes hereto form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



F-7
F-4




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the years ended 30 June 2018, 20172023, 2022 and 20162021
 Share capital
£’000
 Share premium
£’000
 Merger relief reserve
£’000
 Investment in own shares
£’000
 Retained earnings
£’000
 Capital redemption reserve
’000
 Foreign exchange translation reserve
£’000
 Total
£’000
Balance at 30 June 2015990
 2,353
 4,430
 (972) 21,070
 161
 (2,046) 25,986
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
 
 
 
 829
 
 
 829
Dividends
 
 
 
 (18,180) 
 
 (18,180)
Issue of shares6
 325
 
 
 
 
 
 331
Shares purchased by the employee benefits trust
 
 
 (63) 
 
 
 (63)
Transaction with owners6
 325
 
 (63) (17,351) 
 
 (17,083)
Profit for the year
 
 
 
 16,706
 
 
 16,706
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 4,184
 4,184
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
 
 
 16,706
 
 4,184
 20,890
Balance at 30 June 2016996
 2,678
 4,430
 (1,035) 20,425
 161
 2,138
 29,793
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
 
 
 
 815
 
 
 815
Issue of shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares purchased by the employee benefits trust
 
 
 (1,240) 
 
 
 (1,240)
Transaction with owners
 
 
 (1,240) 815
 
 
 (425)
Profit for the year
 
 
 
 16,832
 
 
 16,832
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 2,520
 2,520
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
 
 
 16,832
 
 2,520
 19,352
Balance at 30 June 2017996
 2,678
 4,430
 (2,275) 38,072
 161
 4,658
 48,720
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
 
 
 
 2,213
 
 
 2,213
Issue of shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares purchased by the employee benefits trust
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction with owners
 
 
 
 2,213
 
 
 2,213
Profit for the year
 
 
 
 18,975
 
 
 18,975
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 (409) (409)
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
 
 
 18,975
 
 (409) 18,566
Balance at 30 June 2018996
 2,678
 4,430
 (2,275) 59,260
 161
 4,249
 69,499
Share capital
£’000
Share premium
£’000
Merger relief reserve
£’000
Investment in own shares
£’000
Retained earnings
£’000
Capital redemption reserve
£’000
Other reserves
£’000
Foreign exchange translation reserve
£’000
Total
£’000
Balance at 30 June 20201,099 221 25,527 (1,341)210,409 161  (3,978)232,098 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions - net of tax— — — — 25,977 — — — 25,977 
Issuance of shares related to acquisitions— 4,476 — — — — — 4,477 
Exercise of options14 26 — 1,186 (1,186)— — — 40 
Hyperinflation adjustment— — — — 189 — — — 189 
Transaction with owners15 26 4,476 1,186 24,980    30,683 
Profit for the year— — — — 43,450 — — — 43,450 
Other comprehensive expense— — — — — — — (9,782)(9,782)
Total comprehensive income for the year    43,450   (9,782)33,668 
Balance at 30 June 20211,114 247 30,003 (155)278,839 161  (13,760)296,449 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions - net of tax— — — — 35,737 — — — 35,737 
Issuance of shares related to acquisitions— — — — — — 1,505 — 1,505 
Exercise of options21 8,905 — — — — — — 8,926 
Hyperinflation adjustment— — — — 433 — — — 433 
Transaction with owners21 8,905   36,170  1,505  46,601 
Profit for the year— — — — 83,093 — — — 83,093 
Other comprehensive income— — — — — — — 6,580 6,580 
Total comprehensive income for the year    83,093  6,580 89,673 
Balance at 30 June 20221,135 9,152 30,003 (155)398,102 161 1,505 (7,180)432,723 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions - net of tax— — — — 29,418 — — — 29,418 
Issuance of shares related to acquisitions— 12,802 — — — 5,337 — 18,143 
Exercise of options16 5,473 — 128 (39)— — — 5,578 
Hyperinflation adjustment— — — — 1,282 — — — 1,282 
Transaction with owners20 5,473 12,802 128 30,661  5,337  54,421 
Profit for the year— — — — 94,163 — — — 94,163 
Other comprehensive expense— — — — — — — (9,999)(9,999)
Total comprehensive income for the year    94,163  (9,999)84,164 
Balance at 30 June 20231,155 14,625 42,805 (27)522,926 161 6,842 (17,179)571,308 
The notes hereto form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

F-5




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended 30 June 2018, 20172023, 2022 and 20162021
Note2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Operating activities
Profit for the year£94,163 £83,093 £43,450 
Income tax charge20,000 19,286 10,918 
Non-cash adjustments28 49,165 53,799 54,850 
Tax paid(22,737)(14,033)(3,120)
UK research and development credit received— 344 2,930 
Net changes in working capital28 (16,073)(21,770)(21,360)
Net cash from operating activities124,518 120,719 87,668 
Investing activities
Purchase of non-current assets (tangibles and intangibles)(13,674)(13,967)(5,429)
Proceeds from disposal of non-current assets187 272 193 
Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired(79,691)(10,364)(101,258)
Other acquisition related settlements28(21,179)— — 
Interest received3,506 184 84 
Net cash used in investing activities(110,851)(23,875)(106,410)
Financing activities
Proceeds from sublease439 560 565 
Repayment of lease liabilities(13,488)(13,805)(11,828)
Grant received494 139 228 
Interest and debt financing costs paid(4,011)(885)(911)
Proceeds from exercise of options5,568 8,913 26 
Net cash used in financing activities(10,998)(5,078)(11,920)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents2,669 91,766 (30,662)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year162,806 69,884 101,327 
Net foreign exchange differences(772)1,156 (781)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year£164,703 £162,806 £69,884 
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Operating activities
    
Profit for the year£18,975
 £16,832
 £16,706
Income tax charge5,675
 4,868
 4,125
Adjustments (note 28)6,249
 3,519
 436
Tax paid(5,608) (5,471) (3,798)
UK research and development credit received1,854
 
 1,081
Net changes in working capital (note 28)6,839
 (5,008) (7,653)
Net cash from operating activities33,984
 14,740
 10,897
 
    
Investing activities
    
Purchase of non-current assets (tangibles and intangibles)(5,483) (6,372) (2,745)
Proceeds / (loss) from disposal of non-current assets79
 (106) 15
Acquisition of business / subsidiaries, consideration in cash(28,765) (13,807) (4,551)
Cash and cash equivalents acquired with subsidiaries2,342
 768
 
Interest received35
 18
 21
Net cash used in investing activities(31,792) (19,499) (7,260)
 
    
Financing activities
    
Proceeds from borrowings26,462
 17,007
 15,093
Repayment of borrowings(36,768) (3,462) (3,364)
Grant received147
 2,924
 1,948
Interest paid(573) (391) (114)
Dividends paid
 
 (18,181)
Purchase of own shares
 (1,240) 
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities(10,732) 14,838
 (4,618)
 
    
Net change in cash and cash equivalents(8,540) 10,079
 (981)
 
    
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year23,571
 12,947
 13,362
Net foreign exchange differences17
 545
 566
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year£15,048
 £23,571
 £12,947


The notes hereto form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.









F-9
F-6




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.General Information
1.General Information
Reporting Entity
Endava plc (the “Company” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Group” and each a “Group Entity”) is domiciled in London, United Kingdom. The address of the Company’s registered office is 125 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1AR. The Group is a next-generation technology services provider withGroup’s expertise spanningspans the entire ideation-to-production spectrum, across threecreating value for our clients through creation of Product and Technology Strategies and Intelligent Digital Experiences, delivered via world-class engineering and through our broad solution areas – Digital Evolution, Agile Transformation and Automation.technical capabilities.
These consolidated financial statements do not constitute the company'sCompany's statutory accounts for the years ended 30 June 2018, 20172023, 2022 or 2016. 2021.
2.Application Of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)
The financial information for 2017 and 2016 is derived fromadoption of the statutory accounts for 2017 and 2016 whichfollowing IFRS amendments did not have been delivered to the registrar of companies. The auditor has reporteda material effect on the 2017 and 2016 accounts; their report was (i) unqualified4, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditor drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006. The statutory accounts for 2018 will be finalised on the basis of the financial information presented by the directors in theseGroup’s consolidated financial statements and will be delivered torelated disclosures for the registrar of companies in due course.fiscal year ended 30 June 2023.
2.Application Of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)
The following standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Group.
IFRS 9“Financial Instruments”
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces the corresponding requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and applies toEffective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. It includes requirements on the classification of financial assets2022:
Amendments to Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020
Amendments to IFRS 3: Business Combinations
Amendments to IAS 16: Property, Plant and financial liabilities; impairmentEquipment
Amendments to IAS 37: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and theContingent Assets
Amendments to IAS 12: Income taxes - International Tax Reform—Pillar Two Model Rules
The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.
New and amended accounting standards that have been issued but are not yet effective interest method;
    The following new or amended standards and hedge accounting.  The Group’s adoption of the standard on 1 July 2018 isinterpretations are applicable in future periods but are not expected to have a material impact on the measurement, presentation or disclosure of financial assets and financial liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 15“Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers provides new guidance for recognising revenue from all contracts with customers, except for contracts within the scope of the IFRS standards on leases, insurance and financial instruments. IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognise revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services, when control of those goods or services transfers to the customer. IFRS 15 also requires expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures regarding the nature, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Furthermore, IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognise (1) certain incremental costs to obtain a contract and (2) certain costs to fulfill a contract as an asset, which the entity must subsequently (a) amortise on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer of the goods or services to which the asset relates and (b) evaluate for impairment, if one or more factors or circumstances indicates that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.
The Group will adopt IFRS 15 effective 1 July 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. Under this transition method, the Group will apply the new standard to contracts that are not substantially completed as of 1 July 2018. Management have performed a full assessment of the impact of IFRS 15. The full assessment involved the evaluation of significant, representative contracts entered into with customers under the five-step model prescribed by IFRS 15. This included a review of the contract acquisition costs, including the Group’s sales commission schemes, to determine whether the Group incurs incremental costs to obtain contracts that must be recognised as an asset and subsequently amortised pursuant to IFRS 15.
The Group had identified contract types, performance obligations and specific contract terms that have been separately evaluated for purposes of revenue recognition under IFRS 15. Since the majority of the Group’s services are charged to clients on a time and materials basis where the revenue generated is both variable and contingent based upon the hours worked by the Group’s employees, the Group’s current revenue policy of recognising revenue as the contract progresses will continue to be appropriate under IFRS 15. For fixed price contracts with milestones, the specific


F-7



terms and conditions of a contract were reviewed and determined whether the revenue attributable to the contract will be recognised over time or at a point in time.
The Group also utilised all relevant practical expedients available under IFRS 15 for purposes of revenue recognition, including the practical expedient that permits an entity to expense contract acquisition costs as incurred, when the amortisation period for these costs is otherwise expected to be one year or less. The adoption of IFRS 15 will involve additional disclosures but not result in a material change to the 1 July 2018 opening balance sheet.
IFRS 16“Leases”
IFRS 16 Leases is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise all leases with a lease term of greater than 12 months in the balance sheet by recognising a right of use asset and a corresponding financial liability to the lessor based on the present value of future lease payments. The new standard also eliminates the distinction between operating and finance leases. The majority of the Group lease portfolio relates to property leases. The Group is performing an assessment of the impact of adoption of IFRS 16 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, which was ongoing at the end of the reporting period.
The Group does not anticipate that adoption of the following IFRSs will have a significant effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 2018:2023:
IFRIC 22IFRS 17 - Foreign Currency TransactionsInsurance Contracts
Amendments to IFRS 17: Insurance contracts: Initial Application of IFRS 17 and Advance ConsiderationIFRS 9 - Comparative Information
Amendments to IAS 40 - Investment Property - Transfers1: Presentation of Investment PropertyFinancial Statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
Amendments to IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS 2 - Share-based Payment Transactions - Classification and measurementPractice Statement 2: Disclosure of Share-based Payment TransactionsAccounting policies
Amendments to IFRS 4 - Insurance contracts - Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance contractsIAS 8: Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of Accounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 2019:2024:
IFRIC 23 - Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
AmendmentsAmendment to IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments - Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation16: Subsequent measurement requirements for sale and leaseback transactions
Amendments to IAS 28 - Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures - Long-term Interest in Associates and Joint Ventures
F-10


Amendments to IAS 19 - Employee Benefits - Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement
Annual Improvements to IFRS 2015 - 2017 Cycle

3.Significant Accounting Policies
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 2020:A.Statement of Compliance
Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 2021:
IFRS 17 - Insurance Contracts

3.Significant Accounting Policies
1.Statement of Compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and which were in effect at 30 June 2018..
The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 11 October 2018.19 September 2023.
2.Basis of Preparation
B.Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost convention,basis, except where IFRS requires or permits fair value measurement.


F-8



The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below.
3.Functional and Presentation Currency
C. Functional and Presentation Currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in British Pound Sterling (“Sterling”), which is the Company’s functional currency. All financial information presented in Sterling has been rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.
4.Cost of Sales
The Group divides cost of sales into two categories: direct cost of sales and allocated cost of sales. Direct cost of sales consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, bonuses, share-based compensation, benefits and travel expenses for the Group’s employees directly involved in deliveryfunctional currency of the Group’s services, as well as software licenses and other costs that relate directly toGroup's subsidiaries is typically the delivery of services. Allocated cost of sales consistscurrency of the portioncountry in which they are domiciled.
D. Use of depreciationEstimates and amortisation expense and property costs, including operating lease expense, related to delivery of the Group’s services. Judgments
5.Use of Estimates and Judgments
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts for assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual resultresults may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
AThe key areaareas involving estimates and judgmentjudgments that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the year ended 30 June 2018 relates to the accounting for business combinations and share-based compensation.consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Business Combinations
Business acquisitionscombinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results inThe acquisition method requires the assets and the liabilities of an acquired business beingto be recorded at their estimated fair valuesvalue on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognised as goodwill.
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accountedIf the initial accounting for as athe business combination and allocatehas not been completed by the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our best estimate of fair value. We determine the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of cash flows based on historical experienceend of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives based on the patternreporting period in which the economic benefits associated with the assetbusiness combination occurs, provisional amounts are expectedreported to be consumed, which to date has approximated the straight-line methodpresent information about facts and circumstances that existed as of amortisation.
Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. IfOnce the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement ismeasurement period ends, which in no case extends beyond one year from the acquisition date, revisions to the accounting for the business combination shall be accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors.
There is no complexity in identifying the different categories of intangible assets. We acquire businesses with similar profiles to the Group and the identifiable intangible assets are related to client relationships.
Management applied significant judgement in estimating the fair value of contingent consideration are recognised in profitthe Lexicon and loss. AtMudbath client relationship intangible assets acquired, which required developing assumptions with respect to the balance sheet datetiming and amounts of customer attrition rates and discount rates.
For Lexicon, varying the Group heldcustomer attrition assumption by plus or minus 5% produces a financial liability measured at fair value through profitspread of client relationship values that range by £0.4 million, and varying the discount factor by plus or loss, in respectminus 2.5% produces a spread of contingent consideration, of £11.3 million which was considered a major source of estimation uncertainty. The valuation methodology, key assumptions and narrative sensitivity analysis are disclosed in notes 15 and 21.
Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

client relationship values that range by £1.9 million. For Mudbath, varying the client attrition assumption

F-11
F-9




by plus or minus 5% produces a spread of client relationship values that range by £0.2 million, and varying the discount factor by plus or minus 2.5% produces a spread of client relationship values that range by £0.9 million. We note the ranges quoted above are not material, and management believes that reasonably possible changes to the inputs would not vary to the extent quoted above.
Other than contingent consideration, there are no assumptions made aboutAs the future and other sources of estimation uncertaintyacquisition accounting for DEK is provisional as at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities acquired within the next financial year.

Share-Based Compensation
We grant share incentive awards to certain of our employees and directors. These compensation arrangements are settled in equity, or in certain cases at our discretion, in cash, at a predetermined price and generally vest over a period of up to five years and, in certain cases, vest in full on a liquidity event involving our company. All vested share incentive awards have a term of five years before expiration. We measure share-based awards at the grant date based onmanagement estimated the fair value of the award and we recognize itclient relationships by applying an assumed client relationship fair value as a compensation expense overproportion of the vesting period. We determinetotal consideration transferred based on comparable historical acquisitions. Management applied judgement in determining the appropriate valuation method and assessing the comparability of historical acquisitions. Varying the historic benchmark of client relationship value as a proportion of consideration transferred by plus or minus 5% produces a spread of client relationship values that range by £5.7 million. Management expects to update the DEK client relationship fair value using a more detailed assessment as part of our share options usingnormal process of finalising the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.acquisition accounting within the measurement period.
Further detailed information in relation to business combinations is included in note 15 to the financial statements.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model requiresGroup considers there to be no critical accounting judgments in the input of subjective assumptions, including assumptions about the expected life of share-based awards, share price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield and the fair value of our ordinary shares. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, we relied, in part, on valuation reports prepared by unrelated third-party valuation firms to assist us in valuing our share-based awards.consolidated financial statements.
E. Going Concern
In conducting these valuations,accordance with IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’, and revised FRC (“Financial Reporting Council “) guidance on ‘risk management, internal control and related financial and business reporting’, the third-party firmDirectors have considered objectivethe funding and subjective factors that it believedliquidity position of the Group and have assessed the Group’s ability to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including its best estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed,continue as a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors considered included:
• the prices at which our ordinary shares were transferred in contemporaneous arm’s length transactions;
• the lack of an active public market for our ordinary shares;
• the material risks related to our business and industry;
• our business strategy;
• the market performance of publicly traded companies in the technology services sectors; and
• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity eventgoing concern for the holders of our ordinary shares, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions.
Followingforeseeable future. In doing so, the completion of our initial public offering, the fair value of our ordinary shares will be determined based on the closing price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
6.Going concern
The Board hasDirectors have reviewed the Group’s business planbudget and forecasts, and have taken into account all available information about the future for a period of at least, but not limited to, 12 months from the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements and medium-term funding requirements through its trading cash flows. At 30 June 2023, the Group had net assets of £571.3 million and net current assets of £226.1 million, of which £164.7 million was cash and cash equivalents. In addition, the Group has a currently unused revolving credit facility (RCF) of £350.0 million.

The Directors have considered the business activities and the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties in the context of the current operating environment. This includes the associated risks with doing business in an environment with inflationary pressures and risk of recession increasing in certain markets. The Directors have reviewed liquidity and modelled cash flow projections to produce a baseline forecast scenario.

The Directors have also considered sensitivities in respect of potential downside scenarios over and above the baseline scenario, and the mitigating actions available in concluding that the Group is able to continue in operation for a period of at least 12 months from the signingdate of approval of these consolidated financial statements. This review took into consideration facilities availableThe specific scenarios modelled include a downside scenario with a recession weakening the demand from July 2023 leading to a sequential revenue decline for three quarters, and a severe but plausible downside scenario with a more significant recession impact leading to a severe impact on sequential revenue growth for five quarters, followed by a gradual recovery.

In the downside scenario, revenue over the forecast period is 23% lower than the baseline scenario and no mitigating actions over costs are taken by management. The closing cash balance at the end of the forecast period is £87.0 million lower than the baseline scenario, but remains positive throughout the forecast period, and no draw-down from the RCF would be required.

In the severe but plausible downside scenario, revenue over the forecast period is 32% lower than the baseline scenario, and no cost mitigation measures are taken by management. The closing cash balance at the end of the forecast period is £146.0 million lower than the baseline scenario, but remains positive throughout the forecast period, and no draw-down from the RCF would be required.

Throughout each of the scenarios considered, the Group’s cash position continues to remain strong throughout the forecast period. As noted above, the Group has an unused RCF of £350.0 million, funded by a group of banks. On the basis of the Group’s existing cash reserves and accessprojections, the Directors do not expect to capital markets now thatdraw down on the Group is publicly listed. RCF in the foreseeable future, even in the most severe scenario considered.

F-12


As a result, given the strength of such review, the Board believesunderlying business performance, the level of cash in the business, and ability to manage the cost base as required, the Directors support the continued going concern assumption. The Directors remain vigilant and ready to implement mitigation action in the event of a downturn in demand or an impact on operations.

The Directors are also not aware of any significant matters that are likely to occur outside the going concern period that could reasonably possibly impact the going concern conclusion. Having considered the outcome of these assessments, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue operationsin operation for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months from the signingdate of approval of these consolidated financial statements, and accordingly continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
7.Basis of consolidation

F. Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Group and entities controlled by the Group made up to 30 June each year.
(i)    Business combinations
Business acquisitionscombinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase


F-10



accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognised as goodwill.
The Group performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination and allocates the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on management’s best estimate of fair value. The Group determines the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern in which the economic benefits associated with the asset are expected to be consumed, which to date has approximated the straight-line method of amortisation.
Any contingent and deferred consideration payable isare measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the 'measurement period' (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the fair value of deferred and contingent consideration payable are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income within finance expense or finance income.
Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
(ii)    Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.
(iii)    Transactions eliminated on consolidation
All transactions and balances between Group Entities are eliminated on consolidation, including unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group Entities. Where unrealised losses on intra-Group asset sales are reversed on consolidation, the underlying asset is also tested for impairment from a Group perspective.consolidation.
8.Foreign Currency
G. Foreign Currency
(i)    Foreign currency balances and transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the applicable Group Entity, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions (spot exchange rate). Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the re-measurement of monetary items denominated in foreign currency at period-end exchange rates are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. Non-monetaryNon-
F-13


monetary items are not retranslated at period-end and are measured at historical cost (translated using the exchange rates at the transaction date), except for non-monetary items measured at fair value which are translated using the exchange rates at the date when fair value was determined.
(ii)    Foreign operations
In the consolidated financial statements, all assets, liabilities and transactions of Group Entities with a functional currency other than Sterling are translated into Sterling upon consolidation. The functional currency of the entities in the Group has remained unchanged during the reporting period.
On consolidation, assets and liabilities have been translated into Sterling at the closing rate at the reporting date. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity have been treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated into Sterling at the closing rate. Income and expenses have been translated into Sterling at the average rate over the reporting period. Exchange differences are charged/credited to other comprehensive income and recognised in the currency translation reserve in equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, the related cumulative translation differences recognised in equity are reclassified to the statement of comprehensive income and are recognised as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Accounting standards are applied on the assumption that the value of money (the unit of measurement) is constant over time. However, when the rate of inflation is no longer negligible, a number of issues arise impacting the true and fair nature of the accounts of entities that prepare their financial statements on a historical cost basis. To address such issues, entities apply IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies from the beginning of the period in which the existence of hyperinflation is identified. Argentina was considered to be a hyperinflationary economy since July 1, 2018. The Group has recognised the effects of hyperinflation in its consolidated financial statements in every subsequent period.

H. Financial Instruments
F-11A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.



9.Financial instruments
(i)    Recognition, initialFinancial Assets
Initial recognition and measurement and de-recognition
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, and subsequently measured at amortised cost, as fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI), or fair value through profit or loss.
The classification of financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions ofassets at initial recognition depends on the financial instrumentasset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and are measuredthe Group’s business model for managing them. The Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value adjusted by transaction costs, except for those carriedplus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient are measured initially at fair value. Subsequent measurement ofthe transaction price determined under IFRS 15.
In order for a financial assetsasset to be classified and financial liabilities are described below.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. After initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost or fair value through OCI, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)’ on the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI test and is performed at an instrument level. Financial assets that are not SPPI are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model.
Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in four categories:
Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at fair value through OCI with recycling of cumulative gains and losses (debt instruments)
Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI with no recycling of cumulative gains and losses upon derecognition (equity instruments)
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
F-14


Financial assets at amortised cost
The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are met:
The financial asset is held within a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate (EIR) method less provision forand are subject to impairment. DiscountingGains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is omitted where the effect is immaterial.derecognised, modified or impaired. The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes cash and cash equivalents, trade and substantially all other receivables, fall into this category of financial instruments.
Individually significant receivables are considered for impairment when they are past due or when other objective evidence is received that a specific counterparty will default. Receivables that are not considered to be individually impaired are reviewed for impairment in groups, which are determined by reference to the industry and region of a counterparty and other shared credit risk characteristics. The impairment loss estimate is then based on recent historical counterparty default rates for each identified group.finance lease receivables.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) include financial assets that are either classified as held for trading or that meet certain conditions and are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition. All derivative financial instruments fall into this category. Assetscarried in this category are measuredthe balance sheet at fair value with gains or lossesnet changes in fair value recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
Derecognition
A financial asset is primarily derecognised when:
The fair values of financial assets in this category are determined by reference to active market transactions or using a valuation technique where no active market exists.
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to thereceive cash flows from the financial asset expire,have expired; or when
The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all substantialthe risks and rewards are transferred. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelledof the asset, or expires.(b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.
(ii)    Classification and subsequent measurement ofThe Group does not have financial assets at fair value through profit or loss or fair value through other comprehensive income.
(ii)Financial Liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.
All financial assets except for thoseliabilities are recognised initially at FVTPL are subject to review for impairment at least at 30 Junefair value and, in the case of each year to identify whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a grouploans and borrowings and payables, net of financial assets is impaired. Different criteria to determine impairment are applied for each category of financial assets, which are described below.
(iii)    Classification and subsequent measurement of financial liabilitiesdirectly attributable transaction costs.
The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, trade and other payables and derivativeloans and borrowings.
Subsequent measurement
The measurement of financial instruments.liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in IFRS 9 are satisfied. Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised within finance income/finance expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Loans and borrowings
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method, except for financialEIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities held for tradingare derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.
F-15


Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or designated at FVTPL, whichpremium on acquisition and fees or costs that are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognisedan integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance expense in the statement of comprehensive income. All derivativeThis category applies to the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
iii) Offsetting of financial instruments that
Financial assets and financial liabilities are not designatedoffset and effective as hedging instruments are accountedthe net amount is reported in the consolidated balance sheet if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
iv) Impairment
The Group recognises an allowance for at FVTPL.
All incomeexpected credit losses (ECLs) for trade receivables and expensescontract assets. The Group applies the simplified approach available in IFRS 9. The allowance is calculated by reference to credit losses expected to be incurred over the lifetime of the receivable. In estimating a loss allowance we consider historical experience and a forward-looking informed credit assessment relating to financial assetscustomer specific trends and conditions alongside other factors such as the current state of the economy and particular industry issues. We consider reasonable and supportable information that are recognised in the statementis relevant and available without undue cost or effort. Certain balances, where there was an objective evidence of comprehensive income are presented within finance costs, finance income or other financial items, exceptcredit impairment, have been provided for impairment of trade receivables, which is presented within selling, generalon an individual basis.
I. Property, Plant and administrative expenses.Equipment


F-12



10.Property, plant and equipment
(i)    Recognition and measurement
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises:
(a) its purchase price, including import duties and non-refundable purchase taxes, after deducting trade discounts and rebates;
(b) any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management; and
(c) the initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located, the obligation for which an entity incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of having used the item during a particular period for purposes other than to produce inventories during that period.
When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items.
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment (calculated as the difference between net proceeds from disposal and the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
(ii)    Subsequent costs
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the Group. Ongoing repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
(iii)    Depreciation
Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis in profit or loss over the estimated useful lives of each component. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the leased term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the leased term. Land is not depreciated.
Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated from the date they are installed and are ready for use, or in respect of internally constructed assets, from the date that the asset is completed and ready for use.
F-16


Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of an asset, less its estimated residual value, over the useful economic life of that asset as follows:
Computers and equipment3 - 5 years
Fixtures and fittings5 years
Motor vehiclesLeasehold improvement fittings5 yearsOver the lease term
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
11.Intangible assets and goodwill
Leasehold improvement fittings are included in the fixtures and fittings category in Note 17.
J. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
(i)    Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in our business combinations. Goodwill is not amortised and is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Intangible assets generated by new acquisitions are separately assessed for impairment in the year in which the acquisition occurred and are assessed on a consolidated basis with all other acquired intangible assets beginning in the year following the acquisition.


F-13



Events or changes in circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of the Group’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Group’s overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared to its recoverable amount. The estimate of recoverable amount may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognised intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the recoverable amount of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognised in an amount equal to the excess. The Group is one CGU and tests for goodwill impairment on 30 June of each year.
(ii)    Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group in a business combination and have finite useful lives are measured at fair value at acquisition date less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
(iii) Internally-generated intangible assets
Intangible assets arising from development are recognised if, and only if, all the following have been demonstrated:
- the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
- the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
- the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
- how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
- the ability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and
- the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.
The amount initially recognised for internally-generated assets is the sum of expenditure incurred from the date when the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed above. Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.
F-17


Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.
(iv)    Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is only capitalised when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which is relates. All other expenditure including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as incurred.
(iv)(v)    Amortisation
Except for goodwill, intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis in the statement of comprehensive income over their estimated useful lives, from the date they are available for use.
Client relationship51 - 10 years
Supplier relationships5 years
Non-compete agreement3 years
Computer software3 - 105 years
LicencesShorter of licence period and up to 3 years
Software - own work capitalised
12.Lease agreements3 - 5 years
(i)    FinanceK. Lease Agreements
    The Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease agreementsat the inception of a contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses the definition of a lease in IFRS 16.
The Group as a lessee
    The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date with respect to all lease arrangements except for short-term leases (leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the lease payments are recognised within selling, general and administrative expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
    As the majority of the Group’s lease portfolio relates to property leases of offices and delivery centres, the Group has elected not to separate non-lease components and therefore accounts for the lease and non-lease component as a single lease component.
    Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, comprising the initial amount of the corresponding lease liability, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred, and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.
    Right-of-use assets are subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property, plant and equipment. In addition, right-of-use assets are adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable.    
    Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are due over the lease term, which have not been paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate applicable to each lease. This is the rate that the Group would have to pay for a loan of a similar term, and with a similar security, to obtain an asset of a similar value.
F-18


    The Group calculates the incremental borrowing rate applicable to each lease by obtaining information from various external sources in relation to interest rates and credit risk and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease, the type of asset leased, the country and currency of the lease.
    Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:
fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable;
variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees;
the exercise price of any purchase options that are reasonably certain to be exercised;
payments due over optional renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised; and
penalties for early termination of a lease where we are reasonably certain to terminate early.
    Any variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.
    Lease liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Lease liabilities are remeasured if there is a modification, a change in future lease payments due to a renegotiation or market rent review or a change of an index or rate, or the amount expected to be payable under a residual guarantee, or if we change our assessment of whether we will exercise a purchase, renewal or termination option. When a lease liability is remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the related right-of-use asset.
    The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.
    The Group presents right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as separate line items on the face of the consolidated balance sheet.
The Group as a lessor
    When the Group acts as a lessor, it determines at lease inception whether each lease is a finance lease or an operating lease. To classify each lease, the Group makes an overall assessment of whether the lease transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset. If this is the case, then the lease is a finance lease; if not then it is an operating lease. As part of this assessment, the Group considers certain indicators such as whether the lease is for the major part of the economic life of the asset.
    When the Group is an intermediate lessor, the head-lease and sub-lease are accounted for as two separate contracts. The head lease is accounted for as per the lessee policy above. The sub-lease is classified as a finance lease or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. Where the Group enters into a lease that entails takingtransfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset,to the leaselessee the contract is treatedclassified as a finance lease. The asset is recordedlease; all other leases are classified as operating leases. If an arrangement contains lease and non-lease components, the Group applies IFRS 15 to allocate the consideration in the balance sheet as property, plant and equipment andcontract.
    Rental income from operating leases is depreciated in accordance with the above depreciation policies. Future instalments under such leases, net of finance charges, are included within borrowings. Rentals payable are apportioned between the finance element, which is charged to the statement of comprehensive incomerecognised on a straight line basis, and the capital element which reduces the outstanding obligation for future instalments.
(ii)    Operating lease agreements
Rental payments applicable to operating leases where substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership remain with the lessor are charged to the statement of comprehensive income on a straight linestraight-line basis over the periodterm of the relevant lease.
Lease incentives (such Amounts due from lessees under finance sub-leases are recognised as rent-free periods or contributions byreceivables at the lessor to the lessee's relocation costs) are considered an integral partamount of the consideration forGroup’s net investment in the use ofleases, discounted using the leased asset. Incentives are treated as a reduction ofinterest rate implicit in the lease income or, lease expense. As they are an integral part ofif that rate cannot be readily determined, the net consideration agreed fordiscount rate used in the use of the leased

head lease.

F-19
F-14




L. Impairment
asset, incentives are recognised by both the lessor and the lessee over the lease term, with each party using a single amortisation method applied to the net consideration.
(iii)    Lease payments
Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
(iv)    Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
At the inception of an arrangement, the Group determines whether such an arrangement is or contains a lease. This will be the case if the following two criteria are met:
The fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets; and
The arrangement contains the right to use the asset(s).
13.Impairment
(i)    Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested at least annually for impairment.
For impairment assessment purposes, non-financial assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are largely independent cash inflows (cash generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at
The cash-generating unit level. Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which management monitors goodwill.
Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated (determined by the Group’s management as equivalent to its operating segments) areis tested for impairment at least annually. All other individual assets or the cash-generating unitsunit are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in use. The group has one class of business (the provision of IT services) and is managed on a single consolidated P&L, and therefore, CGU basis.
To determine the value-in-use, management estimates expected future cash flows from each cash generating unit and determines a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. The data used for impairment testing procedures are directly linked to the Group’s latest approved budget, adjusted as necessary to exclude the effects of future reorganisations and asset enhancements. Discount factors are determined individually for each cash-generating unit and reflect management’s assessment of respective risk profiles, such as market and asset-specific risks factors. Impairment losses for cash-generating units reduce first the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to that cash-generating unit. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash-generating unit. With the exception of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist. An impairment charge is reversed if the cash-generating unit’s recoverable amount exceeds its carrying amount.
(ii)    Non-derivative financial assetsM. Employee Benefits
A financial asset not classified as at fair value to profit and loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that loss event(s) had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the asset that can be estimated reliably.
Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise, indications that a debtor or issuer


F-15



will enter bankruptcy, adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers, economic conditions that correlate with defaults or the disappearance of an active market for a security. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost is objective evidence of impairment.
14.Employee benefits
(i)    Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic probability of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits of voluntary redundancies are recognised as an expense if the Group has made an offer to voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If the benefits are payable more than 12 months after the reporting date, then they are discounted to their present value.
(ii)    Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured at an undiscounted basis and are expensesexpensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group. The annual contributions payable are charged to the statement of comprehensive income.
(iii)    Employee benefit trust
All assets and liabilities of the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust (“the EBT”(the “EBT”) have been consolidated in the consolidated financial statements as the Group has de facto control over the EBT’s net assets. Any assets held by the EBT cease to be recognised on the Group balance sheetConsolidated Balance Sheet when the assets vest unconditionally in identified beneficiaries.
F-20


The costs of purchasing own shares held by the EBT are shown as a deduction against equity of the Group. The proceeds from the sale of own shares held by the EBT increases shareholders’ funds. Neither the purchase nor sale of own shares leads to a gain or loss being recognised in the Group’s statement of comprehensive income.
(iv)    Employee share schemes and share based payments
The Group issues equity settled share options to its employees. The payments are measured at fair value at date of grant. The fair value of the share options issued is expensed to the statement of comprehensive income account on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of the number of options that will eventually vest, updated at each balance sheet date.
15.Provisions
Provisions for legal disputes, onerous contracts or other claims are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required from the Group and amounts can be estimated reliably. Timing or amount of the outflow may still be uncertain.
Provisions are measured at the estimated expenditure required to settle the present obligation, based For more details on the most reliable evidence available at the reporting date, including the risks and uncertainties associated with the present obligation. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. Provisions are discountedGroup’s share based payments refer to their present values, where the time value of money is material. The unwinding of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.Note 26.
Any reimbursement that the Group can be virtually certain to collect from a third party with respect to the obligation is recognised as a separate asset. However, this asset may not exceed the amount of the related provision.N. Revenue


F-16



16.Revenue
The Group generates revenue primarily from its single class of business being the provision of its services and recogniseIT services. It recognises revenue in accordance with IAS 18IFRS 15“Revenue.” “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”:

The Group accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable.

The Group identifies its distinct performance obligations under each contract. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct product or service to the customer.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or services to a customer. With respect to all types of contracts, revenue is only recognised when the performance obligations are satisfied and the control of the services is transferred to the customer, either over time or at a point in time, at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services.

The Group considers the majority of its contracts to have a single performance obligation. In cases in which there are multiple performance obligations in the contract, a separate price allocation is performed based on relative standalone selling prices.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts, rebates taxes and duties. taxes.

The Group’s services are generally performed under time-and-material based contracts (where materials consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses), and fixed-price contracts. The vast majority of our contracts are relatively short term in nature and managed service contracts.have a single performance obligation.
Under time-and-materials based contracts, the Group charges for services based on daily or hourly rates and generally bills and collects monthly in arrears. RevenueThe Group applies the practical expedient. Under the practical expedient, if the vendor’s right to consideration from a customer corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the vendor’s performance completed to date, the vendor can recognise revenue at the amount to which the vendor has the right to invoice. Consequently the revenue from time-and-materials contracts is recognised asbased on the right to invoice for services are performed, with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of sales when incurred.
Under fixed-priceFixed price contracts the Group bills and collects monthly throughoutare predominantly flat rate recurring service arrangements provided evenly over time, where revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of performance. Revenuethe service and do not require any judgment.
A small proportion of fixed price contracts contain percentage of completion and milestone contracts recognised over time. Percentage of completion and milestone contract revenue is recognised over time applying the input or output methods depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer. The input method is applied by recognising revenue on the basis of the Group’s efforts to date to the satisfaction of the performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The output method is applied by recognising revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, respectively. Each method is applied according to the characteristics of each contract and client. The inputs and outputs are selected based on how faithfully they depict the Group's performance towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. These methods are followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. Percentage of
F-21


completion and milestone contracts generally correspond to short-term contracts that generally do not span more than one accounting period.
The group also enters into a small number of volume-based arrangements where revenue is recognised based on the percentageupon performance of completion method, with the percentagecertain activities (e.g. processing of completion typically assessed using cost measures. Under this method,IT service tickets). Volume-based revenue is recognised over time based on the volume of IT related services provided in the accounting periodsperiod at the fixed rate per activity.
Variable consideration usually takes the form of volume-based discounts, price concessions or incentives. Determining the estimated amount of such variable consideration involves assumptions and estimation uncertainty that can have an impact on the amount of revenues reported.
From time to time, the Group may enter into arrangements with third-party suppliers to sell services. In such cases, the Group evaluates whether it is the principal (i.e., reports revenues on a gross basis) or the agent (i.e., reports revenues on a net basis). In doing so, the Group first evaluates whether it has control of the service before it is transferred to the customer. If the Group controls the service before it is transferred to the customer, the Group is the principal; if not, the Group is the agent. Determining whether the Group controls the service before it is transferred to the customer may require judgment.
A contract asset is a right to consideration that is conditional upon factors other than the passage of time. Contract assets primarily relate to unbilled amounts on fixed-price contracts. Services performed on or prior to the balance sheet date, but invoiced thereafter, are reflected in whichaccrued income. Contract liabilities, or deferred income, consist of advance payments from clients and billings in excess of revenues recognised. The Group classifies deferred income as current on the associatedconsolidated balance sheet and it is recognised as revenue when the services are rendered. In instances where final acceptanceprovided under a contract. These balances are generally short-term in nature and are generally recognised as revenue within one year.
O. Cost of a deliverable is specified bySales
The Group divides cost of sales into two categories: direct cost of sales and allocated cost of sales. Direct cost of sales consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, bonuses, share-based compensation, benefits and travel expenses for the client and there is risk or uncertainty of acceptance, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The cumulative impact of any revisionGroup’s employees directly involved in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known.
Under managed service contracts, the Group typically bills and collects upon executing the applicable contract and typically recognises revenue over the service period on a straight-line basis. Certaindelivery of the Group’s managed service contracts contain service-level commitments regarding availability, responsiveness, security, incident response and/or fulfillmentservices, as well as software licenses and other costs that relate directly to the delivery of serviceservices. Allocated cost of sales consists of the portion of depreciation and change requests. To the extent the Group has material uncertainty regarding its ability to comply with a service-level commitment, recognition of revenueamortisation expense and property costs related to the applicable contract would be deferred until the uncertainty is resolved and revenue recognised would be restricted to the extent of any provision made for potential damages or service-level credits. Further, to the extent the Group believes that it is probable that an outflow of resources may be required to address non-compliance with a service-level commitment, a provision would be made to cover the expected cost.
With respect to all types of contracts, revenue is only recognised when (i) the amount of revenue can be recognised reliably, (ii) it is probable that there will be a flow of economic benefits and (iii) any costs incurred are expected to be recoverable. Anticipated profit margins on contracts is reviewed monthly by the Group and, should it be deemed probable that a contract will be unprofitable, any foreseeable loss would be immediately recognised in full and provision would be made to cover the lowerdelivery of the cost of fulfilling the contact and the cost of exiting the contract.Group’s services. The allocation is done based on headcount.
17.Government grants
P. Government Grants
Government grants are assistance by government in the form of transfers of resources to the Group in return for past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to the operating activities of the Group. They exclude those forms of government assistance that cannot reasonably have a value placed upon them and transactions with government that cannot be distinguished from the normal trading transactions of the entity. Government grants are accounted for using the income approach under which they are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.
The Group has been granted government grants mainly for job creation and training in some European countries where delivery units are located. The grants received are not under complex fulfillment conditions and involve job creation and retention and provision of training services as per the agreements. During the reporting period, the Group received £0.5 million (2022: £0.1 million) from contracted government grants and there were no amounts repaid due to unfulfillment of conditions. The Group considers the risk of any material derecognition of grant income due to unfulfillment of conditions to be remote.
Following IAS 20 presentation options, the Group presents the grant related to income as a deduction from the related expense.
18.Finance income and finance costs
Q. Finance income and finance expense
Finance costs consistexpense consists primarily of interest expense on borrowings and leases, running costs related to the Company’s revolving credit facility and unwinding of the discount onand fair value re-measurements of acquisition holdbacksdeferred and contingent consideration. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition,
F-22


construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income using the effective interest method. Finance income consists of interest income on funds invested.invested and fair value re-measurements of acquisition deferred and contingent consideration. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in the statement of comprehensive income, using the effective interest method.
Finance income and finance costsexpense also reflect the net effect of realised and unrealised foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Prior to 30 June 2016, the Group entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate for intercompany

R. Income Taxes

F-17



transactions between the Sterling and Romanian RON, with changes in the fair value of these forward contracts being recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
19.Income taxes
Tax expense recognised in the statement of comprehensive income comprises the sum of deferred tax and current tax not recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, that are unpaid at the reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable profit, which differs from profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements. Calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends to either settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Current tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
Amounts receivable in respect of research and development tax credits are recognised within trade and other receivables in the financial statements in the year in which the related expenditure was incurred, provided there is sufficient evidence that these amounts are recoverable. If the research and development tax credits are to be received in a period of over one year from the balance sheet date, they are presented under financial assets and other receivables under non-current assets. These credits, which are credited as an offset to cost of sales, are based on a fixed percentage of the cost of work that is directed and supervised from the United Kingdom, and achieves an advance in technology that was uncertain at the outset of the work. The amounts are recognised within cost of sales in the groupGroup statement of comprehensive income.income, because they relate to innovations that the Group develops for its contract customers from which the Group earns revenue.
Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. However, deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, or on the initial recognition of an asset or liability unless the related transaction is a business combination or affects tax or accounting profit. Deferred tax on temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries is not provided if reversal of these temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates that are expected to apply to their respective periods of realisation, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that they will be able to be utilised against future taxable income, based on the Group’s forecast of future operating results which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Deferred tax assets are not discounted. Deferred tax liabilities are always provided for in full.full except where deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when the Group has a legally enforceable right and intention to set off current tax assets and liabilities from the same taxation authority.
Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax income or expense in the statement of comprehensive income, except where they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively.
20.Cash and cash equivalents
F-23


S. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, together with other short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
21.Equity, reserves and dividend payments
T. Equity, Reserves and Dividend payments
Share capital represents the nominal value of shares that have been issued.
Share premium includes any premiums received on issue of share capital. Any transaction costs associated with the issuing of shares are deducted from share premium, net of any related income tax benefits.
Other components of equity include the following:
TranslationForeign exchange translation reserve comprises foreign currency translation differences arising from the translation of financial statements of the group’s foreign entities into Sterling;


F-18



Capital redemption reserve is created to maintain the statutory capital maintenance requirements of the Companies Act 2006;
Merger relief reserve balance represents the fair value of the consideration given in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares issued in a business combination;
Other reserve includes increase in equity related to equity consideration payable for acquisitions for which the shares have not yet been issued; and
Retained earnings include all current and prior period retained profits.profits and share option reserves.
All transactions with equity shareholders of the Company are recorded separately within equity. Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders of the Company are included in other liabilities when the dividends have been approved in a general meeting prior to the reporting date.
Investment in own shares represents shares held by the EBT.
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is determined by dividing the profit or loss attributable to equity holders of the Company, adjusted by fair value movement of financial liabilities and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which include awards under share award schemes and share options granted to employees.
22.Share split
On 6 July 2018, the Company completed a five for one share split of each class of ordinary shares. This share split has been retrospectively reflected in the financial statements impacting earnings per share calculations and disclosures regarding the number of ordinary shares. This is reflected in Notes 13, 25, 27 and 33 of these financial statements.
4.Operating Segment Analysis
4.Operating Segment Analysis
Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding on how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officerChief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a Group level basis for the purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, the Group has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment.
Major Customer
Worldpay (UK) Limited, or Worldpay, was our largest client for each of the last three fiscal years, contributing 10.8%, 13.0% and 15.6% of our total revenue in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Geographical Information of Group’s Non-Current Assets

Geographical information about the Group's non-current assets (excluding deferred tax asset) is based on locations where the assets are accumulated:
F-24
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
UK£27,209
 £27,028
North America45,717
 6,350
Europe5,246
 4,996
Other2,261
 1,339
Total£80,433
 £39,713


F-19


2023
 £’000
2022
£’000
United Kingdom£33,412 £33,771 
North America66,621 74,508 
Europe169,271 151,213 
RoW (1)
133,996 16,967 
Total£403,300 £276,459 
(1) Rest of World (RoW)

5.Revenue
Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers by geographical market, based on where the services are delivered to customers:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
United Kingdom£309,365 £270,844 £187,045 
North America258,112 228,112 140,085 
Europe182,551 138,005 107,978 
RoW44,705 17,796 11,190 
Total£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 
As at 30 June 2023 revenues generated from customers in the United States of America were £257.3 million (30 June 2022: £225.2 million) and they are included in the North American market. This disclosure has been added in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2023, including disaggregated figures for the comparative information presented in respect of the year ended June 30, 2022.

The Group’s revenue by industry sector is as follows:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Payments and Financial Services£416,007 £331,842 £226,391 
TMT173,927 163,534 121,045 
Other204,799 159,381 98,862 
Total£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 
The Group’s revenue by contract type is as follows:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Time and materials contracts£646,237 £522,857 £337,084 
Fixed price contracts148,496 131,900 109,214 
Total£794,733 £654,757 £446,298 

As at 30 June 2023, the undiscounted aggregate transaction value of revenue that has not been recognised relating to unsatisfied performance obligations was £104.1 million (30 June 2022: £177.0 million). This relates to fixed price contracts with forward contractual commitments. This revenue is expected to be recognised over the following time periods:

F-25



2023
 £’000
2022
£'000
Less than 1 year64,838 121,735 
1 to 2 years17,758 22,656 
2 to 3 years11,823 13,631 
More than 3 years9,682 18,975 
Total£104,101 £176,997 
5.Revenue
The Company applies a practical expedient and does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which it recognises revenues at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services provided.
Revenue recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is analysed intoyear ended June 30, 2023 relating to performance obligations that were satisfied, or partially satisfied, in previous years was not material.
6.Operating Profit
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
£’000
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment8,730 6,634 5,086 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets11,861 10,958 10,449 
(Reversal of) / Impairment of right-of-use assets(131)214 1,697 
Amortisation of intangible assets12,467 11,163 7,215 
Net gain on disposal of non-current assets (tangibles and intangibles)(45)(73)(36)
Net gain on disposal of right-of-use asset(1)(187)(56)
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets sub-leased— 132 — 
Research and development tax credit(5,027)(2,211)(2,642)
Government grants(2,935)(642)(503)
Share-based compensation expense31,058 35,005 24,427 
Expected credit loss allowance on trade receivables932 765 (30)
Expected credit loss allowance on accrued income— (26)34 
Operating lease costs:
Land and buildings1,957 855 788 
F-26


Operating lease costs for the following geography split, based on where the service is being delivered to:
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
UK£98,571
 £79,938
 £74,315
North America45,600
 25,944
 20,906
Europe73,442
 53,486
 20,211
Total£217,613
 £159,368
 £115,432
6.Operating Profit
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):     
Depreciation and impairment of owned property, plant and equipment3,266
 2,470
 1,637
Depreciation of assets held under finance leases72
 62
 83
Impairment of non-current assets (tangibles and intangibles)19
 
 (80)
Amortisation of intangible assets2,912
 1,814
 1,242
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment(79) (16) (15)
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment74
 122
 
Research and development expenditure credit(1,008) (1,322) (1,117)
Government grants(1,633) (1,691) (1,048)
Share-based compensation1,505
 854
 768
Initial public offering preparation costs4,643
 
 
Operating lease costs:     
Land and buildings8,444
 6,443
 4,437
Initial public offering preparation costsyear ended 30 June 2023 include professional fees incurredshort-term lease rent (not in the Group’s preparationscope for an initial public offering of the Company’s ordinary shares.IFRS 16), property taxes and other property related costs.
Auditor’s remuneration:
TheDuring the year, the Group paid(including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following amountsservices from the company’s auditors in respect of each year::
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Audit of the financial statements£1,467 £1,150 £813 
Subsidiary local statutory audits108 87 87 
SOX attestation fees1,506 1,710 1,470 
Total audit fees3,081 2,947 2,370 
Quarterly review fees260 — — 
Transition fees180 — — 
Total audit related fees440   
Tax Fees377 — — 
All Other Fees202 — — 
Total auditor’s remuneration£4,100 £2,947 £2,370 
Auditor’s remuneration in respect of the financial year ended June 30, 2022 has been amended to its auditorsreflect additional fees payable to KPMG in respect of the audit for that financial year.

7.Particulars of the financial statements and for other services provided to the Group:Employees (including Directors)
2023
No.
2022
No.
2021
No.
Average number of staff employed by the group during the year (including directors):
Number of operational staff10,872 9,492 6,943 
Number of administrative staff1,081 927 744 
Number of management staff
Total11,961 10,426 7,695 
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Aggregate payroll costs of the above were:
Wages and salaries£481,399 £363,879 £252,553 
Social security contributions32,844 23,970 15,810 
Pension contributions - defined contribution plan12,034 9,353 4,944 
Share-based compensation expense31,058 35,005 24,427 
Total£557,335 £432,207 £297,734 

F-27
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Audit of the financial statements£437
 £126
 £80
Subsidiary local statutory audits85
 89
 59
Total audit fees522
 215
 139
Initial public offering fees655
 
 
Total audit related fees655
 
 
Total auditor’s remuneration£1,177
 £215
 £139


F-20




8.Key Management Remuneration
7.Particulars of Employees
 2018
No.
 2017
No.
 2016
No.
Average number of staff employed by the group during the year:     
Number of operational staff3,957
 3,181
 2,336
Number of administrative staff373
 283
 190
Number of management staff7
 7
 7
Total4,337
 3,471
 2,533
      
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Aggregate payroll costs of the above were:     
Wages and salaries£122,166
 £82,894
 £58,714
Social security and pension costs15,336
 14,850
 8,643
Share-based compensation1,505
 854
 768
Total£139,007
 £98,598
 £68,125
8.Key Management Remuneration
The compensation of the members of our Board of Directors was:
2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
     
Remuneration paid£1,204
 £865
 £1,275
Remuneration paid£1,338 £1,838 £1,411 
Company contribution to pension scheme50
 41
 59
Share-based compensation107
 79
 77
Company contributions to pension schemeCompany contributions to pension scheme72 85 63 
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense3,755 3,732 2,587 
Total£1,361
 £985
 £1,411
Total£5,165 £5,655 £4,061 
     
Emoluments of highest paid director:     Emoluments of highest paid director:
Remuneration paid£589
 £400
 £387
Remuneration paid£612 £1,013 £713 
Company contributions to pension scheme34
 31
 30
Company contributions to pension scheme48 65 45 
Share-based compensation25
 27
 24
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense2,135 2,068 1,183 
Total£648
 £458
 £441
Total£2,795 £3,146 £1,941 
There were 2 directorswas one director who were memberswas a member of a pension scheme during the year (2017: 2; 2016: 4)(2022: 1; 2021: 1).
The highest paid director did notexercised 56,715 options during the year (2022: 47,787, 2021: 36,447) and was granted 53,762 options under a long term incentive plan (2022: 35,795, 2021: 45,360).
The total gains on the exercise of share options inby the year (2017: £nil; 2016: £nil) and did not receive shares under a long-term incentive scheme.Directors amounted to £5.6 million (2022: £10.5 million).



9.Finance Expense
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Running costs related to our revolving credit facility£1,733 £791 £863 
Interest payable on leases1,675 1,126 1,176 
Interest payable on leased vehicles
Foreign exchange loss10,729 — 6,546 
Other interest expense269 381 416 
Fair value movement of financial liabilities419 842 302 
Total£14,826 £3,142 £9,305 

10.Finance Income
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Interest income on bank deposits£3,502 £181 £84 
Other interest income393 20 
Fair value movement of financial assets17 
Fair value movement of financial liabilities12,247 — — 
Foreign exchange gain— 9,942 — 
Total£16,144 £10,137 £121 


F-28
F-21




11.Tax On Profit On Ordinary Activities
9.Finance Costs
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Interest charge on bank borrowings£561
 £286
 £79
Interest charge on leases8
 22
 35
Foreign exchange loss17
 967
 
Other interest charge3
 100
 56
Fair value movement of financial liabilities229
 
 
Total£818
 £1,375
 £170
10.Finance Income
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Interest income on bank deposits£26
 £15
 £17
Other interest income9
 3
 4
Foreign exchange gain
 
 4
Fair value gain on forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading
 
 1,043
Total£35
 £18
 £1,068
11.Tax On Profit On Ordinary Activities
Analysis of charge / (credit) in the year
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
£’000
2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
UK corporation tax based on the results for the year ended 30 June 2018 at 19% (2017: 19.75%, 2016: 20%)£1,977
 £1,664
 £2,275
U.K. corporation tax based on the results for the year ended 30 June 2023 at 20.5% (2022 : 19%, 2021: 19%)U.K. corporation tax based on the results for the year ended 30 June 2023 at 20.5% (2022 : 19%, 2021: 19%)£8,141 £7,970 £3,628 
Overseas tax4,048
 3,066
 2,188
Overseas tax16,120 11,859 10,276 
Adjustment in respect of prior periodsAdjustment in respect of prior periods4,895 751 20 
Current Tax6,025
 4,730
 4,463
Current Tax29,156 20,580 13,924 
Deferred Tax(350) 138
 (338)Deferred Tax(9,156)(1,294)(3,006)
Total tax£5,675
 £4,868
 £4,125
Total tax£20,000 £19,286 £10,918 
The standardblended U.K. Corporation rate throughout the period was 20.5% (2022 : 19%).
An increase in the U.K. corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. This will increase the Group’s future tax charge accordingly. The deferred tax balance as of 30 June 2023 (and 30 June 2022) has been calculated based on the substantively enacted rates at that date, reflecting the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences.

On 20 June 2023, Finance (No.2) Act 2023 was substantively enacted in the United Kingdom, introducing a global minimum effective tax rate of corporation15%. The legislation implements a domestic top-up tax inand a multinational top-up tax, effective for accounting periods starting on or after 31 December 2023. The Group has applied the UK fell from 20% to19% with effect from 1 April 2017. Changesexception under an amendment to reduce the UK corporationIAS 12 to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax rateassets and liabilities related to 19% from 1 April 2017 and to 17% from 1 April 2020 were substantially enacted on 15 September 2016.


F-22



top-up income taxes.
Reconciliation of the tax rate on group profits
2018 2017 2016202320222021
£’000 % £’000 % £’000 %£’000%£’000%£’000%
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation£24,650
 
 £21,700
 
 £20,831
  Profit on ordinary activities before taxation£114,163 £102,379 £54,368 
Profit on ordinary activities at UK statutory rate4,684
 19.0
 4,286
 19.8
 4,167
 20.0
Profit on ordinary activities at U.K. statutory rateProfit on ordinary activities at U.K. statutory rate23,403 20.519,452 19.010,330 19.0
Differences in overseas tax rates(359) (1.5) (219) (1.0) (372) (1.8)Differences in overseas tax rates(267)(0.2)(2,467)(2.4)(1,150)(2.1)
Impact of share based compensation150
 0.6
 56
 0.2
 100
 0.5
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses(2) 
 (2) 
 (31) (0.1)
Other permanent differences1,030
 4.2
 258
 1.2
 239
 1.1
Impact of share-based compensationImpact of share-based compensation1,390 1.21,223 1.2897 1.5
Non taxable fair value movement on financial liabilitiesNon taxable fair value movement on financial liabilities(2,430)(2.1)— — 
Tax incentives and non deductible itemsTax incentives and non deductible items(867)(0.8)(1,359)(1.3)201 0.4
Adjustments related to prior periods(73) (0.3) 292
 1.3
 7
 
Adjustments related to prior periods(354)(0.3)(502)(0.5)(300)(0.6)
Tax on unremitted earnings/witholding tax on dividends185
 0.8
 197
 0.9
 
 
Tax on unremitted earnings/withholding tax on dividendsTax on unremitted earnings/withholding tax on dividends1,209 1.12,876 2.8852 1.6
Impact of rate change on deferred tax60
 0.2
 
 
 15
 0.1
Impact of rate change on deferred tax(2,084)(1.8)63 0.188 0.2
Total£5,675
 23.0 % £4,868
 22.4 % £4,125
 19.8 %Total£20,000 17.5%£19,286 18.8%£10,918 20.1%
The other permanent differencestax incentives and non deductible items of £1,030,000£0.9 million as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: £1.4 million) are mainly related to tax credits and incentives net of certain expenses of the initial public offering that are not expected to be tax deductible in any jurisdiction.
F-29


Tax on items charged to equity and statement of comprehensive income
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Share-based compensation(1,090) (42) (63)
Total credit to equity and statement of comprehensive income(1,090) (42) (63)
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
2021
 £’000
Deferred tax - share-based compensation£3,919 £5,101 £(3,270)
Current tax - share-based compensation(2,318)(8,290)(6,639)
Total charge/ (credit) to equity£1,601 £(3,189)£(9,909)
Unremitted Earnings
The aggregate amount of unremitted profits at 30 June 20182023 was approximately £21,000,000 (2017 : £24,000,000)£158.0 million (2022: £108.0 million). The movement during the year reflects profits made in various territories outside of the United Kingdom and repatriation of such profits through various dividend payments to Endava plc. UKU.K. legislation relating to company distributions provides for exemption from tax for most repatriated profits. Deferred taxation of £385,000£4.0 million has been provided on these profits as ofat 30 June 2018 (2017 : £142,000)2023 (2022: £4.4 million). No deferred tax liability has been provided on £10.1 million of these profits at 30 June 2023 (2022: nil) as the group is able to control the timing of distributions from these subsidiaries and is not expected to distribute these profits in the foreseeable future.


12.Deferred Tax Assets and (Liabilities)
F-23



12.Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Deferred taxes arising from temporary differences and unused tax losses are summarised as follows:
Deferred tax 2023At 1 July 2022
£’000
Exchange Adjustments £’000Credit / (Charge) to Profit and Loss
£’000
Acquisition £’000Charge to Equity £’000At 30 June 2023 £’000
Accelerated capital allowances£434 £— £(465)£— £— £(31)
Tax losses3,627 (111)8,995 — — 12,511 
Share-based compensation9,844 (35)(1,927)— (3,919)3,963 
Intangible assets(6,008)191 1,901 (6,455)— (10,371)
Other temporary differences(1,505)45 652 269 — (539)
Total£6,392 £90 £9,156 £(6,186)£(3,919)£5,533 
Deferred tax 2018At 1 July 2017
£’000
 Exchange Adjustments
£’000
 Credit / (Charge) to Profit and Loss
£’000
 Credit to Equity
£’000
 Acquisition
£’000
 At 30 June 2018
£’000
Deferred tax 2022Deferred tax 2022At 1 July 2021
£’000
Exchange Adjustments £’000Credit / (Charge) to Profit and Loss
£’000
Acquisition £’000Charge to Equity £’000At 30 June 2022 £’000
Accelerated capital allowances£(76) £(2) £(9) £
 £
 £(87)Accelerated capital allowances£595 £— £(161)£— £— £434 
Tax losses227
 
 (165) 
 
 62
Tax losses2,987 355 285 — — 3,627 
Share-based compensation271
 
 309
 1,090
 
 1,670
Share-based compensation13,143 — 1,802 — (5,101)9,844 
Intangible assets(2,490) (61) 462
 
 
 (2,089)Intangible assets(6,824)(30)1,136 (290)— (6,008)
Other temporary differences349
 (2) (247) 
 
 100
Other temporary differences55 208 (1,768)— — (1,505)
Total£(1,719) £(65) £350
 £1,090
 £
 £(344)Total£9,956 £533 £1,294 £(290)£(5,101)£6,392 
Deferred tax 2017At 1 July 2016
£’000
 Exchange Adjustments
£’000
 Credit / (Charge) to Profit and Loss
£’000
 Credit to Equity
£’000
 Acquisition
£’000
 At 30 June 2017
£’000
Accelerated capital allowances£(34) £
 £(42) £
 £
 £(76)
Tax losses312
 15
 (100) 
 
 227
Share-based compensation117
 (1) 113
 42
 
 271
Intangible assets(1,543) (141) 269
 
 (1,075) (2,490)
Other temporary differences724
 3
 (378) 
 
 349
Total£(424) £(124) £(138) £42
 £(1,075) £(1,719)
The deferred tax charge to the statement of comprehensive income relating to changes in tax rates is £60,000 (2017: £0). All other deferred tax movements arise from the origination and reversal of temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be generated against which those assets can be utilised.
F-30


After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax comprises:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Deferred tax assets20,156 17,218 
Deferred tax liabilities(14,623)(10,826)
Net deferred tax5,533 6,392 

13.Earnings Per Share
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Deferred tax assets2,488
 867
Deferred tax liabilities(2,832) (2,586)
Net deferred tax(344) (1,719)


F-24



13.Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company94,163 83,093 43,450 
 
2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company18,975
 16,832
 16,706
202320222021
Weighted average number of shares outstanding57,314,839 56,272,036 55,220,298 
 2018 2017 2016
Weighted average number of shares outstanding45,100,165
 45,258,750
 45,389,210
 2018 2017 2016
Earnings per share - basic (£)0.42
 0.37
 0.37
The Group’s weighted average number of shares outstanding has been adjusted by the number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust.
202320222021
Earnings per share - basic (£)1.64 1.48 0.79 
Diluted Earnings Per Shareearnings per share
Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of shares that would be issued if all dilutive potential ordinary shares were converted into ordinary shares. In accordance with IAS 33, the dilutive earnings per share are without reference to adjustments in respect of outstanding shares when the impact would be anti-dilutive.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company94,163 83,093 43,450 
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company18,975
 16,832
 16,706
Fair value movement of financial liabilities126
 
 
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company including impact of fair value adjustment of contingent consideration19,101
 16,832
 16,706
202320222021
Weighted average number of shares outstanding57,314,839 56,272,036 55,220,298 
Diluted by: options in issue and contingent shares767,549 1,746,164 1,830,315 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (diluted)58,082,388 58,018,200 57,050,613 
202320222021
Earnings per share - diluted (£)1.62 1.43 0.76 
F-31
 2018 2017 2016
Weighted average number of shares outstanding45,100,165
 45,258,750
 45,389,210
Diluted by: options in issue and contingent shares5,326,051
 4,033,770
 3,928,835
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (diluted)50,426,216
 49,292,520
 49,318,045
 2018 2017 2016
Earnings per share - diluted (£)0.38
 0.34
 0.34


F-25




Basic and diluted earnings per share calculated above are the same for Class A and B shares as both have the same rights to share in profit for the period.

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of authorisation of these financial statements that would have an impact over the basic and diluted earnings per share for the reporting period.

14.Goodwill
14.Goodwill
20182023£’000
Cost
At 1 July 2017202216,198145,916
Acquired through business combinations24,212102,451 
Effect of foreign exchange translations652(7,549)
At 30 June 2018202341,062240,818
20172022
Cost
At 1 July 2016202111,321126,142
Acquired through business combinations4,20012,780 
Effect of foreign exchange translations6776,994 
At 30 June 2017202216,198145,916
Net book value
At 30 June 2018202341,062240,818
At 30 June 2017202216,198145,916
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, from the acquisition date, to the CGU that is expected to benefit from synergies of the combination and represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. The Group has one Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”) and accordingly goodwill is reported under one CGU.
During 2018,the financial year ended 30 June 2023, the Group acquired 100% of Velocity Partners, LLCLexicon Digital Pty Ltd and Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd (“Velocity Partners”Lexicon”) voting rights and obtained control of Velocity Partners,Lexicon, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of £24,212,000.£44.1 million. All goodwill is recorded in Australian Dollars, being the local currency. Additions are converted at the exchange rate on the datecurrency of the transaction andacquired company. The Group also completed the goodwill at the endacquisition of Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd (“Mudbath”), acquiring 100% of the yearvoting rights and obtaining control. The transaction resulted in an increase in provisional goodwill of £12.8 million, all recorded in Australian Dollars, being the local currency of the acquired company. During the reporting period, the Group also acquired 100% of the voting rights of DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd (collectively, “DEK”), obtaining control. The transaction resulted in an increase in provisional goodwill of £45.6 million. The goodwill amount recognised in DEK is stated at closing exchange rates.recorded in the local currency of the acquired companies, split between Australian Dollars, Swedish Krona and Vietnamese Dong. All goodwill recognised during the reporting period for the three completed acquisitions has been allocated to the Group CGU.
During 2017,the financial year ended 30 June 2022, the Group acquired 100% of Integrated Systems Development CorporationBusiness Agility Consulting Ltd. (“ISDC”BAC”) voting rights and obtained control of ISDC,BAC, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of £4,200,000.£12.8 million. All goodwill is recorded in Sterling, being the local currency. Additions are converted at the exchange rate on the datecurrency of the transactionacquired company.
During the financial year ended 30 June 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Comtrade Digital Services business (“CDS”) voting rights and obtained control of CDS, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of £32.8 million. All goodwill is recorded in the goodwill at the endlocal currency of the yearacquired companies as part of the CDS Group, split between Euro, Bosnian Convertible Marks and US Dollars, and it has been allocated to the Group CGU. The Group also completed the acquisition of Pet Minuta d.o.o. of Croatia and its U.S. subsidiary, Five Minutes Studio, Inc. (together “Five”),
F-32


acquiring 100% of the voting rights and obtaining control. The transaction resulted in an increase in goodwill of £15.6 million (2021 provisional goodwill: £15.9 million). The goodwill amount recognised for Five is stated at closing exchange rates.recorded in the local currency of the acquired companies, split between US Dollars and Croatian Kuna, and it has been allocated to the Group CGU. During the reporting period, the Group also completed the acquisition of Levvel LLC (“Levvel”), acquiring 100% of the voting rights and obtained control. The transaction resulted in an increase in goodwill of £27.2 million (2021 provisional goodwill: £25.1 million). The goodwill amount recognised for Levvel is recorded in US Dollars and has been allocated to the Group CGU.
Goodwill Impairment Testing
Goodwill is not amortised and is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.
For the year ended 30 June 2018,2023, the Board reviewed the value of goodwill based on internal value in use calculations. The key assumptions for these calculations are discount rates and revenue growth rates and expected changes to gross margins during the period.rate. The growth rates for the analysed period are based on management’s expectations of the medium-term performance of the acquired businesses,business, planned growth in market shares, industry forecasts and growth in the market. These calculations used five-year cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management and assumed a 1.5% terminal growth rate thereafter. The discount rate used of 14.9% for the 2023 impairment test (2022: 13.5%, 2021: 9.3%) represents the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of the Group and is a pre-tax rate.


F-26



The market risk is reflected in the discount rate used through its components, cost of equity and cost of debt. The cost of equity is calculated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”) and its formula includes the market return and the sensitivity of the Company to that market return. The WACC also includes the risk-free rate both in the calculation of the cost of equity and the cost of debt. If the market uncertainty increases, the risk-free rate would also increase to reflect this. Moreover, the market risk is also reflected through the determination of the cost of debt as the current market prices are included in the considered credit risk.
The key assumptions used in the assessments for the years ended 30 June 20182023, 2022 and 20172021 are as follows:
202320222021
2018 2017
Growth rate20% 25%
Revenue growth rateRevenue growth rate25 %25 %20 %
Discount rate15.7% 19.5%Discount rate14.9 %13.5 %9.3 %
Terminal growth rate1.5% 1.5%Terminal growth rate1.5 %1.5 %1.5 %
Management’s impairment assessment for 20182023, 2022 and 20172021 indicates value in use substantially in excess of the carrying value of goodwill. Management therefore believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to materially exceed its recoverable amount.
As at 30 June 20182023, 2022 and 30 June 2017,2021, there were no indicators of impairment that suggested that the carrying amount of the Group’s goodwill is not recoverable.

15.Acquisition Of Subsidiaries
15.Business combinations
Acquisition of Velocity PartnersDEK
On 29 December 20179 June 2023, (the “Acquisition Date”“DEK Acquisition date”), the Group entered into an Equitya Share Purchase Agreement (the “DEK Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which it acquired all the issued and outstanding equity of DEK Corporation Pty Ltd, DEK Technologies Sweden AB and DEK Vietnam Company Ltd (collectively, “DEK”), headquartered in Melbourne, Australia with additional offices in Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam and Stockholm, Sweden. DEK is a multinational firm that develops cutting-edge software solutions across a range of applications, including embedded systems, real-time solutions, telecoms and data communications. DEK’s expertise spans several industry sectors
F-33


with the most prominent being telecommunications. One of its longstanding clients is one of the world’s largest networking and telecommunication equipment and services companies. Other clients include Australia’s largest telecoms company and a publicly listed artificial intelligence technology company.
The acquisition accounting of the DEK acquisition was considered provisional as at 30 June 2023 pending final conclusion on the fair value of total consideration transferred, fair value of net assets acquired and resulting goodwill.
The consideration includes elements of cash, equity, deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration44,272 
Equity consideration5,337 
Fair value of deferred consideration2,468 
Fair value of contingent consideration5,071 
Total consideration transferred57,148
Under the DEK Share Purchase Agreement, the Group paid the former equity holders of DEK a cash purchase price of £44.3 million, subject to post closing adjustments on the cash, debt and working capital of DEK. 146,572 Class A shares were issued to the Sellers subject to a lock-up period with a fair value of equity consideration of £5.3 million, using a share price at acquisition date of £36.41. In addition, the Group recognised deferred consideration with a fair value of £2.5 million attributed to a holdback amount, payable within 24 months of acquisition date. The deferred consideration is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The fair value at the balance sheet date approximates to its carrying value.
The Group also recognised contingent consideration with a fair value of £5.1 million upon successfully renegotiating a rate card uplift related to one of DEK’s clients. The payout is all or nothing. Management estimated a 95% payout probability of the contingent consideration and 5% probability that the earn-out condition will be
F-34


missed. Any subsequent revaluations to contingent consideration as a result of changes in such estimations are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
£’000
Intangible assets - client relationships16,459 
Property, plant and equipment354 
Right of use assets4,667 
Cash and cash equivalents10,817 
Trade and other receivables13,006 
Corporation tax receivable368 
Lease liabilities(4,752)
Trade and other payables(24,550)
Corporation tax payable(659)
Deferred tax liability(4,197)
Fair value of net assets acquired11,513
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
As the purchase price allocation was not finalised, management estimated the fair value of the client relationships by applying an assumed client relationship fair value as a proportion of the total consideration transferred based on comparable historical acquisitions.
Deferred tax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition on the client relationship was £4.2 million based on a book base of £16.5 million and a tax base of nil at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
£’000
Consideration transferred57,148 
Fair value of net assets acquired(11,513)
Goodwill45,635
The goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth, the new client relationships anticipated to arise post-acquisition and
F-35


a proportion of goodwill that is, by its nature, unidentifiable and represents modus operandi of all the assets combined, which generates profits.
Revenue and Profit of DEK from the DEK Acquisition Date to 30 June 2023:
£’000
Revenue1,703 
Profit371 
Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of DEK for the reporting period ended 30 June 2023 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
£’000
Revenue29,030 
Profit3,273 
Acquisition related costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees895 
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.
Acquisition of Mudbath
On 10 May 2023 (the “Mudbath Acquisition date”), the Group entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Mudbath Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which it acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Mudbath & Co. Pty Ltd (“Mudbath”), headquartered in Newcastle, Australia. Mudbath is an Australian-based technology firm specialising in strategy, design and engineering services. Mudbath partners with businesses to build new digital solutions, enhance user experiences and accelerate digital transformation programs across enterprise systems, web and mobile products using their proven agile delivery methodology. Mudbath’s clients span broad industry verticals, including retail, mining (and adjacent activities including rail and tools), health, insurance, banking and travel. Mudbath’s employees are based primarily in Newcastle, Sydney and Melbourne, Australia.
The acquisition accounting of the Mudbath acquisition was considered provisional as at 30 June 2023 pending final conclusion on the fair value of total consideration transferred and resulting goodwill.
The consideration includes elements of cash, equity, deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration7,361 
Equity consideration2,831 
Fair value of deferred consideration1,084 
Fair value of contingent consideration3,823 
Total consideration transferred15,099
Under the Mudbath Share Purchase Agreement, the Group paid the former equity holders of Mudbath a cash purchase price of £7.4 million, subject to post closing adjustments on the cash, debt and working capital of Mudbath. 70,866 Class A shares were issued to the Sellers subject to a lock-up period with a fair value of equity consideration of £2.8 million, using a share price at acquisition date of £39.94. In addition, the Group recognised deferred consideration with a fair value of £1.1 million attributed to a holdback amount, payable within 18 months of
F-36


acquisition date. The deferred consideration is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The fair value at the balance sheet date approximates to its carrying value.
The Group also recognised contingent consideration with a fair value of £3.8 million upon fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to revenue and EBITDA of Mudbath during the earn-out period. Management estimated 70% payout of the contingent consideration using probability-weighted outcomes. The fair value was then determined by applying an appropriate discount rate that embeds the risk included in the projections used in the scenarios. Any subsequent revaluations to contingent consideration as a result of changes in such estimations are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. There have been no changes to the payout expectation from acquisition date to reporting date.
Under the Mudbath Purchase Agreement, there are other amounts in the form of restricted share units under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain Mudbath employees. As all restricted share units are based on continued service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and are accounted for as ongoing remuneration under IFRS 2.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
£’000
Intangible assets - client relationships2,997 
Property, plant and equipment29 
Deferred tax asset133 
Cash and cash equivalents546 
Trade and other receivables818 
Trade and other payables(1,236)
Corporation tax payable(55)
Deferred tax liability(899)
Fair value of net assets acquired2,333
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
Intangible assets subject to valuation include client relationships. The multi period excess earnings method (“MEEM”) was applied to determine the fair value of the client relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach used customer attrition and discount rates as critical assumptions. The contribution of other tangible and intangible assets to the cash flows were also used as inputs in the fair value determination
F-37


exercise, but they are not considered to be critical assumptions. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were discounted to a present value.

Deferred tax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition on the client relationship was £0.9 million based on a book base of £3.0 million and a tax base of nil at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:

£’000
Consideration transferred15,099 
Fair value of net assets acquired(2,333)
Goodwill12,766
The goodwill arising from the acquisition includes elements such as: new client relationships anticipated to arise post-acquisition, an experienced workforce and proportion of it that is, by its very nature, unidentifiable, and represents a modus operandi of all the assets combined, which generate profits.
Revenue and Profit of Mudbath from the Mudbath Acquisition Date to 30 June 2023:

£’000
Revenue2,019 
Profit297 
Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of Mudbath for the reporting period ended 30 June 2023 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
£’000
Revenue10,086 
Profit127 
Acquisition related costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees277 
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.

Acquisition of Lexicon
On 6 October 2022 (the “Lexicon Acquisition date”), the Group entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Lexicon Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which it acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Lexicon Digital Pty Ltd, Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty Ltd and Lexicon Vietnam Company Ltd, headquartered in Melbourne, Australia, and all issued and outstanding units in the Lexicon Digital Trust (“Lexicon”). Lexicon is an Australian-based technology consulting, design and engineering firm who partners with clients to build new digital solutions or accelerate digital transformation programs across enterprise systems, products and IoT using an agile
F-38


delivery methodology. Lexicon’s clients include Australia’s market leaders in the insurance and wealth management sectors and an array of companies in other sectors, including entertainment, retail, agribusiness and automotive.
The acquisition accounting of the Lexicon acquisition was considered final as at 30 June 2023.
The consideration includes elements of cash, equity, deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration32,025 
Equity consideration9,975 
Fair value of deferred consideration1,416 
Fair value of contingent consideration5,877 
Total consideration transferred49,293
Under the Lexicon Share Purchase Agreement, the Group paid the former equity holders of Lexicon a cash purchase price of £32.0 million, including post closing adjustments on the cash, debt and working capital of Lexicon. 144,926 Class A shares were issued to the Sellers subject to a lock-up period with a fair value of equity consideration of £10.0 million, using a share price at acquisition date of £68.83. In addition, the Group recognised deferred consideration with a fair value of £1.4 million attributed to a holdback amount, payable within 24 months of acquisition date. The deferred consideration is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The fair value at the balance sheet date approximates to its carrying value.
The Group also recognised contingent consideration with a fair value of £5.9 million upon fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to revenue and EBITDA of Lexicon during the earn-out period. Management estimated 59% payout of the contingent consideration using probability-weighted outcomes. The fair value was then determined by applying an appropriate discount rate that embeds the risk included in the projections used in the scenarios. Any subsequent revaluations to contingent consideration as a result of changes in such estimations are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. During the reporting period, management has remeasured the contingent consideration to reflect the most recent estimate of the earn-out payout. This resulted in a gain of £3.3 million recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period, equivalent to 23% payout of the total contingent consideration.
Under the Lexicon Purchase Agreement, there are other amounts in the form of restricted share units under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain Lexicon
F-39


employees. As all restricted share units are based on continued service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and are accounted for as ongoing remuneration under IFRS 2.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
£’000
Intangible assets - client relationships4,530 
Property, plant and equipment51 
Right of use assets299 
Deferred tax asset136 
Cash and cash equivalents1,824 
Trade and other receivables2,098 
Lease liabilities(319)
Trade and other payables(1,192)
Corporation tax payable(825)
Deferred tax liability(1,359)
Fair value of net assets acquired5,243
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
Intangible assets subject to valuation include client relationships. The multi period excess earnings method (“MEEM”) was applied to determine the fair value of the client relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach used customer attrition and discount rates as critical assumptions. The contribution of other tangible and intangible assets to the cash flows were also used as inputs in the fair value determination exercise, but they are not considered to be critical assumptions. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were discounted to a present value.

Deferred tax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition on the client relationship was £1.4 million based on a book base of £4.5 million and a tax base of nil at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
£’000
Consideration transferred49,293 
Fair value of net assets acquired(5,243)
Goodwill44,050
The goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth, the new client relationships anticipated to arise post-acquisition and
F-40


a proportion of goodwill that is, by its nature, unidentifiable and represents modus operandi of all the assets combined, which generates profits.
Revenue and Profit of Lexicon from the Lexicon Acquisition Date to 30 June 2023:
£’000
Revenue11,867 
Profit605 
Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of Lexicon for the reporting period ended 30 June 2023 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
£’000
Revenue16,269 
Profit1,061 
Acquisition related costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees770 
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.

Acquisition of Business Agility Consulting
On 8 February 2022 (the “BAC Acquisition date”), the Group entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “BAC Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Group acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Velocity Partners, LLCBusiness Agility Consulting (“Velocity Partners”BAC”). Velocity PartnersBAC is based in Seattle, Washingtona U.K.-based insurance software implementation specialist. The combination of BAC’s modern insurance platform expertise, combined with Endava’s broader technology capabilities and provides software development servicesscale, creates a compelling proposition which is well placed to clients based in North America. Following thecapture transformation opportunities.
The acquisition 527 employees of Velocity Partners became partaccounting of the Group.
The acquisition accounting for the Velocity PartnersBAC acquisition was considered final as at 30 June 2018.2022.
TotalThe consideration includes elements of cash, equity and deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration5,400 
Equity consideration1,505 
Fair value of deferred consideration1,225 
Fair value of contingent consideration6,901 
Total consideration transferred15,031
Under the BAC Purchase Agreement the Group paid the former equity holder of BAC a cash purchase price of £5.4 million. 15,874 Class A shares are to be issued to the Seller subject to a lock-up period with a fair value of equity consideration of £1.5 million, using a share price at acquisition date of £94.80. In addition, the Group recognised a fair value of £1.2 million deferred consideration attributed to a holdback amount, payable within 20 months of the acquisition date, out of which £0.2 million has been settled by the end of the year ended 30 June 2022 and no additional deferred consideration was settled in the year ended 30 June 2023. The deferred consideration is
F-41


measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The fair value at the balance sheet date approximates to its carrying value.
The Group also recognised contingent consideration with a fair value of £6.9 million upon the fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to revenue and deferred compensation. EBITDA of BAC during the earn-out period. Management estimated 95% payout of the contingent consideration in determining its fair value. The fair value was determined by applying an appropriate discount rate to the contingent consideration payouts based on projected levels of revenue and EBITDA. The discount rate used embeds the fulfilment risk included projections. Any subsequent revaluations to contingent consideration as a result of changes in such estimations are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. During the reporting period, management has remeasured the contingent consideration to reflect the most recent estimate of the earn-out payout. This resulted in a gain of £7.3 million, including discount unwind, recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period, equivalent to a payout of nil of the total contingent consideration.
Under the BAC Purchase Agreement, there are other amounts that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain employeesBAC employees. £1.5 million worth of Velocity Partners. Any amountsrestricted share units under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan were granted on completion of the acquisition, which vest over either a 4-year or 3-year period and are all subject to continued employment. A portion of the overall restricted share units is also subject to achievement of specific revenue and EBITDA goals over the earn-out period. As all restricted share units are based on continued service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and will instead beare accounted for as ongoing remuneration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration28,586
Fair value of deferred consideration4,198
Fair value of contingent consideration10,933
Fair value of tax refund consideration1,170
Total consideration transferred44,887
Under the Purchase Agreement, the Group paid to the former equity holders of Velocity Partners a cash purchase price of £28.6 million. In addition, the Group recognised a fair value of £4.2 million of deferred consideration attributed to a holdback amount, of which £3.0 million is payable one year after the Acquisition Date and £1.5 million is payable within 18-months of the Acquisition Date.
The contingent consideration ultimately may be settled with cash, equity or a combination of both cash and equity, based upon a number of conditions specified in the Purchase Agreement. The factors that will determine the portion of the contingent consideration that ultimately must be settled in cash include (1) whether the Group completes an IPO prior to the third anniversary of the Acquisition Date, (2) the timing of any future IPO event that may occur and (3) the weighted average trading price of the Group’s Class A ordinary shares (including in the form of American Depositary Shares) during the initial 30-day period immediately following any IPO event. During the 3-year period immediately following the Acquisition Date, the Group will pay cash in an amount equal to approximately one third of the contingent consideration, plus a supplemental cash amount, on each anniversary date that passes prior to the consummation of an


F-27



IPO. Upon consummation of an IPO, equity becomes the initial means of settlement of any portion of the contingent consideration not previously settled in cash upon the passage of an anniversary of the Acquisition Date. The maximum number of shares issuable upon the occurrence of an IPO is 1,125,035 shares, dependent on the timing of the occurrence of an IPO. However, the Group may be required to supplement the equity issuance with additional cash consideration, based on the average trading price of the Group’s Class A ordinary shares (including in the form of American Depositary Shares) during the 30-day period immediately following the IPO. The total cash to be paid will not exceed £12.1 millionremuneration under any circumstances.
In accordance with IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement,” the Group measures its contingent consideration liability recognised in connection with the acquisition of Velocity Partners at fair value (the “contingent equity consideration”). Since the IPO happened on 27 July 2018, the fair value of the contingent consideration has increased because the closing price achieved on IPO was higher than the price valuation used at 30 June 2018. This was accounted for as a non-adjusting post balance sheet event.
The tax refund consideration of £1.2 million represents the amounts due to the former equity holders of Velocity Partners if we receive certain future tax refunds. As part of Velocity Partner’s closing balance sheet as of the acquisition date, Velocity Partners has recorded a $0.5 million tax receivable for a Washington State tax refund for the periods from 2010-2013 and $1.1 million value-added tax receivable in Argentina, recorded in other receivables. In the instance Velocity Partners receives proceeds under either of these tax refunds, they are owed to the seller as part of the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement.2.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
Fair Value
£’000
Intangible assetassets
Intangible assets - Client relationships15,2141,240 
Property, plant and equipment93212 
Cash and cash equivalents576 
Trade and other receivables6,045930 
Cash and cash equivalentsCorporation tax receivable2,342115 
Trade and other payables(3,792(335))
Corporation tax payable(39)
Deferred tax liability(27(296))
TotalFair value of net assets acquired20,6752,251
Other than intangible assets, there were no differences between the fair values andvalue approximates the book valuescarrying value of the net assets acquired at acquisition.acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
Intangible assets subject to valuation include customerclient relationships. Other immaterial intangibles assets that exist include the Velocity Partners trade name and a non-compete agreement. The multi period excess earnings method (“MPEEM”MEEM”) was applied to determine the fair value of the customerclient relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach is a function of the following: (1) future revenues expected to be generated by these assets and the profitability of these assets; (2) identification of the contribution of other tangible and intangible assets to the cash flows of these assets to apply an appropriate capital charge against the cash flows; and (3) determination of the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present value of the stream of anticipated cash flows.
An estimate was made by the Group regarding the amount of future revenues that could be attributed to Velocity Partners’BAC’s clients that existed as of the acquisition date. This revenue projection was based on management’s expectation of future revenue streams. As the estimate of fair value for the customer related asset is based on MEEM, consideration was given to contributions to earnings from “contributory assets” other than client
F-42


relationships, in order to isolate the cash flows attributable to the customer related asset inclusive of other assets. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were discounted to a present value.
Deferred tax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition on the client relationship was £0.3 million based on a book base of £1.2 million and a tax base of nil at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
£’000
Consideration transferred15,031 
Fair value of net assets acquired(2,251)
Goodwill12,780
The goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth, the new client relationships anticipated to arise post-acquisition and synergies achievable by combining BAC’s expertise in the insurance field with Endava’s broader software engineering experience and market presence. There is no goodwill amount that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
Revenue and Loss of BAC from the BAC Acquisition Date to 30 June 2022:
£’000
Revenue1,790 
Loss112 

Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of BAC for the reporting period ended 30 June 2022 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
F-43



£’000
Revenue4,391 
Profit227 
Acquisition Related Costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees292 
Stamp duty87 
Total379
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.

Acquisition of Levvel LLC
On 31 March 2021, the Group entered into a membership interest purchase agreement (the “Levvel Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Group acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Levvel LLC (“Levvel”). Levvel has a strong focus in the Payments and Financial Services, Logistics/Mobility and TMT verticals. Levvel delivers from the United States and Mexico and has 172 operational employees.
As per IFRS 3, the acquisition date was considered to be 1 April 2021 (the “Levvel Acquisition Date”) as the transaction closed at end of day on 31 March 2021 and the consideration transfer date was 1 April 2021.
The acquisition accounting of Levvel was finalised in fiscal year 2022 during the measurement period. The adjustments from provisional to final acquisition accounting are presented below. The adjustments refer to the finalisation of the purchase price allocation during the measurement period.
The consideration includes elements of cash and deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values for each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration39,364 
Cash in Escrow2,219 
Fair value of deferred consideration1,744 
Fair value of contingent consideration2,902 
Total consideration transferred46,229
Under the Levvel Purchase Agreement the Group paid the former equity holders of Levvel a cash purchase price of £39.4 million and placed £2.2 million in an Escrow account for the settlement of a U.S. Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan. In addition, the Company also recognised a fair value of £1.7 million of deferred consideration attributed to a holdback amount payable within 18 months of the acquisition date and a fair value of £2.9 million of consideration contingent upon the fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to revenue and EBITDA of Levvel during the earn-out period. The contingent consideration was settled in full during fiscal year 2022. The deferred consideration was settled in full during fiscal year 2023.
Under the Levvel Purchase Agreement, there are other amounts that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain employees of Levvel. £8.3 million worth of restricted share units under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan were granted on completion of the acquisition, which vest over either a 4-year or 3-year period and are all subject to continued employment. A portion of the overall restricted share units is also subject to achievement of specific revenue and EBITDA goals over the earn-out period. As all restricted share units are based on continued
F-44


service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and are accounted for as ongoing remuneration under IFRS 2.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
Provisional
£’000
Adjustments
£'000
Final
£'000
Intangible assets - Client relationships14,710 (1,939)12,771 
Intangible assets157 (157)— 
Property, plant and equipment798 — 798 
Right of use asset1,948 — 1,948 
Trade and other receivables5,928 — 5,928 
Cash and cash equivalents5,707 — 5,707 
Trade and other payables(5,093)— (5,093)
Lease liabilities(2,983)— (2,983)
Fair value of net assets acquired21,172 (2,096)19,076 
The adjustments presented above have been accounted for in the year ended 30 June 2022.
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
The MEEM was applied to determine the fair value of client relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach assumes a stream of cash flows generated from the relationships with customers and takes into account contributory asset charges (e.g. for the tangible assets, working capital and the workforce). An estimate was made by the Group regarding the amount of future revenues that could be attributed to Levvel’s clients that existed as of the acquisition date. This revenue projection was based on management’s expectation of future revenue streams. As the estimate of fair value for the customer related asset is based on MEEM, consideration was given to contributions to earnings from “contributory assets” other than client relationships, in order to isolate the cash flows attributable to the customer related asset inclusive of other assets. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were discounted to a present value.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
Provisional
£’000
Adjustments
£'000
Final
£'000
Consideration transferred46,229 — 46,229 
Fair value of net assets acquired(21,172)2,096 (19,076)
Goodwill25,057 2,096 27,153 
The adjustments presented above have been accounted for in the year ended 30 June 2022.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth and in the development of know-how, the revenue and cost synergies that are achievable and the growth opportunities that are available within the broader software engineering market. The entire value of the goodwill amount is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
Revenue and Profit of Levvel from the Levvel Acquisition Date to 30 June 2021:
£’000
Revenue11,639 
Profit1,192 
F-45


Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of Levvel for the reporting period ended 30 June 2021 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
£’000
Revenue39,467 
Profit4,715 
Acquisition related costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees1,074 
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.
Acquisition of Pet Minuta d.o.o.
On 4 March 2021 (the “Five Acquisition Date”), the Group entered into a share purchase agreement (the “Five Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Group acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Pet Minuta d.o.o. of Croatia and its U.S. subsidiary, Five Minutes Studio, Inc. (together “Five”). Five is a digital agency delivering a full spectrum of services, including product strategy, the design, build and delivery of digital experiences, and ongoing growth marketing using agile methodology combined with a scientific/metrics-driven approach to product design. Five has a team of 157 operational employees based in Brooklyn, NY and Croatia. The majority of its people are based in delivery centers in Croatia’s four largest cities.
The acquisition accounting of Five was finalised in fiscal year 2022 during the measurement period. The adjustments from provisional to final acquisition accounting are presented below. The adjustments refer to the finalisation of the purchase price allocation during the measurement period.
The consideration includes elements of cash, deferred and contingent consideration and equity consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values for each major class of consideration transferred:
Provisional
£’000
Adjustments
£'000
Final
£'000
Initial cash consideration16,062 49 16,111 
Fair value of equity consideration4,478 — 4,478 
Fair value of deferred consideration2,653 — 2,653 
Fair value of contingent consideration1,725 — 1,725 
Total consideration transferred24,918 49 24,967 
The adjustments presented above have been accounted for in the year ended 30 June 2022.
Under the Five Purchase Agreement the Group paid the former equity holders of Five a cash purchase price of £16.1 million. In addition, the Company issued 72,193 Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs to the sellers as part of the purchase price, with a fair value of £4.5 million using a share price at acquisition date of £62.02. The Company also recognised fair value of £2.7 million of deferred consideration attributed to a holdback amount payable within 24 months of the acquisition date and a fair value of £1.7 million of consideration contingent upon the fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to Revenue and EBITDA of Five during the earn-out period. The contingent consideration was settled in full during fiscal year 2022. The deferred consideration was settled in full during fiscal year 2023.
Under the Purchase Agreement, there are other amounts that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain employees of Five. £4.7 million worth of restricted share units under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan were granted on completion of the acquisition, which vest over either a 4-year or 3-year period and are all subject to continued employment. A portion of the overall restricted share units is also subject to achievement of specific revenue and EBITDA goals over the earn-out period. As all restricted share units are based on continued
F-46


service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and are accounted for as ongoing remuneration under IFRS 2.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
Provisional
£’000
Adjustments
£'000
Final
£'000
Intangible assets - Client relationships8,253 4288,681 
Property, plant and equipment310 — 310 
Financial assets33 — 33 
Right of use asset915 — 915 
Trade and other receivables2,250 — 2,250 
Cash and cash equivalents1,423 — 1,423 
Trade and other payables(1,235)106(1,129)
Corporation tax payable(318)— (318)
Lease liabilities(915)— (915)
Deferred tax liability(1,730)(114)(1,844)
Fair value of net assets acquired8,986 420 9,406 
The adjustments presented above have been accounted for in the year ended 30 June 2022.
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
The MEEM was applied to determine the fair value of client relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach assumes a stream of cash flows generated from the relationships with customers and takes into account contributory asset charges (e.g. for the tangible assets, working capital and the workforce). An estimate was made by the Group regarding the amount of future revenues that could be attributed to Five’s clients that existed as of the acquisition date. This revenue projection was based on management’s expectation of future revenue streams. As the estimate of fair value for the customer related asset is based on MEEM, consideration was given to contributions to earnings from “contributory assets” other than client relationships, in order to isolate the cash flows attributable to the customer related asset inclusive of other assets. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were discounted to a present value.
Deferred tax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition date on the client relationship was £1.6 million based on a book base of £8.7 million and a tax base of £nil at the date of the acquisition. An additional deferred tax liability of £0.3 million was recognised on unremitted earnings as at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
Provisional
£’000
Adjustments
£'000
Final
£'000
Consideration transferred24,918 49 24,967 
Fair value of net assets acquired(8,986)(420)(9,406)
Goodwill15,932 (371)15,561 
The adjustments presented above have been accounted for in the year ended 30 June 2022.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth and in the development of know-how, the revenue and cost synergies
F-47


that are achievable and the growth opportunities that are available within the broader software engineering market. There is no goodwill amount that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
Revenue and Profit of Five from the Five Acquisition Date to 30 June 2021:
£’000
Revenue4,827 
Profit171 
Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of Five for the reporting period ended 30 June 2021 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period):
£’000
Revenue13,419 
Profit1,910 
Acquisition related costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees716 
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.
Acquisition of Comtrade Digital Services
On 17 August 2020 (the “CDS Acquisition Date”), the Group entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “CDS Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Group acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity of Comtrade CDS, digitalne storitve, d.o.o., a company registered in Slovenia, and Comtrade Digital Services d.o.o., a company registered in Serbia (together “CDS”). CDS is an award-winning innovative company. CDS enables companies across different industries (Logistics, Travel, Healthcare, Financial Services, FinTech, government and Energy) to innovate faster and reinvent their business models digitally, by using agile development methodologies, innovative technology (such as Blockchain, Artificial Intelligence, IoT) and business acumen. The company has a highly skilled workforce with approximately 460 technical staff and delivery centres located in Slovenia, Serbia and Bosnia.
The acquisition accounting of the CDS acquisition was considered final as at 30 June 2021.
The consideration includes elements of cash and deferred and contingent consideration. The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Initial cash consideration48,639 
Fair value of deferred consideration5,003 
Fair value of contingent consideration186 
Total consideration transferred53,828
Under the CDS Purchase Agreement, the Group paid the former equity holders of CDS a cash purchase price of £48.6 million. In addition, the Group recognised fair value of £5.0 million of deferred consideration attributed to a holdback amount payable within 24 months of the acquisition date and £0.2 million of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration was settled in full during fiscal year 2021. The deferred consideration was partially settled
F-48


during fiscal year 2023, resulting in a payment of £3.5 million and a gain of £1.6 million recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period.
The Company's allocation of the total purchase consideration amongst the net assets acquired is as follows:
£’000
Intangible assets - Client relationships18,108 
Intangible assets - other54 
Property, plant and equipment461 
Right of use asset2,049 
Deferred tax asset76 
Financial asset201 
Trade and other receivables13,179 
Corporation tax receivable111 
Cash and cash equivalents1,603 
Trade and other payables(9,115)
Lease liabilities(2,049)
Corporation tax payable(62)
Deferred tax liability(3,533)
Other liabilities(34)
Fair value of identifiable net assets21,049
Other than intangible assets, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the net assets acquired. Management have no doubt over the collectibility of the trade receivables included in the trade and other receivables line above.
Intangible assets subject to valuation include client relationships. The multi period excess earnings method (“MEEM”) was applied to determine the fair value of the client relationship intangible asset. The fair value determined under this approach is a function of the following: (1) future revenues expected to be generated by these assets and the profitability of these assets; (2) identification of the contribution of other tangible and intangible assets to the cash flows of these assets to apply an appropriate capital charge against the cash flows; and (3) determination of the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present value of the stream of anticipated cash flows. Management classified the customers into lower risk and higher risk buckets based on the exposure to different sectors and valued the buckets separately using different assumptions around attrition and discount rates. An estimate was made by the Group regarding the amount of future revenues that could be attributed to CDS’s clients that existed as of the acquisition date. This revenue projection was based on recurring revenue from existing customers prior to any customer attrition. As the estimate of fair value for the customer related asset is based on MPEEM,MEEM, consideration was given to contributions to earnings from “contributory assets” other than customerclient relationships, in order to isolate the cash flows attributable to the customer related asset inclusive of other assets. The after-tax residual cash flows attributable to existing customers were adjusted for attrition and discounted to a present value. The fair value of the assembled workforce acquired is included in the amount initially recorded as goodwill.


F-28



Deferred Taxtax
The deferred tax liability at acquisition on the customerclient relationship was zero as the£3.4 million based on a book base of £18.1 million and a tax base of £nil at the date of acquisition was equal to the carrying value. Over time, a temporary difference will arise and applicable U.S. tax rates will be applied to arrive at the deferred tax balance.acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
F-49


£’000
Consideration transferred44,88753,828 
Fair value of identifiable net assets(20,675(21,049))
Goodwill24,21232,779
Goodwill relatesThe goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce, who are instrumental to securing future revenue growth, the benefit of expectedrevenue and cost synergies futurethat are achievable by combining a company such as CDS with a typical market development (including future growth potential from new clients)participant such as Endava and the possibility of innovation and expansion by utilising a larger workforce. These benefitsgrowth opportunities that are not recognised separately fromavailable within the broader software engineering market. There is no goodwill as they do not meet the recognition criteriaamount that is expected to be deductible for identifiable intangible assets.tax purposes.
Revenue and Profit of Velocity Partners FromCDS from the CDS Acquisition Date to 30 June 2018
2021:
£’000
Revenue15,28127,227 
Profit2,6352,128 
Management’s estimate of Revenue and Profit of Velocity PartnersCDS for Current Reporting Periodthe reporting period ended 30 June 2021 (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period)
:
£’000
Revenue30,38330,852 
Profit4,3272,507 
Acquisition Related Costs
Costs:
£’000
Legal and professional fees1,2331,550 

Acquisition of ISDC
On 2 September 2016, the Group acquired 100% of ISDC voting rights and obtained control of ISDC. ISDC conducts its operations in the Netherlands, Romania and Bulgaria. Following the acquisition, 286 employees of ISDC became part of the Group.


F-29



Consideration Transferred
The following table summarises the acquisition date fair values of each major class of consideration transferred:
£’000
Cash8,862
Total consideration transferred8,862
Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition were as follows:
Fair Value
£’000
Client relationships4,301
Property, plant and equipment323
Trade and other receivables1,739
Cash and cash equivalents768
Trade and other payables(648)
Other taxation and social security(430)
Corporation tax payable(17)
Borrowings(196)
Other liabilities(103)
Deferred tax liability(1,075)
Total net assets acquired4,662
Measurement of fair values
Intangible assets
The multi-period excess earnings method (“MEEM”) was applied to determine the fair value of intangibles.
Excess earnings are determined from the projected financial statements through the difference between the after tax operating profit to the existing clients and the required cost of invested capital (“CAC”) on all the other supporting assets (tangible and intangible). The value of the subject intangible asset corresponds to the present value of these excess earnings over the expected remaining useful life of the asset.
The CAC consists of a charge intended to ensure that the residual income stream only relates to the subject intangible asset to be valued, profits generated from sales to a client cannot be ascribed solely to the client itself. To generate sales, other assets (such as fixed assets, working capital and other intangible assets) all contribute to the performance of the acquired business.
Contributory assets charges are valued prior to the client relationships valuation so that the expected CAC on these assets can be computed and deducted from the flows considered.
Intangible assets subject to valuation include client relationships. Client relationships were not accounted for by the acquired business, as it developed them internally and charged the related costs to expense.


F-30



Goodwill
Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recognised as follows:
£’000
Consideration transferred8,862
Fair value of identifiable net assets(4,662)
Goodwill4,200
Goodwill relates to the benefit of expected synergies, future market development and the assembled workforce. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill as they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.
Revenue and Profit of ISDC From Acquisition Date to 30 June 2017
£’000
Revenue10,338
Profit1,398
Revenue and Profit of ISDC for 2017 Reporting Period (had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the reporting period)
£’000
Revenue12,262
Profit1,589
Acquisition Related Costsrelated costs are expensed as incurred and presented under selling, general and administrative expenses.


F-50
£’000
Legal and professional fees550



16.Intangible Assets
2023Client relationship
£’000
Software and licences
£’000
Non-Compete Agreement
£’000
Supplier relationships £’000Software - own work capitalised
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 July 2022£87,273 £798 £146 £120 £1,162 £89,499 
Additions— — — — 
On acquisition of subsidiary23,985 — — — — 23,985 
Disposals— (142)(140)— — (282)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(2,342)(4)(6)— (1)(2,353)
At 30 June 2023£108,916 £657 £ £120 £1,161 £110,854 
Amortisation
At 1 July 2022£31,430 £740 £146 £64 £930 £33,310 
Charge for the year12,246 37 — 24 160 12,467 
Disposals— (142)(140)— — (282)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(845)(4)(6)— (2)(857)
At 30 June 2023£42,831 £631 £ £88 £1,088 £44,638 
Net book value
At 30 June 2023£66,085 £26 £ £32 £73 £66,216 

F-51
F-31



16.Intangible Assets
2018Client relationship
£’000
 Software and licences
£’000
 Non-Compete Agreement
£’000
 Total
£’000
Cost       
At 1 July 2017£17,603
 £1,819
 £137
 £19,559
Additions
 1,827
 
 1,827
On acquisition of subsidiary / business15,214
 22
 
 15,236
Disposals
 (13) 
 (13)
Effect of foreign exchange translations745
 3
 (3) 745
At 30 June 2018£33,562
 £3,658
 £134
 £37,354
        
Amortisation       
At 1 July 2017£3,058
 £397
 £75
 £3,530
Charge for the year2,611
 257
 44
 2,912
Impairment
 19
 
 19
Disposals
 (13) 
 (13)
Effect of foreign exchange translations117
 2
 
 119
At 30 June 2018£5,786
 £662
 £119
 £6,567
Net book value       
At 30 June 2018£27,776
 £2,996
 £15
 £30,787
2017Client relationship
£’000
 Software and licences
£’000
 Non-Compete Agreement
£’000
 Total
£’000
Cost       
At 1 July 2016£12,200
 £391
 £133
 £12,724
Additions
 1,364
 
 1,364
On acquisition of subsidiary / business4,301
 
 
 4,301
Reclassification
 61
 
 61
Disposals
 (22) 
 (22)
Effect of foreign exchange translations1,102
 25
 4
 1,131
At 30 June 2017£17,603
 £1,819
 £137
 £19,559
        
Amortisation       
At 1 July 2016£1,244
 £220
 £29
 £1,493
Charge for the year1,668
 99
 47
 1,814
Reclassification
 58
 
 58
Disposals
 (3) 
 (3)
Effect of foreign exchange translations146
 23
 (1) 168
At 30 June 2017£3,058
 £397
 £75
 £3,530
Net book value       
At 30 June 2017£14,545
 £1,422
 £62
 £16,029


F-32




2022Client relationship £’000Software and licences £’000Non-Compete Agreement £’000Trade name £’000Supplier relationships £’000Software - own work capitalised £’000Total £’000
Cost
At 1 July 2021£80,623 £777 £128 £272 £120 £1,159 £83,079 
Additions— — — — — 
On acquisition of subsidiary1,240 — — — — 1,249 
Disposals— — — (272)— — (272)
Effect of foreign exchange translations5,410 18 — — 5,439 
At 30 June 2022£87,273 £798 £146 £ £120 £1,162 £89,499 
Amortisation
At 1 July 2021£19,251 £684 £128 £90 £40 £630 £20,823 
Charge for the year10,617 47 — 182 24 293 11,163 
Disposals— — — (272)— — (272)
Effect of foreign exchange translations1,562 18 — — 1,596 
At 30 June 2022£31,430 £740 £146 £ £64 £930 £33,310 
Net book value
At 30 June 2022£55,843 £58 £ £ £56 £232 £56,189 
The reclassifications of software and licences in 2017 arose as a result of the Group aligning asset classifications across all Group entities as part of the migration of fixed asset registers onto a single platform..
17.Property, Plant and Equipment
F-52
2018Computers & Equipment
£’000
 Fixtures & Fittings
£’000
 Motor Vehicles
£’000
 Fixed Assets in Progress
£’000
 Total
£’000
Cost         
At 1 July 2017£10,698
 £6,901
 £21
 £
 £17,620
Additions2,111
 1,381
 
 164
 3,656
On acquisition of subsidiary / business417
 492
 
 
 909
Disposals(798) (555) 
 
 (1,353)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(73) (48) (1) 
 (122)
At 30 June 2018£12,355
 £8,171
 £20
 £164
 £20,710
          
Depreciation         
At 1 July 2017£7,151
 £2,963
 £20
 £
 £10,134
Charge for the year2,095
 1,243
 
 
 3,338
On disposals(734) (545) 
 
 (1,279)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(35) (32) 
 
 (67)
At 30 June 2018£8,477
 £3,629
 £20
 £
 £12,126
Net book value         
At 30 June 2018£3,878
 £4,542
 
 £164
 £8,584



17.Property, Plant and Equipment
2023Computers & Equipment
£’000
Fixtures & Fittings
£’000
Fixed Assets in Progress
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 July 2022£27,572 £17,031 £1,782 £46,385 
Additions4,762 8,050 857 13,669 
On acquisition of subsidiary324 110 — 434 
Inflation adjustment195 — — 195 
Disposals(6,397)(1,789)— (8,186)
Transfers— 1,780 (1,780)— 
Effect of foreign exchange translations(793)(591)— (1,384)
At 30 June 2023£25,663 £24,591 £859 £51,113 
Depreciation
At 1 July 2022£16,255 £8,870 £ £25,125 
Charge for the year5,700 3,030 — 8,730 
Disposals(6,344)(1,699)— (8,043)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(388)(251)— (639)
At 30 June 2023£15,223 £9,950 £ £25,173 
Net book value
At 30 June 2023£10,440 £14,641 £859 £25,940 

F-53
F-33




2022Computers & Equipment
£’000
Fixtures & Fittings
£’000
Vehicles
£’000
Fixed Assets in Progress
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 July 2021£19,368 £13,846 £6 £497 £33,717 
Additions9,093 3,088 — 1,782 13,963 
On acquisition of subsidiary12 — — — 12 
Inflation adjustment429 — — — 429 
Disposals(1,740)(721)(6)— (2,467)
Transfers— 497 — (497)— 
Effect of foreign exchange translations410 321 — — 731 
At 30 June 2022£27,572 £17,031 £ £1,782 £46,385 
Depreciation
At 1 July 2021£13,283 £7,104 £6 £ £20,393 
Charge for the year4,351 2,283 — — 6,634 
Disposals(1,610)(652)(6)— (2,268)
Effect of foreign exchange translations231 135 — — 366 
At 30 June 2022£16,255 £8,870 £ £ £25,125 
Net book value
At 30 June 2022£11,317 £8,161 £ £1,782 £21,260 
2017Computers & Equipment
£’000
 Fixtures & Fittings
£’000
 Motor Vehicles
£’000
 Fixed Assets in Progress
£’000
 Total
£’000
Cost         
At 1 July 2016£9,350
 £3,249
 £19
 £381
 £12,999
Additions2,423
 2,585
 
 
 5,008
On acquisition of subsidiary / business232
 90
 1
 
 323
Reclassification(1,333) 1,272
 
 
 (61)
Disposals(334) (816) 
 
 (1,150)
Transfers
 381
 
 (381) 
Effect of foreign exchange translations360
 140
 1
 
 501
At 30 June 2017£10,698
 £6,901
 £21
 £
 £17,620
          
Depreciation         
At 1 July 2016£6,388
 £1,857
 £19
 £
 £8,264
Charge for the year1,653
 879
 
 
 2,532
Reclassification(866) 808
 
 
 (58)
On disposals(233) (683) 
 
 (916)
Effect of foreign exchange translations209
 102
 1
 
 312
At 30 June 2017£7,151
 £2,963
 £20
 £
 £10,134
Net book value         
At 30 June 2017£3,547
 £3,938
 £1
 £
 £7,486
18.Significant Shareholdings and Related Party Transactions
The reclassifications of fixed assets in 2017 arose as a result of the Group aligning asset classifications across all Group entities as part of the migration of fixed asset registers onto a single platform.


F-34



18.Significant Shareholdings and Related Party Transactions
Significant shareholdings
At 30 June 2018,2023, the Group held 20% or more100% of the share capital of the following entities:
Subsidiary
Country of
Incorporation
Class of
Shares Held
Percentage of
Shares Held
Principal Activity
Endava plcArgentina SRLUKArgentinaOrdinary100%Holding companyProvision of IT Services
Endava (UK) LimitedAustralia Pty LtdUKAustraliaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
DEK Corporation Pty LtdAustraliaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Lexicon Consolidated Holdings Pty LtdAustraliaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Lexicon Digital TrustAustraliaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Lexicon Digital Pty LtdAustraliaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Mudbath & Co Pty LtdAustraliaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Austria GmbHAustriaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava d.o.o. Banja LukaBosnia and HerzegovinaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava d.o.o. SarajevoBosnia and HerzegovinaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava EOODBulgariaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava (Managed Services) Limited*Canada Inc.UKCanadaOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
ICS Endava SRLMoldovaOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava Romania SRLRomaniaOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava (US) LLC**USOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava (Ireland) LimitedIrelandOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava GmbHGermanyOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava DOOEL SkopjeMacedoniaOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava Inc.USOrdinary100%Provision of IT services
Endava d.o.o. BeogradSerbiaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Endava Technology SRLColombia S.A.S.RomaniaColombiaOrdinary99100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Holding B.V.The NetherlandsOrdinary99.80%Holding Company
Endava B.V.The NetherlandsOrdinary99.80%Provision of IT services
Endava EOODBulgariaOrdinary99.80%Provision of IT services
Endava S.A.S.ColombiaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Endava ApSDenmarkOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners LLC***USOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners Holding IncUSOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Nearshore Ventures LLCUSOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners Vnz S.C.A.VenezuelaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners Argentina SRLArgentinaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners Colombia S.A.S.ColombiaOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Velocity Partners Uruguay SRLUruguayOrdinary100%Provision of IT Services
Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit TrustUKOrdinary100%Employee Benefit Trust
________________
*Held by Endava (UK) Limited
**Held by Endava (Managed Services) Limited
***Held by Endava Inc.

Dormant Entities
F-54


Endava S.A.S.ColombiaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava d.o.oCroatiaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava ApSDenmarkOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava GmbHGermanyOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Munchen GmbHGermanyOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava (Ireland) LimitedIrelandOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Digital Services LimitedIrelandOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Malaysia SDN. BHD.MalaysiaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Lvvl Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.MexicoOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
ICS Endava SRLMoldovaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava B.V.The NetherlandsOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Holdings B.V.The NetherlandsOrdinary100 %Holding Company
Endava DOOEL SkopjeNorth MacedoniaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Poland sp. z.o.oPolandOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Romania SRLRomaniaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava d.o.o. BeogradSerbiaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Digital Services d.o.o. BeogradSerbiaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Singapore Pte. LtdSingaporeOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Digitalne Resitve d.o.o.SloveniaOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
DEK Technologies Sweden ABSwedenOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Switzerland GmbHSwitzerlandOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Middle East FZ-LLCUAEOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava (Managed Services) LimitedUnited KingdomOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava (UK) LimitedUnited KingdomOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit TrustUnited KingdomOrdinary100 %Employee Benefit Trust
Intuitus LimitedUnited KingdomOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Business Agility Consulting LimitedUnited KingdomOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava Holdings IncUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Holding Company
Endava Inc.United StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT services
Endava LLCUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Nearshore Ventures LLCUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava USA West IncUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Five Minutes Studio, IncUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Levvel Digital LLCUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Levvel LLCUnited StatesOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Uruguay SRLUruguayOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
DEK Technologies Vietnam Company LimitedVietnamOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services
Endava Limited Liability CompanyVietnamOrdinary100 %Provision of IT Services

F-55


Dormant Entities
Subsidiary
Country of
Incorporation
Class of
Shares Held
Percentage of
Shares Held
Endava (Romania) LimitedUKUnited KingdomOrdinary100%
Green Mango Software ServicesTesting4Finance LtdUKUnited KingdomOrdinary100%
Testing 4 Finance LtdUKOrdinary100%
Alpheus LimitedUKOrdinary100%
Related Party Transactions


F-35



At 30 June 2018,2023, the executive officers and directors owned 14,952,285 £0.0210,092,540 ordinary shares, (2017: 15,150,285nominal value £0.02 per share (2022: 10,130,237 ordinary shares)shares, nominal value £0.02) and held awards over a further 1,206,220 £0.02240,155 ordinary shares, (2017: 1,187,470nominal value of £0.02 (2022: 298,383 ordinary shares)shares, nominal value of £0.02).
Since April 2020, one of our directors, Sulina Connal, has been employed by Google as Director of Product Partnerships for News, Web and Publishing for EMEA. In the ordinary course of its business, from time to time Endava enters into agreements for cloud service or other solutions provided by Google in connection with services provided by Endava to its clients. All transactions with Google were entered into on an arms-length basis. For the year ended 30 June 2023, the aggregate cost incurred by Endava to Google for such services was £0.6 million (30 June 2022: £0.5 million).
Other than the transactions with executive officers and directors disclosed above, no other related party transactions have been identified.
Ultimate Parent
Endava plc is the ultimate parent entity of the Group and it is considered that there is no ultimate controlling party.
19.Trade and Other Receivables
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Trade receivables£26,005
 £30,236
Prepayments4,259
 2,095
Accrued income17,147
 5,367
Research and development tax credit2,088
 2,933
Grant receivable816
 
Other receivables2,037
 863
Total trade and other receivables£52,352
 £41,494
19.Trade and Other Receivables
2023
£’000
2022
 £’000
Trade receivables£143,336 £131,650 
Prepayments11,055 8,865 
Accrued income12,775 13,458 
Research and development tax credit3,013 3,266 
Grant receivable2,877 437 
Other receivables4,810 4,995 
Total trade and other receivables£177,866 £162,671 
Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on 30 to 90 day terms depending on the geographical territory in which sales are generated. The carrying value of trade and other receivables also represents their fair value.
Trade receivables are disclosed net of expected credit loss allowance for doubtful debts, as shown below. Credit loss rates have been established for trade receivables and accrued income based on historic loss rates.. In addition, certain balances (where there was objective evidence of credit impairment linked to the ageing of the debtor balance and an analysis of the debtors’ current financial position) have been provided for on an individual basis.
Trade receivables and accrued income represent client contract assets. Other than the expected credit loss allowance discussed above, and business-as-usual movements there were no significant changes in contract assets during the year.
Of the £12.8 million accrued income balance as of 30 June 2023, £1.2 million arises from acquired companies during the reporting period (£0.4 million as of 30 June 2022). Accrued income transfers to trade receivables, when invoices are billed to customers.
F-56


 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Trade receivables - gross£26,431
 £30,401
Provision for impairment(426) (165)
Trade receivables - net£26,005
 £30,236
The total research and development tax credit receivable as of 30 June 2023 is £6.4 million, out of which £3.4 million is receivable in a period of over one year from the balance sheet date and presented under non-current financial assets and other receivables.
The total prepayments as of 30 June 2023 are £12.7 million, out of which £1.6 million are to be realised in a period of over one year from the balance sheet date and presented under non-current financial assets and other receivables.
20.Trade and Other Payables
The following table presents the trade receivables and accrued income ageing intervals and the allocation of the expected credit loss allowance as of 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Trade receivables and accrued income - grossExpected credit loss allowanceTrade receivables and accrued income - grossExpected credit loss allowance
Current135,844 (248)122,914 (854)
1 - 30 days overdue8,032 (147)7,411 (94)
31 - 60 days overdue6,532 (104)9,520 (338)
61 - 90 days overdue2,447 (71)3,465 (141)
Over 90 days overdue7,750 (3,924)5,821 (2,596)
Total160,605 (4,494)149,131 (4,023)

The gross and net amounts of trade receivables and accrued income were as follows:
2023
£’000
2022
 £’000
Trade receivables - gross£147,830 £135,665 
Expected credit loss allowance(4,494)(4,015)
Trade receivables - net£143,336 £131,650 

2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Accrued income - gross£12,775 £13,466 
Expected credit loss allowance— (8)
Accrued income - net£12,775 £13,458 
Movements in the expected credit loss allowance were as follows:
2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
As at 1 July£4,023 £3,537 
Provided in the year6,181 4,628 
Released in the year(5,249)(3,889)
Utilised in the year(301)(492)
Effect of foreign exchange translations(160)239 
As at 30 June£4,494 £4,023 

F-57
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Trade payables£4,504
 £3,722
Other taxation and social security3,219
 4,336
Other liabilities1,177
 3,869
Accruals28,932
 10,827
Deferred income2,411
 1,604
Total trade and other payables£40,243
 £24,358


20.Trade and Other Payables
21.Financial Assets and Liabilities
2023
£’000
2022
 £’000
Trade payables£5,480 £8,214 
Other taxation and social security19,006 17,202 
Other liabilities6,040 4,532 
Accruals55,195 63,862 
Deferred income5,438 4,442 
Total trade and other payables£91,159 £98,252 
Deferred income represents client contract liabilities at year end where cash was received from clients but Endava is yet to perform the work. £3.3 million of the deferred income recognised at 1 July 2022 was recognised as revenue during the year (2022: £3.7 million). Other than business-as-usual movements there were no significant changes in the deferred income balance during the year. From the £5.4 million deferred income in balance as of 30 June 2023, nil comes from acquired companies during the reporting period (nil as of 30 June 2022).
21.Financial Assets and Liabilities
Categories of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets
The Group has the following financial assets, all of which are classified and measured at amortised cost:
Note2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Financial assets at amortised cost
Trade receivables19£143,336 £131,650 
Accrued income1912,775 13,458 
Other financial assets£243 £668 
Cash and cash equivalents£164,703 £162,806 
Total financial assets£321,057 £308,582 
Prior year comparative figures have been adjusted to include only balances that meet the definition of financial assets.
The accounting policies provide a description of each categorythe initial recognition and measurement, and also the subsequent measurement of financial assets andassets.
F-58


Financial liabilities
The Group has the following financial liabilities:
Note2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities23£14,573 £11,898 
Non-current lease liabilities2354,441 43,999 
69,014 55,897 
Other financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade payables205,480 8,214 
Accruals2055,195 63,862 
Deferred consideration156,104 11,666 
66,779 83,742 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Contingent consideration1511,459 8,514 
Total financial liabilities£147,252 £148,153 
Prior year comparative figures have been adjusted to include only balances that meet the definition of financial liabilities.
The fair valuesaccounting policies provide a description of the initial recognition and measurement, and also the subsequent measurement of financial assets and liabilities are included at the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the end of the reporting period.


F-36



The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, finance leases, bank loans, trade and other receivables and trade and other payables is a close approximation of their fair values.liabilities.
Where financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value, their measurement isshould be classified into the following hierarchy:
Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilitiesliabilities.
Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The following financial assets and financial liabilities wereContingent consideration has been classified within level 3:3. The following table includes the roll forward schedule of contingent consideration during the year ended 30 June 2023:
Contingent considerationBeginning of the year
£’000
Additions
£’000
Payments
£'000
Remeasurement and discount unwind
£'000
Foreign exchange impact
£'000
End of the year
£'000
20238,514 14,771 (111)(10,418)(1,297)11,459 
The methodology for determining the fair value of contingent consideration is detailed in Note 15.
F-59
Financial Assets2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Trade and other receivables£52,352
 £41,494
Cash and cash equivalents15,048
 23,571
Total financial assets£67,400
 £65,065


Financial liabilities2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Non-current borrowings£20
 £63
Current borrowings19,744
 29,402
Trade and other payables40,243
 24,358
Contingent consideration12,510
 
Deferred consideration4,401
 
Other liabilities277
 253
Total financial liabilities£77,195
 £54,076
22.Borrowings
Fair Value MovementTerms and conditions of Contingent Consideration
outstanding borrowings as of 30 June 2023 and 2022 are as follows:
Type£’000Nominal Interest p.a.Year of Maturity2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Fair value at 1 July 2017Revolving Credit Facility£SONIA/ EURIBOR/SOFR + variable margin (1.00% - 1.65%)
Arising on acquisition of Velocity Partners202610,933£
Movement in fair value recognised in finance cost126
Foreign exchange recognised in other comprehensive income255
Fair value at 30 June 2018£11,314
The valuation technique used, significant unobservable inputs and inter-relationship between significant unobservable inputs are shown below:


F-37



— £— 
Valuation techniqueSignificant unobservable inputs
Inter-relationship between
significant unobservable
inputs and fair value
measurement
Scenario based discounted cash flow: the valuation model considers the present value of the expected future payments in several probability weighted scenarios, discounted at risk adjusted discount rate.


Expected future cash flows (30 June 2018 - total maximum of £12.1million, minimum of £nil over 3 years)

Fair value of ordinary shares (30 June 2018 - $12.79)

Discount rate (30 June 2018 - 3%)

The estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if:

the expected cash flows were higher (lower); or

the fair value of ordinary shares was higher (lower); or

the risk-adjusted discount rate were lower (higher)
22.Loans and Borrowings
Terms and conditions of outstanding loans as of 30 June 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
Type Nominal Interest p.a. Year of Maturity 
2018
£’000
 
2017
£’000
Revolving credit facility LIBOR/ EURIBOR + variable margin ( 0.80% - 1.40%)
 2020 £19,700
 £29,288
Technology loan 8% 2017 
 26
Finance lease 3.5% - 10%
 2015-2020 64
 151
Total loans and Borrowings     £19,764
 £29,465
The multicurrency revolving credit facility with HSBC has an unlimited multilateral guarantee to secure all liabilities of Endava plc, Endava (UK) Limited, Endava Inc, Endava Holding B.V. and Endava Romania SRL through various security arrangements, including debentures, share and equity pledges and mortgage agreements.
The technology loan and finance lease with Lombard are unsecured loans and leases.
Short term / Long term loans balances as of 30 June 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
 
2018
£'000
 
2017
£'000
 Current Non-Current Total Current Non-Current Total
Revolving credit facility£19,700
 £
 £19,700
 £29,288
 £
 £29,288
Technology loan
 
 
 26
 
 26
Finance lease44
 20
 64
 88
 63
 151
Total£19,744
 £20
 £19,764
 £29,402
 £63
 £29,465
The Group has a securedan unsecured, multicurrency bank revolving credit facility with a carrying amount of £19,700,000£nil at 30 June 2018 (2017: £29,288,000)2023 (2022: £nil). Commitment fees are charged on the undrawn balance of the facility. The available borrowing capacity under the Group’s revolving credit facility is £350.0 million less utilised ancillary facilities (HSBC bank guarantees: £8.8 million at 30 June 2023 and £18.5 million at 30 June 2022). The HSBC bank guarantees primarily relate to deferred consideration for the 2020 acquisition of Comtrade Digital Services, and a performance bond related to a fixed price contract in Germany.

The facility contains interest cover and net leverage financial convenants.covenants. The covenants are tested on a quarterlybi-annual basis based on trailing twelve months results. At 30 June 20182023 and 30 June 2017,2022, the Group complied with these financial covenants.


F-38



Guarantees
Parent CompanyThe Group has provided the following guarantees at 30 June 2023:
Parent Company Guarantee with Trinity Mirror Shared Services Limited guaranteeing the performance of Endava Managed Services (Terminated 26 July 2018);Guarantees
Parent Company Guarantee with United Business Center Cluj One SRL guaranteeing the payment obligations and other liabilities ofThe parent company provided guarantees relating to certain leases entered into by Endava Romania SRL underin Romania and ICS Endava SRL in Moldova.
No claims are expected to arise from the lease for the Cluj office;above guarantees.
Parent Company Guarantee with Riviera Office SRL guaranteeing the payment obligations and other liabilitiesBank Guarantees
Endava (UK) Ltd provided a holdback guarantee of Endava Romania SRL under the lease for the Cluj office;
Parent Company Guarantee with Iulius Mall Cluj SRL guaranteeing the payment obligations and other liabilities of Endava Romania SRL under the lease for the Cluj temporary office;
Parent Company Guarantee with S.C Palas 4 S.R.L and Palas 2 guaranteeing the payment obligations and other liabilities of Endava Romania SRL under the lease for the Iasi office;
Composite Company Unlimited Multilateral Guarantee€6.0 million in favour of HSBC, in place to supportComtrade Group B.V. as part of the revolving credit facility (“RCF”);acquisition of CDS.
CompanyEndava GmbH provided a performance guarantee and indemnity to Endava (Managed Services) Limitedof €5.9 million in favour of Lombard Technology Services Limited;DB Fernverkehr AG in relation to a contract with Deutsche Bahn to provide their Video On Demand experience for passengers.
Letter
Additionally, various other subsidiaries provided bank guarantees in relation to their leases of Comfort – Corporate Guarantee for AFI 3 – office space together with a small number of tender and performance guarantees.

No claims are expected to arise from above guarantees.
23.Leases
The Group’s lease portfolio consists of property leases of office spaces and vehicles.
As a lessee:
Right-of-use assets
Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets and the movements during the year ended 30 June 2023:
F-60


Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
As at 1 July 2022£50,736 £82 £50,818 
Additions17,349 — 17,349 
Disposals(24)— (24)
Derecognition as a result of subleases(6)— (6)
Modifications (1)
8,187 — 8,187 
Depreciation charge(11,809)(52)(11,861)
Reversal of the impairment charge131 — 131 
Effect of foreign exchange translations489 490 
As at 30 June 2023£65,053 £31 £65,084 
(1) Lease agreement no. 3 guaranteeingliabilities are remeasured when a change to future contractual cash flows is identified. Remeasurements were made in the payment obligationsyear based upon changes in indexation and otherchanges resulting from additional space rented. The carrying value of the corresponding right-of-use asset is also remeasured to reflect this change.
Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets and the movements during the year ended 30 June 2022:
Leasehold Buildings £’000Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
As at 1 July 2021£57,019 £174 £57,193 
Additions3,640 47 3,687 
Disposals(787)(58)(845)
Derecognition as a result of subleases(423)— (423)
Modifications (1)
1,433 (3)1,430 
Depreciation charge(10,878)(80)(10,958)
Impairment charge(214)— (214)
Effect of foreign exchange translations946 948 
As at 30 June 2022£50,736 £82 £50,818 
(1) Lease liabilities are remeasured when a change to future contractual cash flows is identified. Remeasurements were made in the year based upon changes in indexation and changes resulting from additional space rented. The carrying value of Endava Romania SRL under the corresponding right-of-use asset is also remeasured to reflect this change.
Lease liabilities
Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s lease liabilities and the movements during the year ended 30 June 2023:
F-61


Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
As at 1 July 2022£55,816 £81 £55,897 
Additions17,375 — 17,375 
Disposals(24)— (24)
Modifications(1)
8,188 — 8,188 
Interest1,675 1,676 
Payments(13,435)(53)(13,488)
Effect of foreign exchange revaluation and translations(611)(610)
As at 30 June 2023£68,984 £30 £69,014 
(1) Lease liabilities are remeasured when a change to future contractual cash flows is identified. Remeasurements were made in the year based upon changes in indexation and changes resulting from additional space rented.
Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s lease liabilities and the movements during the year ended 30 June 2022:

Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
As at 1 July 2021£63,510 £175 £63,685 
Additions3,640 44 3,684 
Disposals(1,021)(58)(1,079)
Modifications(1)
1,428 (3)1,425 
Interest1,126 1,128 
Payments(13,722)(83)(13,805)
Effect of foreign exchange revaluation and translations855 859 
As at 30 June 2022£55,816 £81 £55,897 
(1) Lease liabilities are remeasured when a change to future contractual cash flows is identified. Remeasurements were made in the year based upon changes in indexation and changes resulting from additional space rented.
The potential impact of lease covenants is considered to be immaterial.
The maturities of the Group’s lease liabilities for the AFI 3 office;year ended 30 June 2023 are as follows:
Parent Company Guarantee with United Business Center 1 SRL and United Business Center 3 SRL guaranteeing
Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
Less than 1 year14,550 23 14,573 
1 to 5 years45,018 45,025 
More than 5 years17,063 — 17,063 
Total undiscounted lease liabilities76,631 30 76,661 
Lease liabilities included in the balance sheet68,984 30 69,014 
Analysed as :
Current14,550 23 14,573 
Non-current54,434 54,441 
The maturities of the payment obligations and otherGroup’s lease liabilities of Endava Romania SRL under the lease for the Timisoara office;
Letter of Comfort – Corporate Guarantee for AFI 4&5 – Lease agreement no. 48 guaranteeing the payment obligations and other liabilities of Endava Romania SRL under the lease for the AFI 4&5 office;
Composite Company Limited Multilateral Guarantee dated 02 November 2006 given by Endava Limited, Endava (Projects) Limited, Endava (Managed Services) Limited, Endava (UK) Limited, Endava (Solutions) Limited (wound up), Endava (Romania) Limited to HSBC;
Debenture including Fixed Charge over all present freehold and leasehold property; First Fixed Charge over book and other debts, chattels, goodwill and uncalled capital, both present and future; and First Floating Charge over all assets and undertaking both present and future dated 04 June 2015 to HSBC.
Subsidiaries
Endava Romania SRL
Class guarantee facility of €9,000,000 in favour of Romanian Ministry of Finance;
Bank guarantee of €109,214 for United Business Centre Cluj (Cluj office);
Bank guarantee of €570,391 for AFI Bucharest office;
Bank guarantee of €100,000 for SC Palas SRL Iasi office;
Bank guarantee of €110,075 for Merce Real Invest (PBC Cluj office);
Bank guarantee of €25,049 for Iulius Mall Cluj-Napoca ( Cluj office);
Composite Company Unlimited Multilateral Guarantee in place to support the RCF facility.


F-39



Endava DOOEL Skopje
Bank guarantee of €167,511 (Skopje office);
Corporate Guarantee with the government of the Republic of Macedonia guaranteeing the fulfillment of the obligations of Endava DOOEL Skopje under the contract for granting state aid.
Endava d.o.o. Beograd
Bank guarantee of €441,839 in favour of Demo Invest doo Beograd (Belgrade office).
Endava (UK) Limited
Parent Company Guarantee with Worldpay under the umbrella agreement dated 22 November 2016, guaranteeing payments for Endava Technology for the term of the BOA until exercise and completion of the option to transfer or 6 years after the termination of the BOA;
Composite Company Unlimited Multilateral Guarantee in place to support the RCF facility;
Composite Company Limited Multilateral Guarantee dated 02 November 2006 given by Endava Limited, Endava (Projects) Limited, Endava (Managed Services) Limited, Endava (UK) Limited, Endava (Solutions) Limited (wound up), Endava (Romania) Limited to HSBC;
Debenture including Fixed Charge over all present freehold and leasehold property; First Fixed Charge over book and other debts, chattels, goodwill and uncalled capital, both present and future; and First Floating Charge over all assets and undertaking both present and future dated 24 July 2014 to HSBC;
Debenture including Fixed Charge over all present freehold and leasehold property; First Fixed Charge over book and other debts, chattels, goodwill and uncalled capital, both present and future; and First Floating Charge over all assets and undertaking both present and future dated 04 June 2015 to HSBC.
Endava EOOD Bulgaria
Bank guarantee of €87,734 (Sofia office) .
Endava Inc.
Bank guarantee of $37,712 for 441 Lexington Avenue ( New York office).
Bank guarantee of $174,794 for MEPT 757 Lexington Avenue ( New York office).
Letter of Comfort for Velocity Partners of $6,000,000 related to the acquisition of Velocity Partners.
Composite Company Unlimited Multilateral Guarantee in place to support the RCF facility.
Endava Holding B.V.
Bank guarantee of €8,621 for Hilversum office;
Composite Company Unlimited Multilateral Guarantee in place to support the RCF facility.
Endava (Managed Services) Limited
Composite Company Limited Multilateral Guarantee dated 02 November 2006 given by Endava Limited, Endava (Projects) Limited, Endava (Managed Services) Limited, Endava (UK) Limited, Endava (Solutions) Limited (wound up), Endava (Romania) Limited to HSBC;
Debenture including Fixed Charge over all present freehold and leasehold property; First Fixed Charge over book and other debts, chattels, goodwill and uncalled capital, both present and future; and First Floating Charge over all assets and undertaking both present and future dated 04 June 2015 to HSBC.


F-40



23.Commitments Under Finance Leases
Future minimum finance lease payments atyear ended 30 June were2022 are as follows:
F-62


 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Amounts payable within 1 year£44
 £88
Amounts payable 1 to 3 years20
 63
Amounts payable 3 to 5 years
 
Amounts payable in more than 5 years
 
Total£64
 £151
Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
Less than 1 year11,846 52 11,898 
1 to 5 years33,203 30 33,233 
More than 5 years14,710 — 14,710 
Total undiscounted lease liabilities59,759 82 59,841 
Lease liabilities included in the balance sheet55,816 81 55,897 
Analysed as :
Current11,846 52 11,898 
Non-current43,970 29 43,999 
Income Statement Impact
24.Commitments Under Operating Leases
AtThe following items have been recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the current and prior year:
2023Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
Depreciation of right-of-use assets£11,809 £52 £11,861 
Reversal of impairment of right-of-use assets(131)— (131)
Interest expense on lease liabilities1,675 1,676 
Expense related to short-term leases1,841 58 1,899 
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets sub-leased— —  
Net gain on disposal of right-of-use asset(1)— (1)
Fair value movement of financial assets(2)— (2)
Total£15,191 £111 £15,302 
2022Leasehold Buildings
£’000
Vehicles £’000Total
£’000
Depreciation of right-of-use assets£10,878 £80 £10,958 
Impairment of right-of-use assets214 — 214 
Interest expense on lease liabilities1,126 1,128 
Expense related to short-term leases691 97 788 
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets sub-leased132 — 132 
Net gain on disposal of right-of-use asset(187)— (187)
Fair value movement of financial assets(7)— (7)
Total£12,847 £179 £13,026 
The total Group cash outflow for leases as a lessee in the year was £15.4 million (2022: £14.6 million), out of which £13.5 million (2022: £13.8 million) relate to leases accounted for under IFRS 16 and presented as cash outflows from financing activities.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarises our commitments to settle contractual obligations as of 30 June 2023 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows:
F-63


Less than 1 Year1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than 5 YearsTotal
(in thousands)
Lease liabilities£14,573 £27,483 £17,542 £17,063 £76,661 
Short-term leases1,532 — — — 1,532 
Leases contracted, but not yet commenced27 65 65 41 198 
Total£16,132 £27,548 £17,607 £17,104 £78,391 
As of 30 June 2023, the Group had annual commitments under non-cancellable operatinghas property leases that expire at various dates through October 2031.
As a lessor:
During 2022 and 2023, the Group entered into arrangements to sub-lease certain office spaces that have been presented as part of a right-of-use asset. This has been classified as a finance sub-lease. The Group recognised a loss of nil (2022: £0.1 million ) on the derecognition of the right-of-use asset pertaining to the office space, which has been presented within Finance expense.
During 2023, the Group recognised interest income on lease receivables of less than £0.1 million (2022: less than £0.1 million).
The total Group cash inflow for leases as follows:a lessor in the year was £0.4 million (2022: £0.6 million)
During the year the investment in finance lease receivable decreased by £0.4 million due to payments received.
The following table sets out the maturity analysis of lease payments receivable for sub-leases classified as finance leases showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date and the net investment in the finance lease receivable.
Finance leases 2023
£’000
Finance leases 2022
£’000
Less than 1 year59 427 
1 to 2 years— 51 
Total undiscounted lease payments receivable59 478 
Unearned finance income— 
Net investment in finance lease receivable56 478 


24.Share Capital
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Amounts payable within 1 year£10,384
 £7,638
Amounts payable 1 to 3 years19,011
 13,374
Amounts payable 3 to 5 years12,800
 9,700
Amounts payable in more than 5 years6,469
 6,576
Total£48,664
 £37,288
Authorised share capital:2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
60,000,000 ordinary shares of £0.02 each1,200 1,200 
25.Share Capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid:2023 No.£’0002022 No.£’000
Class A ordinary shares41,810,877 836 40,666,258 813 
Class B ordinary shares15,940,112 319 16,097,612 322 
Ordinary shares of £0.02 each57,750,989 1,155 56,763,870 1,135 
Authorised share capital:2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
60,000,000 ordinary shares of £0.02 each1,200
 1,200
Allotted, called up and fully paid:2018 No. £’000 2017 No. £’000
Class A ordinary shares4,703,980
 94
 4,703,980
 94
Class B ordinary shares28,822,625
 576
 28,822,625
 576
Class C ordinary shares16,277,540
 326
 16,277,540
 326
Ordinary shares of £0.02 each49,804,145
 996
 49,804,145
 996
NoThe Company issued 771,327 new shares were issued infor the yearsyear ended 30 June 20182023 (30 June 2022: 1,045,414) in relation to exercise of options and 30215,792 new shares as equity consideration related to acquisitions (30 June 2017.2022: nil).
F-64
26.Distributions Made


The movement in Class B shares represents transfer to Class A shares.
Voting rights, dividends and return of capital
Our Class B ordinary shares have ten votes per share, and our Class A ordinary shares, which are the shares underlying the ADSs each have one vote per share. Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on Class A ordinary shares and the class B ordinary shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution to members shall be distributed amongst all holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares in proportion to the number of shares held irrespective of the amount paid or credited as paid on any share.
Restrictions
Class B ordinary shares
During the period of one hundred and eighty (180) days commencing on the IPO, no transfers of Class B ordinary shares were permitted other than to a person who is a permitted Class B ordinary transferee or pursuant to the IPO (which for the avoidance of doubt includes sales pursuant to any secondary offering or exercise of any over-allotment option in connection with the IPO).
No transfers of Class B ordinary shares shall be permitted (other than to a person who is a permitted Class B ordinary transferee):
(a) in excess of 25% of the Class B ordinary shareholders holding of Class B ordinary shares (determined as at the IPO) in the period commencing 180 days after the IPO and ending on the date falling 18 months after the IPO;
(b) in excess of 40% of the Class B ordinary shareholders holding of Class B ordinary shares (determined as at the IPO) in the period commencing 180 days after the IPO and ending on the date falling on the third anniversary of the IPO; and
(c) in excess of 60% of the Class B ordinary shareholders holding of Class B ordinary shares (determined as at the IPO) in the period commencing 180 days after the IPO and ending on the fifth anniversary of the IPO.
Following the fifth anniversary of the IPO, a Class B ordinary shareholder may elect, at any time, to convert any of its Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis by notice in writing to the Directors.

25.Distributions Made
During the year ended 30 June 2018,2023, the Company did nonot declare and pay any cash dividends (2017:(2022: nil; 2016: £18.2 million)2021: nil).
27.Share Options
26.Share-Based Payments
Description of share-based payment arrangements
The Group had the following share-based payment arrangements.
Company Share Option Plan
A Company Share Option Plan (“CSOP”) was adopted on 7 May 2014 and share options over ordinary shares have been issued under the CSOP plan to certain employees of the Group. Options can be exercised on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, upon an acquisition of the Company, and upon certain conditions of ceasing employment. In


F-41



addition, our Board has discretion to permit the exercise of options upon the admission of shares to a recognised stock exchange or at an earlier time and under such conditions as determined by the Board. The options expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
For the year ended 30 June 2018, there were no share options granted, exercised and expired and nil options forfeited (30 June 2017: 51,435). At 30 June 2018, 125,545 options remained outstanding (30 June 2017: 125,545) with an average exercise price of £0.82 per option and no options were exercisable. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the CSOPs is 6 years (30 June 2017: 7 years).
Joint Share Ownership Plan
F-65


Certain of the Group’s employees have entered into a Joint Share Ownership Plan (“JSOP”) with the Endava Limited Guernsey Employee Benefit Trust (“the EBT”), whereEBT, through which the participants have a right to receive any increase in the value of shares above a threshold amount (i) upon a sale of the Company, (ii) following a listing on a recognised stock exchange, when the participant gives a specific notice to the EBT trustee and the Company in respect of the JSOP Shares; (iii) upon the expiry of 25 years from the date of the applicable trust deed; or (iv) upon the participant leaving employment with the Group when the market value of the JSOP Shares is less than the threshold amount. The events referenced in clauses (i)-(iv) above are collectively referred as “Trigger Events.”
On the date of a Trigger Event, the EBT trustee has an option to acquire the beneficial interest belonging to the participant. If the EBT trustee exercises this option, the EBT trustee will then either transfer shares of a value equal to, or pay cash to the participant in an amount equal to, the value of the option, calculated according to the terms of the JSOP. If the applicable employee leaves employment with the Group prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the value of the shares is capped at such shares’ fair market value on the employee’s last day of employment and no payment is made until a Trigger Event occurs.
The Group does not have a present obligation to settle in cash and has no history of cash settling options. Therefore, the settlement of the transactions will be accounted for in accordance with the requirements applying to equity-settled share-based compensation transactions, as set forth in IFRS 2. On and from the date of any Trigger Event, and if and for so long as the EBT trustee has not exercised the option referred to above, the EBT trustee will use reasonable endeavorsendeavours to sell the JSOP Shares and distribute the net proceeds of sale between the EBT trustee and the participant in the proportions calculated according to the terms of the JSOP.
The Trigger event - the listing on the New York Stock Exchange - happened on 27 July 2018. At 30 June 2018,2023, the EBT held 4,703,98013,226 shares (2017: 4,703,980)(30 June 2022: 74,610), out of which 3,440,465 (2017: 3,440,465)6,965 (30 June 2022: 34,075) are allocated to employee JSOPs. IfFor the applicable employee leaves employment withyear ended 30 June 2023, (27,110) awards under the Group prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the valueJSOP were exercised (2022: nil) and settled by shares of the EBT, no JSOPs were cancelled (2022: nil), 9,000 options under LTIP were exercised (2022: nil) and settled by shares is capped at such shares’ fair market value onof the employee’s last dayEBT and 25,274 options under SAYE were exercised (2022: nil) and settled by shares of employment and no payment is made until a Trigger Event occurs. the EBT.
The JSOPs expire 25 years following the applicable date of issue. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the JSOPs is 19 years (30 June 2017: 20 years).
Long term Incentive Plan
A Company Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) was adopted on 30 June 2015 under which options or conditional shares are intended to be awarded to certain employees of the Group. Under the LTIP, options or conditional shares can generally be banked over a five-year period subject to the achievement of annual Group performance targets. Once banked, the options become eligible to vest, with vesting occurring over a three-year period following a triggering event, which includes listing on a recognised stock exchange, a sale of the outstanding share capital of the Company or a sale of the assets of the business. The options and conditional shares expire on the earliest of the tenthtenth anniversary of award or five years from the date of vesting.
For the year ended 30 June 2018, there were 35,500 options forfeited (30 June 2017: 167,250), no options exercised or expired (30 June 2017: nil) and 329,700 options granted (30 June 2017: 452,000). At 30 June 2018, 1,277,700 share options remained outstanding (30 June 2017: 983,500) with a nominal average exercise price and no options were exercisable. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the LTIPs is 7 years (30 June 2017: 8 years).
In addition to the above share option schemes, 10,000 other options were granted on 7 September 2017 to a non-employee as compensation for services rendered with an average exercise price of £4.58 per option. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the options is 5 years (30 June 2017: n/a).
For the year ended 30 June 2018, the Group recognised £1,505,000 (2017: £854,000) of share-based payment charge in respect of the share option schemes (including, CSOP, JSOP and LTIP schemes).


F-42



Options granted in the period have been valued using a Black Scholes option pricing model using the following inputs:
 2018 2017
Exercise price£0.02 - £4.58
 £0.00 - £0.02
Risk free rate0.30%-0.37%
 0.23%
Expected volatility29.9%-36.9%
 43.7%
Expected dividends
 
Fair value of option£0.63 - £7.14
 £3.50
2018 Equity Incentive Plan
On 16 April 2018, the Board adopted the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) and approved by the Company shareholders on 3 May 2018. The EIP allows for the grant of equity-based incentive awards to our employees and directors, who are also our employees.
The EIP provides for the grant of options, share appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units, or RSUs, performance restricted share units, or PSUs, and other share-based awards. All awards under the EIP will beare set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms, change of control provisions and post-termination exercise limitations.
The EIP is administered by the board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations imposed under the EIP, and other applicable laws and stock exchange rules. The plan administrator has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the EIP, to interpret the EIP and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the EIP as it deems advisable. The plan administrator also has the authority to determine which eligible service providers receive awards, grant awards, set
F-66


the terms and conditions of all awards under the EIP, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the EIP.
The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our ordinary shares, including a change of control, another similar corporate transaction or event, another unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting us or our financial statements or a change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the EIP to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. In the event of a change of control where the successor or acquirer entity does not agree to assume, continue or rollover the awards, the awards will vest in full effective immediately prior to the change of control.
During the fiscal year ended 30 June 2023, the Company granted RSUs and PSUs. RSUs and PSUs are contractual promises to deliver our Class A ordinary shares in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted shares, RSUs and PSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the EIP.
During the reporting period, discounted "Share Success" ("SS") options were granted under the EIP to all eligible employees at the prescribed eligibility date, other than the U.K. employees which were granted under a CSOP sub-plan to the EIP. The SS options are disclosed separately to other awards under the EIP and CSOP.
2018 Sharesave Plan
On 16 April 2018, the Board adopted the 2018 Sharesave Plan (“Sharesave”) and approved by the Company shareholders on 3 May 2018. The Sharesave is a U.K. tax advantaged share option plan and is intended to comply with the requirements of Schedule 3 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Provisions) Act 2003. The Sharesave may bewas extended to award similar benefits to employees outside the U.K.United Kingdom.
The Sharesave provides that the board may require employees to have completed a qualifying period of employment (of up to five years) before they may apply for the grant of an option to purchase Class A ordinary shares. Participation in the Sharesave requires employees to agree to make regular monthly contributions to an approved savings contract of three or five years (or such other period permitted by the governing legislation).
No options to purchase Class A ordinary shares may be granted under the Sharesave more than 10 years after the Sharesave has been approved by shareholders.
Options granted under the Sharesave will normally be exercisable for a six-month period from the end of the relevant three or five year savings contract. Any options not exercised within the relevant exercise period will be forfeited.
AtBonus Equity Payments
The acquisition of Velocity Partners in December 2017 also included bonus equity payments (“bonus payments”) that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain employees of Velocity Partners. The bonus payments were accounted for outside of the business combination because the entitlement to bonus payments is automatically forfeited if employment terminates. They were fair valued as compensation for post business combination services under IFRS 2 and the compensation expense is recognised over a three-year vesting period.
Movements during the year
The number and the weighted-average exercise prices of the share options under the above arrangements were as follows:
F-67


CSOPJSOPLTIPEIPSAYESSBonus Payments
Options outstanding at 1 July 20225,845 34,075 96,324 1,158,575 598,614 445,491  
Options granted during the year— — — 536,814 — 1,212,215 — 
Options exercised during the year— (27,110)(64,312)(522,661)(217,684)— — 
Options forfeited during the year— — (3,000)(267,903)(35,085)(191,735)— 
Options outstanding at 30 June 20235,845 6,965 29,012 904,825 345,845 1,465,971  
Options outstanding at 1 July 20215,845 34,075 203,326 1,406,877 1,119,953   
Options granted during the year— — — 300,940 — 504,443 — 
Options exercised during the year— — (107,002)(467,888)(470,757)— — 
Options forfeited during the year— — — (81,354)(50,582)(58,952)— 
Options outstanding at 30 June 20225,845 34,075 96,324 1,158,575 598,614 445,491  
Options outstanding at 1 July 202020,845 167,611 781,022 1,104,267 759,207  117,116 
Options granted during the year— — — 726,094 423,272 — — 
Options exercised during the year(15,000)(133,536)(568,196)(359,815)(1,550)— (117,110)
Options forfeited during the year— — (9,500)(63,669)(60,976)— (6)
Options outstanding at 30 June 20215,845 34,075 203,326 1,406,877 1,119,953   
Weighted average exercise price 30 June 2023 - £0.90 — — — 39.78 64.55— 
Weighted average exercise price 30 June 2022 - £0.90 — — — 35.70 102.41 — 
Weighted average exercise price 30 June 2021 - £0.90 — — — 25.59 — — 
Weighted average share price at exercise date 2023 - £— 61.9 57.41 57.55 58.25 — — 
Weighted average share price at exercise date 2022 - £— — 117.25130.1111.89— — 
Weighted average share price at exercise date 2021 - £62.5844.7144.1245.9562.71— 56.53
Weighted average contractual life 2023 - years11322160
Weighted average contractual life 2022 - years21432160
Weighted average contractual life 2021 - years31543100
Options granted in the period have been valued using a Black Scholes option pricing model using the following inputs:
202320222021
Exercise price£0.00 - £55.05£0.00 - £102.41£0.00 - £36.24
Risk free rate4.23%0.6% - 1.0%0.2% - 1.0%
Expected volatility50.4 %30.0% - 45.2%30.0% - 35.0%
Expected dividends— — — 
Fair value of option£33.45 - £72.71£64.63 - £115.36£16.21 - £64.35
A small portion of the options granted in the reporting period would vest upon fulfillment of market-based performance conditions. Their fair value has been determined using Monte Carlo option pricing model. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s share price.
For the year ended 30 June 2018, no2023, the Group recognised £31.1 million (2022: £35.0 million; 2021: £24.4 million) of share-based compensation expense in respect of the above share options were granted and outstanding under the EIP and Sharesave plans.


option schemes. The share-based

F-68
F-43




compensation expense is presented under allocated cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses on the face of the statement of comprehensive income.
28.Cash Flow Adjustments and Changes in Working Capital
27. Movements in Equity
Adjustments 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of non-financial assets £6,269
 £4,346
 £2,882
Foreign exchange loss / (gain) 354
 1,015
 (140)
Interest income (35) (18) (21)
Fair value movement of financial liabilities / assets 229
 
 (1,043)
Interest expense 573
 408
 170
(Gain)/loss on disposal of non-current assets (5) 107
 (15)
Share-based compensation 1,505
 854
 768
Income on contingent consideration 
 (180) 
Research and development tax credit (1,008) (1,322) (1,117)
Grant income (1,633) (1,691) (1,048)
Total adjustments £6,249
 £3,519
 £436
Share capital, share premium and merger relief reserve
New ordinary shares were issued for exercise of options which resulted in an increase in share capital of £0.02 million and share premium of £5.5 million. The increase in share premium is due to the 2018 and 2019 Sharesave options vested in the reporting period and exercised at a price.
144,926 Class A shares were issued to the Sellers of Lexicon, resulting in an increase in merger relief reserve of £10.0 million and 70,866 Class A shares were issued to the Sellers of Mudbath, resulting in an increase in merger relief reserve of £2.8 million.
Other reserves
146,572 Class A shares are to be issued to the Sellers of DEK as equity consideration subject to a lock-up period, resulting in an increase of other reserves of £5.3 million.
£10.0 million was recognised as exchange differences from translating foreign operations during the reporting period.
28. Cash Flow
Net changes in working capital 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
 2016
£’000
Increase in trade and other receivables £(6,384) £(7,598) £(6,765)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 13,223
 2,590
 (888)
Net changes in working capital £6,839
 £(5,008) £(7,653)
Operating Activities
Adjustments2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of non-financial assets£32,927 £28,969 £24,447 
Unrealised foreign exchange loss / (gain)5,441 (9,876)6,742 
Interest income(3,506)(184)(84)
Fair value movement of financial liabilities(11,828)842 302 
Interest expense3,469 2,014 2,081 
Net gain on disposal of non-current assets (tangibles and intangibles)(45)(73)(36)
Share-based compensation expense31,058 35,005 24,427 
Hyperinflation effect (gain) / loss(386)17 189 
Research and development tax credit(5,027)(2,211)(2,642)
Loss on derecognition of right-of-use assets sub-leased— 132 — 
Net gain on disposal of right-of-use asset(1)(187)(56)
Fair value movement of financial assets(2)(7)(17)
Grant income(2,935)(642)(503)
Total adjustments£49,165 £53,799 £54,850 
Net changes in working capital2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Increase in trade and other receivables£(3,937)£(37,006)£(19,505)
(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables(12,136)15,236 (1,855)
Net changes in working capital£(16,073)£(21,770)£(21,360)
Financing Activities
Non-Cash Changes Arising from Financing Activities
Borrowings Beginning of the year
£’000
 Proceeds from borrowings
£’000
 Repayment of borrowings
£’000
 Non-cash foreign exchange
£’000
 Non-cash Other
£’000
 End of the year
£’000
2016 3,760
 15,093
 (3,364) (46) 
 15,443
2017 15,443
 17,007
 (3,462) 276
 201
 29,465
2018 29,465
 26,462
 (36,768) 605
 
 19,764
F-69


Grant received Beginning of the year
£’000
 Cash received
£’000
 Grant income
£'000
 Non-cash foreign exchange
£'000
 Non-cash Other
£'000
 End of the year
£'000
2016 (1,128) 1,948
 (1,048) (304) 
 (532)
2017 (532) 2,924
 (1,691) (37) 
 664
2018 664
 148
 (1,633) 5
 
 (816)
Grant receivedBeginning of the year
£’000
Cash received
£’000
Grant income
£'000
Non-cash foreign exchange
£'000
Non-cash Other
£'000
End of the year
£'000
2021331 228 (503)— 59 
202259 139 (642)— (437)
2023(437)494 (2,935)— (2,877)
The grant receivables in 2016 and 2018 were presented in trade and other receivables and the grant payable in 20172021 was presented in trade and other payables. Interest paid, dividends paidpayables and purchasethe grants receivable in 2022 and 2023 are presented in trade and other receivables.
The movement in lease liabilities for fiscal years 2023 and 2022 are disclosed in Note 23.
Investing activities
£21.2 million presented as other acquisition related settlements represents the payment of own shares were all cash items.a promissory note acquired with DEK, settled in the post-acquisition period.
29.Capital Commitments
29.Capital Commitments
Amounts contracted but not provided for in the financial statements amounted to £nil in the year ended 30 June 2018 (2017 :2023 (2022: £nil).
30.Contingent Liabilities
30.Contingent Liabilities
The Group had no contingent liabilities at 30 June 20182023 or 30 June 2017.2022.


31.Financial Instrument Risk
F-44



31.Financial Instrument Risk
The Group is exposed to various risks in relation to financial instruments. The Group’s financial assets and liabilities by category are summarised in note 21. The main types of risks are foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.
The Group’s risk management is coordinated at its headquarters, in close cooperation with the Board, and focuses on actively securing the Group’s short to medium-term cash flows by minimising the exposure to financial markets.
The Group does not actively engage in the trading of financial assets for speculative purposes nor does it write options.
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
The Group is exposed to translation and transaction foreign currency exchange risk. Several other currencies in addition to the presentation currency of Sterling are used, including Romanian Lei (RON), Euro (EUR) and US Dollars (USD).
In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, 37.8% of our sales were denominated in the British Pound, 34.0% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars, 22.8% were denominated in Euros and the balance was in other currencies. Conversely, during the same time period, 57.2% of our expenses were denominated in Euros (or in currencies that largely follow the Euro, including the RON) and 10.8% in U.S. dollars.
The Group experiences currency exchange differences arising upon retranslation of monetary items (primarily short-term inter-company balances and borrowings), which are recognised as an expense in the period the difference occurs. The Group endeavours to match the cash inflows and outflows in the various currencies; the Group typically invoices its clients in their local currency, and pays its local expenses in local currency as a means to mitigate this risk.
F-70


Foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities which expose the Group to currency risk are disclosed below. The amounts shown are translated into GBP at the closing rate:
30 June 2023GBP
£‘000
EUR
£‘000
USD
£‘000
RON
£‘000
Others
£‘000
TOTAL
£‘000
Financial assets185,276 35,376 47,373 3,648 49,384 321,057 
Financial liabilities(33,063)(7,552)(5,613)(58,804)(42,220)(147,252)
Total152,213 27,824 41,760 (55,156)7,164 173,805 
June 30, 2018Long Term GBP
£‘000
 Long Term EUR
£‘000
 Long Term USD
£‘000
 Short Term GBP
£‘000
 Short Term EUR
£‘000
 Short Term USD
£‘000
 Short Term RON
£‘000
 Short Term Others
£‘000
 TOTAL
£‘000
30 June 202230 June 2022GBP
£‘000
EUR
£‘000
USD
£‘000
RON
£‘000
Others
£‘000
TOTAL £‘000
Financial assets
 
 
 37,853
 5,485
 10,485
 8,603
 4,974
 67,400
Financial assets181,785 33,623 58,546 4,264 30,364 308,582 
Financial liabilities(277) (20) (7,251) (37,408) (2,428) (14,406) (11,926) (3,479) (77,195)Financial liabilities(36,652)(6,202)(12,408)(56,089)(36,802)(148,153)
Total(277) (20) (7,251) 445
 3,057
 (3,921) (3,323) 1,495
 (9,795)Total145,133 27,421 46,138 (51,825)(6,438)160,429 
Prior year comparative figures have been adjusted to include only balances that meet the definition of financial assets and liabilities, respectively, as per Note 21.
The Group is also exposed to exchange differences arising from the translation of its subsidiaries' financial statements into the Group's presentation currency of Sterling with the corresponding exchange differences taken directly to equity.
The following tables illustrate the sensitivity of profit and equity in regardsregard to the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities and the RON/Sterling exchange rate. The RON exposure impacts the majority of the Group’s cost base.base due to its delivery operations in Romania. Therefore as the Sterling strengthens, subject to any prevailing hedge arrangements, the Group benefits from a cost improvement and vice versa. The impact of foreign current sensitivity between the GBP and US dollars, and GBP and Euros, has not been disclosed on the basis that the the impact of any reasonable change in exchange rates is not material.
During the year ended 30 June 2018,2023, the Sterling/RON volatility ranged from the RON strengthening against Sterling by 4% to weakening by 4%.
GBP/RON
Profit impact
£’000
Equity impact
£’000
30 June 2023%(1,201)(843)
30 June 2023(4)%1,147 804 
During the year ended 30 June 2022, the Sterling/RON volatility ranged from the RON strengthening against Sterling by 3% to weakening by 5%2%.
GBP/RON:+3%
Profit impact
£’000
June 30, 2018(330)
GBP/RON: -5%
Profit impact
£’000
June 30, 2018521


F-45



GBP/RON: +3%
Total equity
£’000
June 30, 2018(283)
During the year ended 30 June 2017, the Sterling/RON volatility ranged from the RON strengthening against Sterling by 4% to weakening by 5%.
GBP/RON: +4%
Profit impact
£’000
June 30, 2017(330)
GBP/RON: -5%
Profit impact
£’000
June 30, 2017483
GBP/RON: +4%
total equity
£’000
June 30, 2017(672)
GBP/RONProfit impact
£’000
Equity impact
£’000
30 June 2022%(693)(672)
30 June 2022(2)%536 519 
Interest Rate Sensitivity
At 30 June 2018,2023, the Group is not exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings on its Revolving Credit Facilityrevolving credit facility at variable interest rates.rates, as the facility is not drawn.
F-71


Credit Risk Analysis
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge an obligation to the Group. The Group is exposed to this risk for various financial instruments, including trade receivables. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of financial assets recognised at 30 June, as summarised below:
2023
 £’00
2022
 £’00
Trade receivables£143,336 £131,650 
Accrued income12,775 13,458 
Other financial assets243 668 
Cash and cash equivalents164,703 162,806 
Total£321,057 £308,582 
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents£15,048
 £23,571
Trade and other receivables52,352
 41,494
Total£67,400
 £65,065
Prior year comparative figures have been adjusted to include only balances that meet the definition of financial assets.
The Group monitors defaults of clients and other counterparties, identified either individually, or by group, and incorporates this information into its credit risk controls. Where available at reasonable cost, external credit ratings and/or reports on clients and other counterparties are obtained and used.


F-46



Management considers that all financial assets that are not impaired or past due at the end of the applicable reporting period are of good credit quality. Some of the unimpaired trade receivables are generally past due as of the end of the applicable reporting period. Information on financial assets past due but not impaired are as follows:
 2018
£’000
 2017
£’000
Not more than 3 months£830
 £2,735
More than 3 months but not more than 6 months586
 61
More than 6 months but not more than 1 year
 
More than 1 year
 
Total£1,416
 £2,796
In respect of trade and other receivables, the Group is not exposed to any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics.
The Group’s trade receivables are from a large number of clients in various industries and geographical areas. Based on historical information about client default rates, management consider the credit quality of trade receivables that are not past due or impaired to be good.
The credit risk for cash and cash equivalents is considered negligible, since the counterparties are reputable banks with high quality external credit ratings.
Liquidity Risk Analysis
The Group manages its liquidity needs by monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as forecast cash inflows and outflows due in day-to-day business. The data used for analysing these cash flows is consistent with that used in the contractual maturity analysis below. Liquidity needs are monitored in various time bands, on a day-to-day and week-to-week basis, as well as on a longer-term basis. Net cash requirements are compared to available borrowing facilities in order to determine headroom or any shortfalls. This analysis shows that available borrowing facilities are expected to be sufficient over the lookout period.
The Group’s objective is to maintain cash and marketable securities to meet its liquidity requirements for 30‑day periods at a minimum. This objective was met for all of the reporting periods presented.
The Group considers expected cash flows from financial assets in assessing and managing liquidity risk, in particular its cash resources and trade receivables. The Group’s existing cash resources and trade receivables exceed the current cash outflow requirements. Cash flows from trade and other receivables are all contractually due within six months.
F-72


As at 30 June 2018,2023, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities had contractual maturities (including interest payments where applicable) as summarised below:
30 June 2023Current
0 - 6 months
£’000
Current
6 - 12 months
£’000
Non-Current
1 - 5 years
£’000
Non-Current
+5 years
£’000
Lease liabilities£7,371 £7,202 £45,025 £9,416 
Trade payables5,480 — — — 
Accruals55,195 — — — 
Deferred consideration1,267 — 4,837 — 
Contingent consideration2,661 4,989 3,809 — 
Total£71,974 £12,191 £53,671 £9,416 
 Current
0 - 6 months
£’000
 Current
6 - 12 months
£’000
 Non-Current
1 - 5 years
£’000
 Non-Current
+5 years
£’000
Bank loans£19,726
 £
 £
 £
Finance lease obligations23
 21
 20
 
Trade and other payables40,243
 
 
 
Deferred consideration3,031
 1,515
 
 
Contingent consideration3,984
 1,196
 7,967
 
Other liabilities
 
 277
 
Total£67,007
 £2,732
 £8,264
 £
The undiscounted lease liabilities values are included in Note 23 and the discount impact for deferred and contingent consideration is not material.
There were no forward foreign currency options in place at 30 June 2018.


F-47



2023.
As at 30 June 2017,2022, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities had contractual maturities (including interest payments where applicable) as summarised below:
30 June 2022Current
0 - 6 months
£’000
Current
6 - 12 months
£’000
Non-Current
1 - 5 years
£’000
Non-Current
+5 years
£’000
Lease liabilities£6,200 £5,698 £33,233 £10,766 
Trade payables8,214 — — — 
Accruals63,862 — — — 
Deferred consideration7,216 3,388 1,062 — 
Contingent consideration2,958 1,225 4,331 — 
Total£88,450 £10,311 £38,626 £10,766 
Prior year comparative figures have been adjusted to include only balances that meet the definition of financial liabilities.
The undiscounted lease liabilities values are included in Note 23 and the discount impact for deferred and contingent consideration is not material.

32.Capital Management Policies and Procedures
 Current
0 - 6 months
£’000
 Current
6 - 12 months
£’000
 Non-Current
1 - 5 years
£’000
 Non-Current
+5 years
£’000
Bank loans£29,314
 £
 £
 £
Finance lease obligations63
 25
 63
 
Trade and other payables24,358
 
 
 
Deferred consideration
 
 
 
Contingent consideration
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 253
 
Total£53,735
 £25
 £316
 £
32.Capital Management Policies and Procedures
The Group’s capital management objectives are:
to ensure the Group's ability to continue as a going concern; and
to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.
The Group monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity plus loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the consolidated balance sheet. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets.
F-73
33.Subsequent Events

On 6 July 2018,

2023
 £’000
2022
 £’000
Equity£571,308 £432,723 
Loans and borrowings— — 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents(164,703)(162,806)
Total Capital£406,605 £269,917 

33.Subsequent Events
In August 2023, we acquired TLM Partners Inc, together with its subsidiaries (“TLM”), a company that provides outsourced development services across design, engineering and art/animation for PC and console video games and other digital entertainment. TLM has particular expertise in highly complex areas of cross-play, middleware, physics, engine-level tools and technical art. TLM brings a leadership team with decades of video game industry experience and deep relationships with a wide array of platform partners and with clients in the United States and around the world including prominent games publishers and developers. TLM, a Delaware company, has subsidiaries in Canada and Ireland and a branch in Romania.

The acquisition was made pursuant to the terms of a share purchase agreement between Endava, LimitedInc. and TLM Partners, Inc., dated August 3, 2023. The total consideration was re-registered£16.5 million and includes elements of cash, deferred and contingent consideration. Of the total consideration, £3.9 million was paid in cash at completion, which remains subject to post-closing adjustments on the cash, debt and working capital of TLM. In addition, £0.8 million of the purchase price will be held back for 24 months and be available to satisfy any warranty and indemnity claims and a mix of £11.8 million worth of cash and equity consideration is payable upon the fulfillment of certain earn-out conditions related to revenue and EBITDA of TLM during the earn-out period. The above values do not represent the fair values of the consideration elements transferred. Under the purchase agreement, there are other amounts of up to £14.9 million that are payable in future periods based on the continued service of certain employees. As these are based on continued service provided to the post-combination entity, they have been excluded from consideration and will instead be accounted for as a public limited company and its name changed from Endava Limited to Endava plc.ongoing remuneration under IFRS 2.
On 6 July 2018,
Given the timing of the acquisition, the Company has not yet completed a five for one share split of each class of ordinary shares.the purchase price allocation.
On 27 July 2018, the Group closed the initial public offering of 7,291,000 American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) each representing one Class A ordinary share of Endava, at a price to the public of $20.00 per share, of which 3,228,995 ADSs were offered by Endava and 4,062,005 ADSs were offered by existing shareholders of Endava. The ADSs were admitted for trading on The New York Stock Exchange on the same date under the ticker symbol “DAVA”.
On 6 August 2018, the Group repaid all debt outstanding ($26 million) from the three years secured Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement with HSBC Bank plc.
The Argentine peso devalued significantly during the first half of 2018. Based on statistics published after year-end 30 June 2018, the three years cumulative rate of inflation for consumer prices and wholesale prices reached a level greater than 100%. On this basis the Group believes that Argentina should be considered a hyperinflationary economy. The Group is in the process of assessing the effect of inflation on the profits generated by operations in Argentina and fair value measurements of Argentine assets and liabilities.






F-74
F-48



SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Endava plc
Endava plc
/s/ John Cotterell
By:Name:John Cotterell
Title:Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)



Date: September 19, 2023